SIC 2?- I ll-Ill 1 -lTtL I P n iMJMI W I ot?i del. etfculp PHILOLOGICAL INQ^UIRI ES I N THREE PARTS B y IAMES HARRIS ESQ. PARTL AND IL LONDON, Printed for C. NOURSE, in the Strand. MDCCLXXXf. . V V t ' ^L ADVERTISEMENT. JS the following Treatife was thought too large for one Volume ', // has been divided into two Volumes, one of which con- tains the Firft and Second Parts of the Ireatife -, the other, its Third Part. The Numeration of the Pages is not changed, but carried on the fame thro* both Volumes. To this Numeration the Index correfponds ; and in it the Capital, A , Jlanding before a Number, denotes the former Volume j the Capital, B, in the fame place, denotes the latter Volume, A 2 CONTENTS. PART THE FIRST. Chapter I. Concerning the Rife of Cri- ticism in its First Spe- cies, /^Philosophical— eminent Perfons, Greeks and Romans, by whom this Species was cultivated, P. 5. Chap. II. Concerning the Progrefs of 'Cri- ticism in its Second Spe- cies, the Historical — Greek and Roman Cri- tics, by whom this Species of Criticifm was cultivated, p . 1 4 . Chap. III. Moderns, eminent in the two fpecies of Criticifm before men- tionedy the Philosophical and the Historical — the lafi Sort of Critics more nu- merous— >thofe, mentioned in this Chapter, confined to the A 3 Greek CONTENTS. agreeable to Syllabic Qu a n T i T y — inftances — yet Accentual Quantity prevalent — injlances — tran- Jition to Prose — Englijh Pag- ans ' t injlances of- — Rhythm governs Quantity, where, this lafi is Accentual, p. 84. Chap. IV. Other Decorations of Profe be- Jides Prof die Feet — Allite- ration — Sentences—Pe- riods— -Caution to avoid ex- cefs in confecutive Monofyl- lables — Objections, made and anfwered — Authorities al- leged — Advice about Read- ^ ING - P. 93- Chap. V. Concerning Whole ^WParts, as effeniial to the confituting of a legitimate Work — the Theory illiifi rated from the Georgics of Virgil, and the Menexenus of Plato —fame CONTENTS. •*-fame Theory applied te fmaller pieces-— Totality, effential to fmall Works, as well as great— Examples to illuftrate— Accuracy, an- other Efential— more fo to fmaller pieces, and why Tranjition to Dramatic Speculation. p, n 6. Chap. VI. Dramatic Speculations— the conjlitutive Parts of every Drama, Six in number — which of thefe belong to other Artifts— which, to the Poet— tranfition to thofe, which ap- pertain to the Poet. p. 138. Chap. VII. In the conjlitutive Parts of a Br am a, the Fable confidered firfi — its different Species — which fit for Comedy, which, for Tragedy— Illufirations by Examples — R evolutions Discoveries— Tragic Paf- fions CONTENTS. Jions — Lillet's Fatal Curiqfity compared with the Oedipus Tyr annus of Sophocles— -Im- portance of Fables, both Tragic and Comic— how they differ— bad Fables, whence— other Dramatic Requifites, without the Fable, may be excellent- Fifth A6ls, how charac~lerifed by J'ome Dramatic Writers, p. 145. Chap.VIII. Concerning Dramatic Man- ners — what conjlitutes them — Manners of Othello, Mac- beth, Hamlet — thefe of the lajl quejlioned, and why — • Confijlency required— yet fome- times blame able 1 and why— Genuine Manners in Shak- fpeare—in Lillo — Manners, morally bad, poetically good. p. 165. Chap. CONTENTS. Chap. IX. Concerning Dramatic Senti- ment — what conftitutes it— Connected with Manners, and how — Concerning Sen- timent Gnomologic, or Preceptive— -its Defcrip- tion — Sometimes has a Reafon annexed to it — Sometimes laudable, fometimes blameable— whom it moji becomes to utter Sentences — » BoJJ'u — Tranji- tion to Diction. p. 173. Chap. X. Concerning Diction — the vul- gar*—* the afftcled — the ele- gant — this lajl, much indebt- ed to the Metaphor — Praife of the Metaphor — its Description; and, when good, its Character — the befi and moft excellent^ what — not turgid — nor enigmatic — nor bafe — nor ridiculous—' infiances — Metaphors by con- Jlant CONTENT g. Jlant ufe fome times become common Words — Puns — Ru- pilius Rex— -OYTIE — Enig- mas — Cupping — The God Terminus — Qvid's Fajii — p. 184. Chap. XI. Rank and Precedence of the conjlitutive Parts of the Drama — Remarks and Cau- tions both for fudging, and Compo/ing. p. 206. Chap. XII. Rules defended — do not cramp Genius, but guide it — fat' tering Doctrine, that Genius will fuffice — - fallacious, and why — farther defenfe of Rules — No Genius ever acted without them; nor ever a Time, when Rules did not exi/l — Connection between Rules and Genius — their reciprocal aid — End of the Second P art- Preparation for the Third. p. 216. PART CONTENTS. PART THE THIRD. Chapter I. Dejign of the whole — Limits aud Extent of the Middle Age— Three Classes of Men, during that interval, co?ifpicuous -, the Byzan- tine Greeks; the Sa- racens or Arabians; and the Latins or Franks, Inhabitants of Wejlern Eur rope — Each C/afs in the fol- lowing Chapters confidered a- part, p . 237t Chap. II. Concerning thefirjl Clafs 9 the Byzantine Greeks-, Simplicius — Ammonius — Philoponus — Fate of the fne Library at Alexandria. p. 247. Chap. III. Bigrefion to a fiort Hijiorical Account of Athens, from the time of her Perfian Tri- umphs % CONTENTS. ump/is, to that of her be- coming fubjeB to the Turks — s* Sketchy during this long in- terval, of her Political and Literary State ; of her Phi- lofophers ; of her Gymnafia ; of her good and bad Fortune \ &c. &c. — Marnier s of the prefent Inhabitants — Olives and Honey. p. 255. Chap. IV. Account of Byzantine Scholars continued — Suidas — John Stob^eus or of Stoba — Photius — Michael Psel- lus — this lafi faid to have commented twenty four Plays of Menander — Reafonsy to make this probable — Eusta- thius, a Bifiopt the Com- mentator of Homer — Eu- stratius, a Bi/hop, the Commentator of Aristotle — Pla- CONTENTS. — Planudes, a Monk, the the admirer and tranjlator of Latin Clafjics, as well as the Compiler of one of the prefent Greek Antholo- gies. — Conjectures concern - ing the duration of the La- tin Tongue at Conftanti- nople. p. 287. Chap. V. Nicetas, the Choniate his curious "Narrative of the Mif chiefs done ^Baldwyn's Crusade, when they fackt Constantinople in the Tear 1205 — many of the Statues defcribed, which they then dejlroyed — a fine Tafle for Arts among the Greeks, even in thofe Days, proved from this Narrative — not fo, among the Crusaders — Authenticity of Nic etas'* s Nar- rative — State ^Constan- tinople CONTENTS. tinople at the lajl Period of the Grecian Empire, as given by contemporary Writ- ers, Philelphus and JUL- neas Svlvius— National Pride among the Greeks not totally extinct even at this Day. p. 301. Chap. VI. Concerning the second Class of Geniufes during the middle Age, the Arabians, or Saracens—^ frf, barba- rous — eheir Character before the time of Mahomet— Their greatejl Caliphs were from among the Abassid^e — Al- manzur one of the firfl of that race— - Almamum of the fame race, a great Pa- tron of Learnings and learned Men— Arabians cultivated Letters, as their Empire grew fettled and ejlablijhed— Tranf CONTENTS. Yranjlated the bejl Greek Authors into their own Lan- guage — Hi/lor ians, Abul- PHARAGIUS, ABULFEDA, Boh a din — Extracts from the laji concerning Saladin. p. 322. Chap. VII. Arabian Poetry, and Works of Invention — Faffs relative to their Manners and Cha~ racier s. p. 346. "hap,VIIL Arabians favoured Medi- cine and Astrology — ■ faffs, relative to thefe two fubjeffs—they valued Know- ledge, but had no Ideas of civil Liberty — the mean Exit of their lafi Caliph, Mostassem — End of their Empire in Asia, and in Spa 1 N—theirprefnt wretch- ed degeneracy in Africa — an Anecdote. p. 374. a Chap. CONTENTS. Chap. IX. Concerning the Latins or Franks — Bf.de, Alcuin, Joannes Erigena, &c. Gerbertus or Gibertus, travelled to the Arabians in Spain for improvement — fuf pecled of Magic — this the misfortune of many fuperior Geniufes in dark Ages ; of Bacon, Petrarch, Faust, and others — Erudition of the Church ; Ignorance of the Laity — Ingulphus, an EngliJJjman, educated in the Court of Edward the Confeffor — attached himfelf to the Duke of Normandy — accomplifjed Characler of Queen Egitha, Wife of the Confeffor — Plan of Edu- cation in thofe Days — the Places of Study, the Au- thors CONTENTS. thors ft 'tidied — Canon Law, Civil Law, Holy War, Inqui- Jition — Troubadours — Wil- liam of Poictou — De- bauchery, Corruption, and Avarice of the Times — Wil- liam THE CONQJUEROR, his Character and Tafle- — his Sons, Rufus WHenry — little Incidents concerning them — Hildebert, a Poet of the times — -fine Vafes of his quoted. Chap. X. Schoolmen — their Rife and Character — their Titles of Honour — Remarks on fuch Tit lei — Abelard and He- loisa — John ^/'Salisbury — admirable Quotations from his two celebrated l¥orks-—> g i r a l d u s cambrien- s i s w a l t e r m a pps Richard Coe ur de Leon r— his Tranfaciions with Sa- ladin, — ■ CONTENTS. ladin — his Deaths and the fingular Interview^ which im- mediately preceded it. p. 430. Chap. XI. Concerning the Poetry of the latter Latins ^West- ern Evrove Ans~-Accentual Quantity- — R hime- Samples of Rm me in Latin — in Claf- ficai Poets, accidental -j in thoft of a later age, dejigned — R h 1 m e among the Arabians — ; Odilo, Hucbaldus, HlL- DIGRIM, HaLABALDUS, Poets Gr Heroes of the Wefltrn Europe — Rhimes in mo- dern Languages — of Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, Chaucer, &c — Sannazarius, a pure Writer in Clafc Latin, with- out Rhime — Anagrams, Chro - nograms, &c fncly and ac- curately defcribed by the inge- nious Author of the S c r 1 B l e - RIAD. p. 457 CONTENTS. Chap. XII. Paul the Venetian, and Sir John Mandeville, great Travellers — Sir John For- tescue, a great Lawyer— his valuable Book, addrejl to his Pupil, the Prince of Wales —King's College Cha- pel in Cambridge, founded by Henry the Sixth. — 480 Chap. XIII. Concerning Natural Beau- ty — its Idea the fame in all Times — Thessali an Tem- ple — Tafte of Virgil, and Horace — of Milton, in defer ibing Paradife — exhibit- ed of late years firjl in Pic- tures—thence transferred to English Gardens — not wanting to the enlightened Few of the middle Age — proved in Leland, Pe- trarch, and Sannaza- r 1 u s — comparifon between the CONTENTS. the Younger Cyrus, and Philip le Bel of France. p. 492. Chap.XIV. Superior Literature and Knowlege both of the Greek and Latin Clergy, whence — Barbarity and Igno- rance of the Laity, whence — Samples of Lay- manners, in a Story from Anna Comnena'j Hijiory — Church Authority ingenioufy employed to check Barbarity — the fame Autho- rity employed for other good purpofes — to five the poor Jew st — to fop Trials by Battle — more fuggejled concerning Lay -manners — Ferocity of the Northern Laymen, whence — different Caufes af- figned — I nventions duri?ig the dark Ages — great, thd the CONTENTS. the Inventors often unknown — Inference arifingfrom thefe Inventions. p. 505. Chap. XV. Opinions on Past Ages, and the Present — Conclufion arifingfrom the Difcnjion of thefe Opinions — Conclu- sion OF THE WHOLE, p. APPENDIX PART THE FIRST. An Account of the Arabic Manu- scripts, belonging to the Escurial Library in Spain. p. 545. PART THE SECOND. Concerning the Manufcripts of Livy, in the fame Library. p. 553. PART THE THIRD. Concerning the Manuscripts of Cebes, in the Library of the King of France. p. $$j. CONTENTS. PART THE FOURTH. Some Account of Literature in Rus- sia, and of its Prog re fs towards being CIVILIZED. p. 560. PHI" TO THE READER; THE two Volumes which now appear were entirely printed be- fore the learned and refpectable Author of them died*, and were by him de- figned for publication in the courfe of this fpring. Sir James Harris, who has for fome years refided in a public character at the Court of Peterfburgh, on being ap- prifed of thefe circumftances, fignined his defire, that as foon as the Engravings which accompany thefe Volumes mould be fi- nifhed, they might be given to the w T orld in the moft exact: conformity to his Fa- ther's intentions. In compliance with Sir James Harris's defire, they are now prefented to ths Public. The Frontifpiece to the fecond Volume was defigned by Mr. Stuart, to whofe * December 2id, 1780, Ann. JEx. 72. welV- TO THE READER. well-known ingenuity and tafte Mr. Har- ris's former works have been indebted for their very elegant decorations. The Back-ground, or Scene of the Picture, is the Peribolus, or Wall, which enclofes a Gymnafium, and the Portal thro' which you pafs into it. On each fide of the Portal is a Statue placed in a Niche; one of them reprefents Mercury, the other Hercules. Two Youths approach the Gymnafium, and a Philofopher who attends them is fpeaking to them before they enter. Over the Wall are feen the tops of Trees with which the Gymnafium is planted. For the pafTages to which the Frontiipiece re- fers, fee pages 264 and 268. The Engraving which is placed a1 page 542 of the fecond Volume was mad< from an Impreflion in Sulphur of a Gem : probably an antique Gem, which Impref f;on was given to Mr. Harris by Mr Ho are of Bath. Its correfpondence ir mof TO THE READER. moft particulars with the figure of Her- cules defcribed by Nicetas, and mentioned in pages 306, 307, induced Mr. Harris to imagine that it might pombly be fome copy or memorial of that figure, for which reafon he thought an engraving of it might properly find a place in this work. April 1 6th, 1781. ERRATA. Page Line 234. 9. after Morfel, dele the Comma. a 60. 13. for Logic, read Rhetoric. 451. 1. in Notes, jor Heredon, read Hovedon. 553. i, for Penipotentiary, read Plenipotentiary, PHILOLOGICAL I N CL U I R I E a PART THE FIRST. PHILOLOGICAL INQUIRIES Addrest to my much esteemed Relation and Friend, Edward Hooper, Esq^ of Hurn-Court, in the County of Hants. Dear Sir, BEING yourfelf advanced in years, you will the more eafily forgive me, if I claim a Privilege of Age* and pafs from Philosophy to Philology. You may compare me, if you pleafe, to fome weary Traveller, who, having long wandered over craggy heights, de- fcends at length to the Plains below, and hopes, at his Journey 's End, to find a fmooth and eafy Road. For my Writings (fuch as they are) they have anfwered a Purpofe I always wifhed, if they have led men to in- B fpecl: PHILOLOGICAL fpeft Authors^ far fuperior to myfelf many of whofe Works (like hidden Treafures) have XdAwfor years out of fight. Be that however as it may, I fhall at leaft enjoy the pleafure of thus recording our mutual Friendship i a Friendfiip, which has lafted for more than fifty years, and which I think fo much for my ho- nour, to have merited fo long. But I proceed to my Subject. As the great Events of Nature* led Mankind to Admiration: fo Curiofity to learn the Caufe, whence fuch Events fhould arife, was that, which by due de- grees formed Natural Philosophy. * Some of thefe great Events are enumerated by Virgil — the Courfe of the Heavens— Eclipfes of the Sun and Moon — Earthquakes— the Flux and Reflux of the Sea— the quick Return of Night in Winter, and the flow Return of it in Summer. Virg. Geor. II. 475, &c. What INQUIRIES. What happened in the Natura/World, happened alfo in the Literary. Exquijite Productions both in Prose and Verse in- duced men here likewife tofeek the Caufe ; and fuch Inquiries, often repeated, gave birth to Philology. Philology mould hence appear to be of a moll comprehenjive character, and to include not only all Accounts both of Cri- ticifm and Critics, but of every thing con- nected with Letters, be it Speculative or HiftoricaL The Treatise, which follows, is of this Philological kind, and will confift of three Parts, properly diftinct from each other. The First will be an Inveftigation of the Rife and different Species oj Criticism and Critics. B Z The PHILOLOGICAL The Second will be an Illustra- tion of Critical Doctrines and Principles, as they appear in distin- guished Authors, as well Antient as Modern* The Third and last Part will be rather Historical than Critical, being an Essay on the Taste and Lite- rature oe the middle Age. These fubje&s of Speculation being difpatched, we fhall here conclude these Philological Inquiries. Firjl therefore for the Firjl, the Rise and different species of criticism and Critics, CHAP. I N 0_U I R I E S. CHAPTER. I. Concerning the Rife of Criticism in its First Species, the Philosophical — eminent perfons, Greeks and Ro- mans, by whom this Species was culti- vated. THOSE, who can imagine that the Rules of Writing were firft eftab- lifhed, and that men then wrote in con- formity to them, as they make conferves and comfits by referring to receipt- books, know nothing of Criticifm, either as to its origin or progrefs. The truth is, they were Authors, who made the firft good Critics, and not Critics, who made the firft good Authors, however writers of later date may have profited by critical Precepts. If this appear ftrange, we may refer to other fubjecls. Can we doubt that men had Mufic, fuch indeed as it was, before B 3 the 6 PHILOLOGICAL Part I. the principles of Harmony were eftablifh- w- " % u ed into a Science ? that Difeafes were heal- ed, and Buildings erected, before Medi- cine and Architecture were fyftematized into Arts ? that men reafoned and ha- rangued upon matters of fpeculation and practice, long before there were profeft teachers either of Logic or of Rhetoric? To return therefore to our fubject, the rife and progrefs of Criticifm. Antient Greece in its happy days was the feat of Liberty, of Sciences, and of Arts. In this fair region, fertile of wit, the Epic Writers came firfi: ; then the Lyric ; then the Tragic; and laftly the Hijlorians, the Comic Wx iters, and the Or a- tors, each in their turns delighting whole multitudes, and commanding the attention and admiration of all. Now, when wife and thinking men, the fubtle inveftigators of principles and caufes, obferved the won- derful effect of thefe works upon the hu- man mind, they were prompted to inquire whence I N CLU I R I E S. y whence this Jhould proceed; for that it (hould Ch. I. happen merely from Chance, they could not well believe. Here therefore we have the Rise and Origin of Criticism, which in its be- ginning was " a deep and philofophical " Search into the primary Laws and Ele- " ments of good Writing, as far as they " could be collected from the moft ap- " proved Performances/' In this contemplation of Authors, the iirft Critics not only attended to the Powers, and different Species of Words; the Force of numerous Compofition whether in profe or verfe; the Aptitude of its various kinds to different fubjetis ; but they farther confidered that, which is the bafis of all, that is to fay in other words, the Mean- ing or the Sense. This led them at once into the moft curious of fubjecls ; the na- ' ture of Man in general ; the different cha- racters of men, as they differ in rank or B 4 age; S PHILOLOGICAL Part I. age ; their Reafon and their PaJJions ; how the one was to be perfuaded, the others to be raifed or calmed ; the Places or Pepofitories^ to which we may recur, when we want proper matter for any of thefe purpofes. Befides all this they ftudied Sen- timents and Manners ; what conftitutes a Work, One ; what, a Whole and Parts ; what the EfTence of probable, and even of natural Fiction^ as contributing to confti- tute zjujl Dramatic Fable. Much of this kind may be found in dif- ferent parts of Plato. But Aristotle his Difciple, who may be called the Syjle- matizer of his Matter's Doctrines, has in his two Treatifes of Poetry and Rhetoric *, with fuch wonderful penetration, deve- loped every part of the fubject, that he may be juftly called the Father of * To fuch as read not this Author in the Original, we recommend the French Tranflation of his Rhetoric by Cajfandre, and that of his Art of Poetry by Dacitr; both of them elaborate and laudable performances. Cri- I N Q^U I R I E S. 9 Criticism, both from the age when he Ch. I. lived, and from his truly tranfcendent ge- nius. The Criticifrriy which this capital writer taught, has fo intimate a corref- pondence and alliance with Philofophy, that we can call it by no other name, than that of Philosophical Criticism. To Arijiotle fucceeded his Difciple Theo- phraflus, who followed his mafter's ex- ample in the ftudy of Criticifm, as may be feen in the catalogue of his writings, preferved by * Diogenes Laertius. But all the critical works of Theophrajius, as well as of many others, are now loft The principal authors of the kind now re- maining in Greeks are Demetrius of Pha- lera, Dionyjius of HalicarnaJJus^ Dionyfius Longinus, together with Hermogenes^ Aph- thonius, and a few others. Of thefe the moil mafterly feems to be Demetrius^ who was the earlieft, and who * Vid. Dlog Laert, L. V. f 46, 47, &C. appears io PHILOLOGICAL Part. I. appears to follow the Precepts, and even the Text of Arifiotle^ with far greater at- tention, than any of the reft. His Ex- amples, it muft be confefled, are fometimes obfcure, but this we rather impute to the deftructive hand of time, which has prevented us from feeing many of the ori- ginal authors. Dionyjius of Ha/icamaJ/us, the next in order, may be faid to have written with judgment upon the force of Numerous Compofition, not to mention other tracts on the fubjec~t of Oratory, and thofe alfo critical, as well as hijiorical. Longinus, who was in time far later than thefe, feems principally to have had in view the Pa/- jicns, and the Imagination, in the treat- ing of which he has acquired a juft ap- plaufe, and exprefted himfelf with a dig- nity fuitable to the fubject. The reft of the Greek Critics, tho' they have faid, many ufeful things, have yet fo minute- ly multiplied the rules of Art, and fo much INQUIRIES. li much confined themfelves to the Oratory Ch. I. of the Tribunal, that they appear of no great fervice, as to good writing in general* Among the Romans, the firft Critic of note was Cicero, who, ( tho' far be- low Arijiotle in depth of philofophy, may be faid, like him, to have exceeded all his countrymen. As his celebrated Trea- tile concerning the Orator* is written in dialogue, where the Speakers introduced are the greater!: men of his nation, we have incidentally an elegant fample of thofe manners, and that politenefs, which were peculiar to the leading characters during the Roman Commonwealth. There we may fee the behaviour of free and ac- * This Treatife, being the Work of a capital Ora- tor on the fubject of his own Art, may fairly be pro- nounced a capital Performance. The Proem to the third Book, both for language and fentiment, is perhaps as pathetic, and in that view i&fublime, as any thing remaining among the Writ- ings of the Antients. eomplifhed 12 PHILOLOGICAL Part I. compliflied men, before a bafer addrefs had fet that ftandard, which has been too often taken for good-breeding ever fince. Next to Cicero came Horace, who often in other parts of his writings acts the Cri- tic and Scholar, but whofe Art of Poetry is a ftandard of its kind, and too well known to need any encomium. After Horace arofe Quinclilian, Cicero's admi- rer, and follower, who appears by his works not only learned and ingenious, but (what is ftill more) an honed and a worthy man. He likewife dwells too much upon the Oratory of the Tribunal, a fadfc no way furprifing, when we con- fider the age in which he lived ; an age, when tyrannic Government being the fafhion of the times, that nobler Species of Eloquence, I mean the popular and delibe A rative, was, with all things truly liberal, degenerated and funk. The latter Latin Rhetoricians there is no need to mention, as I N Q^U I R I E S. 13 as they little help to illuftrate the fubjeft Ch. I. in hand. I would only repeat that the fpecies of Criticifm here mentioned, as far at leaft as handled by the more able Mas- ters, is that which we have denominated Criticism Philosophical. We are now to proceed to another fpecies. CHAP. i 4 PHILOLOGICAL Part L CHAP. II. Concerning the Progrefs of C R I T I c i s m in its Second Species, the Historical - — Greek and Roman Critics, by whom this Species of Criticijm ivas cul- tivated. AS to the Criticijm already treated, we find it not confined to any one particular Author, but containing general Rules of Art, either for judging or writ- ing, confirmed by the example not of one Author, but of many. But we know from experience that, in procefs of time, Lan- guages, Cufloms, Manners, Laws, Govern- ments, and Religions infenfibly change. The Macedonian Tyranny, after the fatal battle of Charonea, wrought much of this kind in Greece; and the Roman Tyran- ny, after the fatal battles of Pharfalia and Philippe carried it throughout the known world*. Hence therefore of Things ob- See lie: ■:■ ^ p. 41 7, 418. folctc, I N CLU I R I E S. 15 folete, the Names became obfolete alfo; and Ch. II. authors, who in their own age were intel- ligible and eafy, in after days grew diffi- cult and obfcure. Here then we be- hold the rife of a fecond race of Critic: t the tribe of Scholia/Is, Commentators^ and Explainers. These naturally attached themfelves to particular authors. Arijiarchus, Didy- mus, Euftathius, and many others beftow- ed their labours upon Homer ; Proclus, and Tzetzes upon Hefod; the fame Pro- clus and Olympiodorus upon Plato ; Simpli- ciusy Ammonius, and Phiioponus upon Arif- totle \ Ulpian upon Demojlhenes ; Macro- bins and Afconius upon Cicero ; Calliergus upon Theocritus ; Donatus upon Terence ; Servius upon Virgil •, Aero and Porphyria upon Horace ; and fo with refpect to others, as well Philofophers, as Poets and Orators. To thefe Scholiafts may be add- ed the feveral Compofers of Lexicons ; fuch as Hejycliius, Philoxenus, Suidas, &c. alfo 16 PHILOLOGICAL Part I. alfo the Writers upon Grammar, fuch as Apollonius, PrifciaTi) Sqfipater Charifius, &c. Now all thefe pains-taking men, confidered together, may be faid to have completed another fpecies of Criticifm, a fpecies which, in diftindion to the former, we call Criticism Historical. And thus things continued, tho* in a declining way, till, after many a fevere and unfuccefsful plunge, the Roman Em- plre funk through the Wejl of Europe. Latin then foon loft its purity ; Greek they hardly ' knew ; ClaJJics, and their Scholiajts were no longer ftudied ; and an Age fucceeded of Legends and Cru- fades. CHAP. I N CLU I R I E S. 17 CHAP. III. Moderns, eminent in the two /pedes tf Criticifm before mentioned^ the Philoso- phical and the Historical — the lafl Sort of Critics more numerous— <-tho/e, mentioned in this Chapter, confined to the Greek and Latin Languages. AT length, after a long and barbar- Ch.IIL ous period, when the (hades of Monkery began to retire, and the light of Humanity once again to dawn, the Arts alfo of Criticism infeniibly re- vived. 'Tis true indeed, the Authors of the philosophical sort (I mean that which refpeds the Caufes and Prin- ciples of good w r riting in general) were not many in number. However of this rank among the Italians were Fida, and the elder Scaliger ; among the French Were Rapin, Bouhours, Boileau, together C with iS PHILOLOGICAL Part I. with Bofju, the moft methodic and ac- curate of them all. In our own Country our Mobility may be faid to have diftin- guifhed themfelves; Lord Rcfcommon^ in his Fjfay upon tranjlated Vcrfe ; the Duke of Buckingham, in his EJfay on Poetry ; and Lord Shaftejhury, in his Treatife called Advice to an Author : to whom may be added our late admired Genius, Pope, in his truely elegant poem, the Ejjay upon Critici/m. The Difcourfes of Sir Jofiua Reynolds upon Painting have, after a philofophical manner, inveftigated the Principles of an Art, which no one in Pratlice has better verified than himfelf. We have mentioned thefe Difcourfes, not only from their merit, but as they incidentally teach us, that to write welt upon a liberal Art, we muft write philofo- phically I N CLU I R I E S. 19 phically — that all the liberal Arts in their Ch.III. Principles are congenial — and that thefe Principles, when traced to their common Source, are found all to terminate in the First Philosophy *. But to purfue our fubject — How- ever frnall among Moderns may be the number of thefe Philofophical Critics, the Writers of Historical or Explana- tory Criticism have been in a man- ner innumerable. To name, out of many, only a few — of Italy were Be- roaldus, Ficinus, Viclorius, and Robertel- lus-, of the Higher and Lower Germany were Erajmus, Sylburgius, Le Clcrc, and Fabricius ; of France were hambin, Du Vail, Harduin, Capperonerius ; of Eng- land were Stanley (editor of Mfchylus) * See Hermes, p. 128, and Phikfobh. Arrang. p. 367. alfo the words, Firjl Philofophy, in the Index to thofe Arrangements. C 2 Gataker, 20 PHILOLOGICAL Part I. Gataker, Davis, Clarke, (editor of Homer J together with multitudes more from every region and quarter, Thick as autumnal leaves, that Jlrow the brooks In Valhmbrofa But I fear I have given a ftrange ca- talogue, where we feek in vain for fuch illuftrious perfonages, as Sefojlris, Cyrus, Alexander, Cafar, Attila, Tottila, Tamer- lane, &c. The Heroes of my Work (if I may be pardoned for calling them fo) have only aimed in retirement to preient us with Knowlege. Knowlege only was their Object, not Havock, nor Devalua- tion. After Commentators and Editors, we muft not forget the Compilers of Lexicons and Dictionaries, fuch as Charles and Hen- ry Stevens, Favorinus, Conjlantine, Bu- dceus, Cooper, Faber, VoJJius, and others. To INQUIRIES. 21 To thefe alfo we may add the Authors Ch.III. upon Grammar ; in which fubject the learned Greeks, when they quitted the Eaft, led the way, Mofchopulus, Chryfo- kras, Lafcaris, Theodore Gaza ; then in Italy, Laurent ius Valla ; in England, Gro- an and Linacer; in Spain, Sanclius*; in the Low Countries Vojjius ; in France, Ca/ar Scaliger by his refidence, tho' by birth an Italian, together with thofe able * Sanctius, towards the end of the Sixteenth Century, was Prufeffor of Rhetoric, and of the Greek Tongue, in the Univerfity of Salamanca. He wrote many works, but his moft celebrated is that, which bears the name of Sanclii Minerva, feu de Caufis Lin- gua Latina. This invaluable Book (to which the Author of thefe Treatifes readily owns himfelf in- debted for his frji rational Ideas of Grammar and Language) was publifhed by Sanclius at Salamanca ill the Year 1587. Its fuperior merit foon made it known thro* Europe, and caufed it to pafs thro' many Editions in different places. The moft common Edi- tion is a large octavo printed at Amfterdam in the year J 733, and illuftrated with Notes by the learned Peri- zonius. C 3 Writers 22 PHILOLOGICAL Tart I. Writers Meff. de Port Roial. Nor ought we to omit the Writers of Philological Epiftles, fuch as Emanuel Martin *; nor the Writers of Literary Catalogues (in French called Catalogues RaifcnneesJ fuch as the account of the Manufcripts in the Imperial Li- brary at Vienna, by Lambecius - } or of the * Emanuel Martin was Dean of Allcant in the beginning of the prcfent Century. He appears from his writings, as well as from his hiftoiy, to have been a perfon of pleafing and amiable manners ; to have Keen ail able antiquarian, and as fuch, a friend to the celebrated JMcntfaucon ; to have cultivated • 1 h eagerneis the various ftudies of Humanity, and to have written Latin with facility and elegance. His Wo'ks, containing twelve Books of Epiftle?, and a few other pieces, were printed in Spain about the year 173", at the private expence of that re- fpetlabie fbtefmnn and fcholar, Sir Benjamin Keene, the B>itiji) Amb:iflador, to whom they were inferibed in a ClaiTical Dedication by the learned Dean him- felf, then living at Aiicant. As Copies of this Edi- tion foon became fcarce, the Book was reprinted by If'rJJetivgius, in a fair Quarto (the two Tones b^ing ufually bound together) at Amjlerdam in the jear 17 38. Arabic INQ^UIRIE S. 23 Arabic Manufcripts in the Efcurial Li- Ch.IIL brary, by Michael Ca/tri*. * Michael Casiri, the learned Librarian of the Efcurial) has been enabled by the Munificence of the laft and the prefent Kings of Spain, to publifh an accurate and erudite Catalogue of the Arabic Manu- fcripts in that curious Library, a Work well be- coming its Royal Patrons, as it gives an ample Exhi- bition of Arabic Literature in all its various Branches of Poetry, Philofophy, Divinity, Hiftory, &c. But ©f thefe Manufcripts we (hall fay more in the Ap~ frendix, fubjoined to the End cf thefe Inquiries. C 4 CHAP. 24 PHILOLOGICAL P. I. CHAP. IV. Modern Critics of the Explanatory kind* commenting Modern Writers— -Lexicon gr ciphers — Grammarians — Tranjlators, HO' much Historical Expla- nation has been beftowed on the antient Claflics, yet have the Authors of our own Country by no means been for- gotten, having exercifed many Critics of Learning and Ingenuity. Mr. Thomas Warton* (befides his fine Edition of Theocritus) has given a cu- rious Hiftory of Englijh Poetry during the middle Centuries; Mr. Tyrwhit, much accurate and diverfified Erudition upon Chaucer ; Mr, Upton, a learned Comment on the Fairy Queen of Spencer i Mr. Addi- fon, many polite and elegant Spectators on the Conduct and Beauties of the Para- dife Lojl i Dr. War ton, an JLfjay on the Genius I N Q^U I R I E S. 25 Genius and Writings of Pope, a work filled Ch.IV. with Speculations, in a tafte perfectly pure The Lovers of Literature would not forgive me, were I to omit that orna- ment of her Sex and Country, the Cri- tic and Patronefs of our illuftrious Shak- fpeare, Mrs. M ntagu. For the honour of Criticism not only the Divines already mentioned, but others alfo, of rank £1 ill fuperior, have beftowed their labours up- on our capital Poets *, fufpending for a while their feverer ftudies, to relax in thefe Regions of Genius and Imagination. The Dictionaries of Minfiew, Skinner, Spelman, Sumner, Junius > and Johnfon* are all well known, and juftly efteemed. Such is the Merit of the lajl, that our Language does not poffefs a more co- pious, learned, and valuable Work, For Grammatical Knowlege we ought to men- tion with diftinclion the learned prelate, * Shakfpeare, Milton, Cozvley, Pope. Dr, 26 PHILOLOGICAL Part 1. Dr. Lowth, Biftiop of London ; whole admirable tract on the Grammar of the Englijh Language every Lover of that Language ought to fludy and underftand, if he would write, or even fpeak it, with purity and precilion. Let my Countrymen too reflect, that in fludying a Work upon this fubjeft, they are not only fludying a Language, in which it becomes them to be knowing, but a Language^ which can boaft of as many good Books, as any among the living, or modern Languages of Europe. The Writers, born and educated in a free Country, have been left for years to their native Freedom. Their Pages have been never defiled with an Index expurgatorius, nor their Genius ever (hackled with the terrors of an Inquifition. Ma v this invaluable Privilege never be impaired either by the hand of Power, or by licentious Abufe. Per- I N CLU I R I E S. 27 Perhaps with the Criticsy«/? defcribed Ch.IV. I ought to arrange Translators, if it be true that ¥r (inflation is a Species of Ex- planation, which differs no otherwife from explanatory Comments, than that thefe attend to Parts, while Translation goes to the Whole. Now as Tranflators are infinite, and many of them (to borrow a phrafe from Sportfmen) unqualified Perfons, I (hall enumerate only a few, and thofe, fuch as for their merits have been defervedly efteemed. Of this number I may very truly rec- kon Meric Casaueon, the Tranflator of Marcus Antoninus-, Mrs. Carter, the Tranflator of Epicletus; and Mr. Syden- ham, the Tranflator of many of Plato's Dialogues. All thefe feem to have accu- rately underflcod the original Language, from which they tranflated. But that is pot all. The Authors tranflated being Phi- 28 PHILOLOGICAL Part I. Philosophers, the Tranflators appear to have fludied the Style of their Philofophy, well knowing that in antient Greece every Seel: of Philofophy, like every Science and Art, had a Language of its own *. To thefe may be added the refpectable names of Melmoth and of Hampton^ of Franklyn and of Potter ; nor mould I omit a few others, whofe labours have been fimilar, did I not recoiled the trite, tho' elegant admonition — — fugit irreparabile tempus. Singula dum capti circumveclamur amore. VlRG. Yet one Tranflation I can by no means forget, I mean that of Xenophons Cyropa- dia, or the Injiitution of Cyrus > by the Ho- nourable Maurice Ashley Cowper, fon to the fecond Earl of Shaftcjbury, and brother to the third, who was Author of * See Hermes, p. 269, 270. the I N Q^U I R I E S. 29 the Characlerijiics, This Tranflation is Ch.VI. made in all the Purity and Simplicity of the Original, and to it the Tranflator has prefixed a truly philofophical Dedication, addrefled to my Mother, who was one of his Sifters. I esteem it an honour to call this Au- thor my Uncle, and that not only from his Rank, but much more from his Learn- ing, and unblemifhed Virtue; Qualities, which the Love of Retirement (where he thought they could be befh cultivated) in- duced him to conceal, rather than to pro- duce in public. The firft Edition of this Tranflation, confifling of two octavo Volumes, was publifhed foon after his deceafe, in the year 1728. Between this time and the year 1770, the Book has paft thro' a fecond and a third Edition, not with the eclat of po- pular Applaufe, but with the filent appro- bation of the ftudious Few. CHAP. PHILOLOGICAL CHAP. V. Rife of the third Species of Criti- cism, the Corrective — praclifed by the Ancients, but much more by the Mo- derns ^ and why. BUT we are now to inquire after an- other species of Criticism. All antient books, having been preferved by Tranfcription, were liable thro* Ignorance, Negligence, or Fraud, to be corrupted in three different ways, that is to fay, by Retrenchings, by Additions, and by Al- terations. To remedy thefe evils, a third Sort of Criticifm arofe, and that was Criticism corrective. The Bufinefs of this at fitjl was painfully to collate all the various Copies of authority, and then, from amidfl the variety of Readings thus collected, to eftablifh by good reafons either the true, or I N CLU I R I E S. 31 or the mojl probable. In this fenfe we Ch.V. may call fuch Criticism not only cor- rective, but AUTHORITATIVE. As the number of thefe Corruptions muft needs have increafed by length of time, hence it has happened that Correc- tive Criticifm has become much more ne- ceflary in thefe latter ages, than it was in others more antient. Not but that even in antient days various Readings have been noted. Of this kind there are a multitude in the Text of Homer ; a facl: not fingular, when we confider his great antiquity. In the Comments of Ammo- nius and Philoponus upon Arijlotle, there is mention made of feveral in the text of that Philofopher, which thefe his Com- mentators compare and exanine. We find the fame in Aulus GeMus, as to the Roman Authors; where it is with- al remarkable, that, even in that early period, much flrefs is laid upon the au- thority 32 PHILOLOGICAL Parti, thority of antient Manufcripts *, a Read- ing in Cicero being juftified from a Copy made by his learned freedman, Tiro ; and a Reading in Virgil's Georgia, from a Book, which had once belonged to Vir- gil's Family. But fince the revival of Literature, to correct has been a bufinefs of much more latitude, having continually employed, for two centuries and a half, both the Pains of the moft laborious, and the Wits of the molt acute. Many of the learned men before enumerated were not only famous as hijiorical Critics, but as corrective alfo. Such were the two Scaligers (of whom one has been J already mentioned) the two Cafaubons, Salmafius, the Heinjii, Grce- . b. For the Second Species, fee p. 14. For t .e Third I N Q^U I R I E S. 41 As the Firji Part of thefe Inquiries Chap, ends here, we are now to proceed to the VII. Second Part, a Specimen of the Doc- trines and Principles of Criticism, as they are Uluji rated in the Writings of the moji dijlinguified Authors, Third Species, fee p. 30, to the end of the Chapter following, p. 39. There are a few other Notes befides the preced- ing ; but as fome of them were long, and it was ap- prehended for that reafon that they might too much interrupt the Continuity of the Text, they have been joined with other pieces, in the forming of an Appen- dix. End of the First Part. PHILOLOGICAL INQUIRIES, PART THE SECOND. PHILOLOGICAL INQUIRIES. PART THE SECOND. INTRODUCTION. WE are, in the foil® wing Part of PartH this Work, to give a Specimen of thofe Doctrines, which, having been flight ly touched in the Firfl Part, we are now to illuftrate more amply, by refer- ring to Examples, as well antient as modern. It has been already hinted, that among Writers the Epic came first* ; it has been hinted likewife, that Nothing ex- cellent IN A LITERARY WAY HAP- PENS MERELY BY ClIANCE-f-. * p. 6. f p. 7. Men- PHILOLOGICAL Mention alfo has been made of Nu- merous Composition*, and the force of it fuggefted, tho' little faid farther. To this we may add the Theory of Whole and Parts f, fo eflential to the very being of a legitimate Compofition ; and the Theory alfo of Sentiment and Manners J, both of which naturally belong to every Whole, called Dramatic, Nor can we on this occafion omit a few Speculations on the Fable or Ac- tion ; Speculations neceflfarily connected with every Drama, and which we mall illuftrate from Tragedy, its molt finking Species. And here, if it mould be objected that we refer to Englifi Authors, the Connec- tion mould be remembered between good Authors of every Country, as far as they all draw from the fame Sources, the Sources I mean of Nature and of Truth. A like * p. 7. ■} p 8. 1 [>, S. I N QJJ I R I E S. 45 Apology may be made for Inquiries con- PartIL cerning the Enclisii Tongue, and how far it may be made fucceptible of ClaJJic Decoration. All Languages are in fome degree congenial, and, both in their Matter and their Form, are founded upon the fame Principles*. What is here faid, will, we hope, fuf- E ciently juftify the following Detail ; a Detail naturally arifing from the former part of the Flan, by being founded upon exprefiions, not fujjiciently there developed. First, therefore, for the Firft; that the Epic Poets led the way, and that Nothing excellent in a literary view happens merely by Chance. Hermee, p. 349. CHAP- PHILOLOGICAL CHAPTER. I. That the Epic Writers came first, and that nothing excellent in Li- terary Performances happens merely from Chance — ■ the Causes, or Rea- sons of fuch Excellence, illujlrated by Examples. IT appears, that not only in Greecf, but in other Countries, more barbarous, the firjl Writings were in Metre* \ and of an Epic Caft, recording Wars, Battles, Heroes, Ghofts ; the Marvellous always, and often the Incredible. Men feemed to have thought, that the higher they foared, the more important they mould appear; and that the common Life, which they then lived, was a thing too contemptible to merit Imitation. Hence it followed, that it was not till this Common Life was rendered rcfpe&able Temple's Works, Vol. I. p. 239. Fol. Edit. by I N CL U I R I E S. 47 by more refined and polified Manners^ that Ch. I. Men thought it might be copied, fo as to gain them applaufe. Even in Greece itfelf, Tragedy had attained its maturity* many years before Comedy, as may be feen by comparing the age of Sophocles and Euripides with that of Philemon and Menander. For ourjelves, we {hall find moll of our Jirjl Poets prone to a turgid Bomba/l y and mod of our jirjl Projaic Writers to a pedantic Stiffnejs, which rude Styles gra- dually improved, but reached not a Claffi- cal Purity fooner than Tillotjon, Dryden, Addijon, Shajtejbury, Prior^ Pope* At- terbury, &c. &c. As to what is aiTerted foon after upon the Efficacy of Caufes in Works oj In- genuity and Art, we think in general, that the Effect muft always be propor- tioned to its Cauje. 'Tis hard for him, * Ariilot. Poet. c. 4. p. 227. Edit. Sylb. Alfo Characterises, Vol. I. p. 244. who 48 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. who reafons attentively, to refer to Chance ' ^ any fuper -lathe Production *, Effects indeed ftrike us, when we are not thinking about the Cause ; yet may we be affured, if we reflect, that a Cause there is, and that too a Cause intelligent, and Rational. No- thing would perhaps more contribute to to give us a Tajie truly critical^ than on every occafion to invejiigate this Caufe ; and to alk ourfelves, upon feeling any uncommon Effect, why we are thus de- lighted ; why thus affected ; why melted into Pity ; why made to fhuuder with Horrour ? Till this Why is well anfwered, all i8 Darknefs, and our Admiration, like that of the Vulgar y founded upon Ignorance. To explain by a few Examples, that are known to all, and for that reafon here alleged, becjufe they are known. * Ph'ilofopli. Arrang. p. 3c y. I AM I N CLU I R I E S. 4$ I am ftruck with the Night-scene Ch.I. in Virgii's fourth Eneid — Ct the unlverfal * l Silence throughout the Globe — the lt fweet Reft of its various Inhabitants, " foothing their Cares and forgetting " their Labours — the unhappy Dido " alone rejllefs ; reftlefs, and agitated with l( impetuous Paflions*.*' I am affected with the Story of Re^ gulus, as painted by West. — * 4 The " crowd of anxious Friends, perfuading tl him riot to return — his Wife, fainting u thro' fenfibility and fear — Perfone, the t( leaft connected, appearing to feel for ** him — yet himfelf unmoved, inexorable " and ftern-jv .4, >> Without referring to thefe deeply tragic Scenes, what Charms has Mufic, when a mafterly Band pafs unexpectedly * JEn. IV. 522, &c. f tlorat. Carm. L. HI. Od. 5. E from 5 o PHILOLOGICAL Part II. from loud to fof /, or from foft to loud?— When the Syftem changes from the greater Third to the lefs ; or reciprocally, when it changes from this laft to the former ? All thefe Effects have a fimilar, and well-known Caufe, the amazing Force which Contraries acquire^ either by Juxta-position, or by q^uick Succes- sion *. But we aflc flill farther, why have Contraries this Force? — We anfwer, becaufe, of all things which differ, none * This Truth is not only obvious, but antient. rfrijlotle fays,— Ylx^xKKriXoe, rx 'Evxvltx fxxhifx (pxi- vtr^xt — that Contraries, when fet befide each other , make thejirongeji appearance. UxgxhhriXx yap ^xaAAow ret 'Evxvjtx yvuioi^iTxt—— that Contraries are better inown, when fet befide each other, Ariji. Rhetor. Lib. III. p. 1 20, & p. 152. Edit. Sylb. The fame author often makes ufe of this Truth in other places ; which Truth, fimple as it feems, is the fource of many capi- tal Beauties in all the Fine Arts. differ I N Q^U I R I E S. 51 differ fo widely, Sound differs from Ch. I. Darknefs, but not fo much as from Si- lence ; Darknefs differs from Sound, but notfo much as from Light. In the fame intenfe manner differ Repofe and Reft- leffnefs ; Felicity and Mifery ; dubious Sollicitude and firm Refolution ; the Epic and the Comic ; the Sublime and the Ludicrous*. * From thefe inftances we perceive the meaning of thofe defcriptions of Contraries, that they ard roc 7rXt?fQV $ix(pigovlx twu tu tu> «wm ytvu—lv tw «u]u> (JfXTJKCd TUV V7TQ 1V[V OiVTYiV Svvxpiv — things which differ mojl widely, among things exijling in the fame Genus— in the fame Recipient— comprehended un- der the fame Power or Faculty. Ariji. Metaph. A. 1. p. 82. Edit. Sylb. Cicero, in his Topics, tranflates the firji description — qua in eodem genere plurimum differunt, S. 70. Arijlotle reafons as follows. 'E^l SI $iot(pzpiiu |v- divtTxi aXXyXuv tx Sixtyipovlx 7rXt7ov xj zAxtIqi/, In ti? >t\ [Apytrn <^«£pop«» x) raulnv xiyu ENANTIHSIN - * It being admitted that things differing from one another, differ MORE and LESS, there muff he alfo a certain dif- ierence, zvhich is most, and this I call Contra- riety. Metaph. p. 162. Edit. Sylb. E 2 And, S 2 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. And, why differ Contraries thus wide- ly? — Becaufe while Attributes, ftmply dif- ferent^ may co-exijl in the fame fubjett, Contraries cannot co-exift, but always deftroy one another *. Thus the fame Marble may be both white and hard) but the fame Marble cannot be both white and black. And hence it follows, that as their Difference is more intenfe, fo is our Re- cognition of them more vivid, and our Im- prejjions more permanent. This Effect of Contraries is evident even in objects of Senfe> where Imagina- * Ammonius, commenting the doctrine of Con- traries, (as fet forth in Ariflotles Categories) in- forms us, that they net only do not imply cue another (as a Son necefluri'y implies a Father) but that they even DESTROY ONE ANOTHER, Jo that, where one is pre- Jenty the other cannot t .main — i powv Ju auma-piou etAAnAa, «AAa Xy ffiiifii' ra yxp ho; wxpoflcs, ap£ urouisu to trepov. Amnion, in Categ. p. 147. Edit. Venet. The Stagarite himfelf defcribes them in the fame manner, tx fxri Jvvxtx atxx tu dCZ ttxcuvxi, things that cannot be prefent at ence in the fame fubjefl. Metaph. A. p. 82. Edit. Syib. tion I N Q^U I R I E S. 53 tion and Intellect are not in the lean: con- Ch. T. cerned. When we pafs (for example) from a Hot-houfe, we feel the common Air more intenfely cool ; when we pafs from a dark Cavern, we feel the common light of the Day more intenfely glaring. But to proceed to Inftances of an- other and a very different kind. Fhw Scenes are more affecting than the taking of Troy, as defcribed in the fecond Eneid — " the Apparition of Hector " to Eneas, when afleep, announcing to tc him the Commencement of that direful A/£fa.f $f7 y.*iTt ipy.i-rcov tivxi, f*r>Tt ao'p'uOuov, v.. t. A. So Cicero — numeris ajhiclam Ora- iionem fjfe dibere, car ere verfibus. Jd Brut. Orator, f. 187. could INQUIRIES. 67 could not, for that rcafon, but want a Ch. U. fuitable dignity *» What Expedient then remained? — They recommended a Foot, where the former two were blended; where the Pomp of the Heroic, and the levity of the Iambic were mutually to corredl^ and temper one another. But as this appears to require explana- tion, we fhall endeavour, if we can, to render it intelligible, faying fomething previoufly upon the nature of Rhythm. Rhythm differs from Metre, in as much as Rhythm is Proportion applied to any Motion whatever ; Metre is Pro- portion, applied to the Motion of Words Spoken. Thus, in the drumming of a March, or the dancing of a Hornpipe, there is Rhythm, tho' no Metre ; in Dry- den's celebrated Ode there is Metre as well * See m the fame Treatife of Ari/htle what is faid about thefe Feet, jaft after the Paffage abov* cited* Tuv 3t piG/Awu, [th r,puo? trfwvo?, x. t. \* All that follows is well worth reading. F 2 as 68 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. as Rhythm, becaufe the Poet with the J&hythm has aflbciated certain Words. And hence it follows, that, tho' all Metre is Rhythm, yet all Rhythm is not Metre *. This (*) Auztpipu S\ y-irgov p\0/x«, v\r\ [/.h ya.p to~s jM£Tpo»? »' ap t«j "%x\x.ixs "Suutv to\- u£a? xaTa^)ffioWaf , a ( 'xa T«v« xj p'Ay.ov OLX.uoy.cv-— ysTgov St ax aw yivotlo j£«£if Xifcius ttoixs x) 7TQ7Viq. Metre differs from Rhythm, becaufe with regard to Metres the fubjeft mat- ter if a [y liable > and without a fyllable (that is a Sound articulate) «uinclil. Jnfl. IX. 4. p. 598. Edit. Capper. What thefe authors call Rhythmus, Virgil calls Numerus, or its plural Numeri. — Nu- I N Q^U I R I E S. 69 This being admitted, we proceed and Ch.II. fay, that the Rhythm of the Heroic Foot is one to one y which conftitutes in Mufic what we call Common Time ; and in mu- fic al Vibration, what we call the Unison. The Rhythm of the Iambic is One to Two, which conftitutes in Mufic what we call — Numeros me?nini, fi verba tenerem. Bucol. ]X. 45. And, before that, fpeaking of the Fauns and wild Beads dancing, he informs us — Turn vera in numerum Fauno[q- y ferafq\ videres Ludere Bucol. VI. 27. So too, fpeaking of the Cyclopes at their Forge, he tells us, Mi inter fefe magna vi brachia tollunt In numerum Geor. IV. 174,175, Which fame verfes are repeated in the eight Eneid. So Cicero — Numerus Latine, Grace 'PuO/tAoj — Ad Brut. Orat. f. 170. No Englijb Term feems to exprefs Rhythmus bet- ter than the word, Time ; by which we denote every Species of meafured Motion. Thus we fay, there is Time in beating a Drum, tho' but a fmgle Sound; Time in Dancing, and in Rowing, tho' no Sound at all, but what is quite incidental. F 3 Triple ;o PHILOLOGICAL Part II. Triple Time; and in mujlcal Vibration 9 what we call the Octave. The Rhythm next to thefe is that of Two to Three, or elfe its equivalent, Three to Two; a Rhythm compounded of the two former Times unit- ed; and which conftitutes in mulical Vi- bration, what we call the Fifth. 'Twas here then they difcovcred the Foot they wanted ; that Foot, which, being neither the Heroic, nor the Iambic, w r as yet fo far connected with them, as to contain virtually within itfelf //^Rhythms of them both. That this is fact, is evident, from the following reufoning. The Proportion of Two to Thne contains in Two the Rhythm of the Heroic Foot ; in Three t that of the Iambic ; therefore, in two and three united, a Foot compounded out of the two. Now the Foot thus defcribed is no other than the Pjean ; a Foot conftituted either I N Q^U I R I E S. 7 i either by one long Syllable and three Jhort, Part II. and called the Pecan a majori ; or elfe by three fiort Syllables and one long, and called the Pcean a minor?. In either cafe, if we refolve the long Syllable into two Jhort, we fhall find the Sum of the Syllables to be Five ; that is, Two to Three, for the Jirjl Psean, Three to Two for the fecond, each being in what we call the Sesqjji- alter Proportion*. Those * The Aim of this fpeculation is thus fhortly ex- prefTed by Cicero. Pes enim, qui adbibetur ad numeral, partitur in tria : ut necejje fit partem pedis aut aqualem ejje alter i parti ; aut altera tanto, aut fejqui ejje major em. lia fit aqualis, Da£ly!us ; duplex, Iambus ; jefqui, Paon. Ad Bmt Or at. f. 188. Arijhtle reafons upon the fame Principles. *Ej-t d*s Tcnog o Ilxtxi, tc, t^o^tvo? rccu tipvifAivw toix yxp 7rpoj /— 74 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. The Productions flill remaining of this Golden Period feem (if I may fo fay) to have been providentially preferved, to hu- miliate modern Vanity, and check the growth of bad Tafte. But this Claffical iEra, tho' it laded long, at length terminated. Many Caufes, and chiefly the irruption and mixture of Barbarians, contributed to the debafing both of Latin and Greek. As Liclion was corrupted, fo alfo was Pronunciation. Accent and Quantity, which had been once accurately diftinguifhed, began now to be blended. Nay more, Accent fo far ufurpcd Quantity's place, as by a fort of Ty- ranny, to make mcrt fyllables, long ; and long fyllables, fhort. Thus, in Poetry, as the accent fell upon De in Dais, and Jtqne ha: qu'idim ab its Pbilofofbis, quos tu maxima Jiligif, Cuiulc, ditto funt : quod to fapius tejlificor, ut au&oribus laudandis ineptiarum crimen effuguam. De Oratorc, Lib. Hi. f. ;8-. as I N CLU I R I E S. js upon i in Ibi, the firft fyllables of thefe Ch.IL two words wereconfidered as long. Again, where the Accent did not fall, as in the ultima's of Regno, or Saturno, and even in fuch ablatives as Injula or Cretd, there the Poet aflumed a Licence, if he pleafed, to make them Jloort* In a word, the whole doctrine of Prosody came to this — that, as anciently the Quantity of the Syl- lables eftablimed the Rhythm of the Vcrfe, fo now the Rhythm of the Verfe eftablimed the Quantity of the Syllables, There was an antient Poet, his name Com modi an us, who dealt much in this illicit Quantity, and is faid to have written (if that be poflible) in the fifth, nay fome affert, in the third Century. Take a fample of his Verification. SaturnufquefneXiJiDeuSi quando fenefcit ? and again, Nee Divinus erat, fed Deumfefe dicebat, and again, Jupiter 76 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. Jupiter hie natus In infula Creta Saturno, Utfuit adultusy patrem de regno privavit. and again, Ille autem in Cretd regnavit, etibi dc fecit. I shall crown the whole with an ad- mirable diftich, where (as I obferved not long ago) the Rhythm of the Verfe gives alone the Quantity, while the Quantity of the Syllables is wholly difregarded. 'Tot reum crlmmibus^ parricidam quoqiie Juturum^ 'Ex auclorltate veflra contulljiis in ahum. Dr. Davies, at the end of his Minutius Felix, has thought it worth giving us an Edition of this wretched author, who, if he lived fo early as fuppofed, muft have been from among the dregs of the people, fince Aufon'uu, Claudian, Sulpicius Seve- rus, and Bocthius^ who were all authors of the fame or a later period, wrote both in Profe and Verfe with Claflical Ele- gance. We I N Q^U I R I E S. ' 77 We have mentioned the Debafement of Ch. II. Latin, previoufly to that of Greeks be- caufe it was an Event, which happened much fooner. As early as the fixth Cen- tury, or the fcventh at farther!:, Latin ceafed to be the common Language of 'Rome, whereas Greek was fpoken with competent purity in Conftantinople, even to the fifteenth Century, when that City was taken by the Turks, Not but that Corruption found its way alfo into Greek Poetry, when Greek began to degenerate, and Accent, as in Latin, to ufurp dominion over Quantity. 'Twas then began the ufe of the Verfus Politici*, a fpccies of Verfes fo called, becaufe adapted to the Vulgar, and only fit for Vulgar Ears. 'Twas then the fublime Hexameters of Homer were de- * See Fabricii Biblioth. Grac. Vol. X. p. 253, 318, 319. bafed 7 8 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. bafed into miferable Trocha'ics, not even legible as Verfes, but by a fuppreffion of real Quantity. Take a Sample of thefe Productions, which, fuch as it is, will be eafily under- ftood, as it contains the Beginning of the Firft Iliad— ir t v o^yr t v aos t >c, Xeye, XI $■£# \*M K.0CXXl07T7}, Tk EbjAg«5tf ^A^iXXsug, Tlcog ByevBT oXeOglct, K and agreeable to Syllabic Quantity — infiances — yet Accen- tual Qu a n t i t y prevalent -— infiances — tranjition to Prose — Englifi Pceans, infiances of — Rhythm governs Quan- tity, where this lafl is Accentual, IN the fcrutiny which follows we fhall confine ourfelves to English, as no Language, to us at leaf, is equally fami- liar. And here, if we begin with quot- ing Poets, it muft be remembered it is not purely for the fake of Poetry, but with a view to that Harmony, of which our Profe is fufceptible. A few pure Iambics of the Syllabic fort we have, tho' commonly blended with the fpurious and accentual. Thus Milton, Foun- I N CLU I R I E S. S 5 Fountains, and ye, that warble, as ye" Ch.IlI. FLOW P. L. V. I95. And again, more completely in that fine Line of his — For "Eloquence, the Soul; Song charms the" Se'nse — P. L. II. 556. In the nrft of thefe Verfes the laft Foot is (as it always fa ou! d be*) a pure Syl- labic Iambic-, in the fecond Verfe every Foot is fuch, but the Fourth. Besides Iambics, pur Language knows alio the Heroic Foot. In the Verfe juft, quoted, Fou"nt ai"ns, and ye, that warble as ye flow, the firft Foot is a Spondee : fo is the fourth Foot in that other Verfe, For Eloquence, the Soul , So~ng cha'kms the Senfe. * Sup. p. 82. G 3 This S6 PHILOLOGICAL part 1 1. This Foot feems to have been admit- ted among the EnglifJj Iambics precifely for the fame reafon as among the Greek and Latin ; to infufe a certain Stability^ which Iambics wanted, when alone — Tar dior ut pauIIo } graviorque ve~ niret ad aures, Spondeos stabiles in jura paterna recepit, Hor. Art, Poet, Nor do we want that other Heroic Foot, the Dactyl, and that too ac- companied (as ufual) with the Spon- dfe. Thus in the fecond Pfalm we read — - Why do the people z7«a~gine a" va"in THING ? And foon after — ■ — againjl the Lord and //gainst his a"n- ointe"d. Where in both inftances we have the JJc v a:nctcr Cadence^ tho' perhaps it was cafual, I N Q^U I R I E S. S 7 cafual, and what the Tranflators never in- Ch. III. tended. It muft Indeed be confefTed this Metre appears not natural to our Language, nor have its Feet a proper effect, but when mixt with Iambics, to infufe that Stability, which we have lately men- tioned*. 'Tis proper alio to obferve that, tho* metrical Feet in Englifh have a few long and floor t Syllables, even in their genuine cha- racter (that I mean, which they derive from true syl'Labic Quantity) yet •f Sup. p. S6. * The ufe of the Hemic and the Iambic is well ex- plained by Cicero from Arijloile. ghodlonge Ariftoteli vidciur /ecus, qui judical Heroum Numerum grandiorem quam defideret Joluta oratio; lam- bum autem nimis e vulgar i fermone. Ita neque bumi'em, nee ahjeclam orationem, nee nimis altam ei exaggeration prohat ; plenam tamen earn vv.it ejfe gravitatis, -at ens, qui audiunt, ad major em admirationem pojjit traducere. Ad Brut. Orat. f. J 92. G 4 is S8 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. is their Quantity more often determined bv Accent alone*, it being enough tp make a Syllable long, if it be accented ; and fhort, if it be unaccented; what- ever may be the Poftion of any fuhfequent Confonants. Thus in Milton, we read, on the fecret top Of'Oreb didjl inspire— P. L. I. 6. 7. and again, Hurl'd headhoUG , flaMiHG , from tti ether rial Jky. P. L. I. 45. In thefe examples, the firft Syllable of infpire is fiort by .Accentual Quantity^ tho' the Pofition of its Vowel is before three Confonants ; the laft Syllable of head- long, and the laft Syllable of flaming, are Jhcrt, even tho' the confecuthe Confonants are in both cafes Four, Sup. p. 74. 83. Such INQUIRIES. 89 Such then in Englijh being the force Ch.III. pf Accentual Quantity, we are now to confider thofe Feet, thro' which not our Verfe> but our Prose may be harmo- nized. Now thefe Feet are no other than the two Ym ans, already defcribedf, and their equivalent, the Cretic, which three may more particularly be called the Feet for Prose*. In Profe-compofition they may be called thofe Ingredients, which, like Salt in a Banquet, ferve to give it a relifh. Like Salt too, we mould fo employ them, that we may not feem to have miftaken the Seafoning for the Food. — But more of this hereafter J. t Sup. p. 70, 71, 72. * Sit eghur [oratio] (ut fupra d'txl) permijia et tem- perata numeris, nee dijjoluta^ nee iota numerofa, PiEONE maxim}, &c. Ad Brut. Orat. f. 196 — and foon before, f- 194. PiEON autem minime eft aptus ad Verfum ; quo libentius en'xm recepit Oratio. X I"f r - P' 107. 108. As 9 o PHILOLOGICAL Part II. As to the Place of tfafe P^ans, tho' L >~ they have their effect in every part of a Sentence, yet have they a peculiar energy at its Beginning, and its End. The dif- ference is, we are advifed to begin with the Jirjl Pcean, and to conclude with the ficond, that the Sentence in each Extreme may be audibly markt*. If the Sentence be cmphatical, and call for fuch attention, nothing can anfvver the purpofe more ef- fectually, than that characteristic long Syllable, which in thefojl Pcean is always inceptive, in the fecond is al- ways conclufive. For want of better examples we ven- ture to illuflrate by the following, where we have markt the Two Paeans, together with their Equivalent the Cretic, and * Vid. Anjlot. Rhetor. L. III. c. 8. p. 30. Edit. Sylb. Efi Si n.XMio$ Jy'o fjsrjj oivriKiiu-tvoi elh?J,KW uv to (MV 9 X. T. A. where I N Q^U I R I E S. 9I where we have not only markt the Time Ch.IIF. over each Syllable, but feparated each Foot by a disjunctive flroke. Beauty may be — lofty may be for — years ciitllvd : but Virtue remains the fame y till Life itfelf — is at an end, Again — Steep is the* ' A—fcent by which we — mount to Fame ; — nor is the Sum — mit to be galnd ^—hut by Saga — city and toll. Fools are fare to lofe their way, and Cowards fink beneath the difficulty : the wife and brave alone fucceed ; perflfl—~in their attempt— and never yield — to the fatigue. The Reader in thefe examples will re- gard two things ; one, that the Strokes of Separation mark only the Feet, and are not to be regarded in the Reading ; an- other, that tho' he may meet perhaps a few inftances agreeable to antient Profody y yet in modern Rhythm like this, be it Fro- 92 PHILOLOGICAL Part I F. Prof die or Poetic^ he muft expecl: to find it governed for the greater part by Ac- cent*. And fo much for Prof die Feet> and Numerous Profe y which, upon the Prin- ciples eflablifhed by antient Critics, we have aimed to accommodate to our own Language, But we flop not here, having a few more Speculations to fuggeft, which, ap- pearing to arife from the Principles of the old Critics^ are amply verified in our beft Englijh authors. But more of this in the following Chapter. • Sup. p. 74. 83. 88. CH A P. I N Q^U TRIES. 93 CHAP. IV. Other Decorations of Profe befides Fro-* fa'ic Feet — Alliteration — Sen- tences — Periods — Caution to avoid excefi in confecuthe Monofyllables — 0£- j eel ions, made and anfwered — Authori- ties alleged — Advice about Reading, E SIDES the Decoration of Profak Ch.IV. Feet, there are other Decorations, admiflible into Englifo Compofition, fuch as Alliteration, and Sentences, efpecially the Period. First therefore for the firft; I mean Alliteration. Among the Clafllcs of old there is no finer illuftration of this Figure, than Lu- cretius's PHILOLOGICAL cretius's Defcription of thofe bleft abodes, where his Gods, detached from Providential Cares, ever lived in the frui- tion of divine Serenity. Apparet Divum numen, fedefovE oviette, Quas neque concutiunt venti, neque nu- bila nim6?'s A/per gunt, HEque nix acri concreta pruind CAna CAdens viola t, femperque mttubilus tether lategit, et LARge diffufo LVmine ridet. Lucret. III. 18. The fublime and accurate Virgil did not contemn this Decoration, tho' he ufed it with fuch pure, unaffected Simplicity, that we often feel its Force, without contemplating the Caufe. Take one In- flance out of infinite, with which his Works abound. A urora I N Q^U I R I E S, 95 Aurora interea Miferis MORfa/ifius al- Ch.IV. mam Extulerat Lucem, refer ens opera at que l Azores *. JEn. XL v. i8 3 > * The following Account of this Figure is taken from Pontanus, one of thefe ingenious Italians, who flourifhed upon the revival of a purer Literature in Europe. Ea igitur five figura, five ornatus, cendimentum quo ft quoddam numeris affert, placet autem nom'mare Allite- ratioNEM, quod e Literarum allujione conjlet. Fit itaque in verfu y quoties dicliones continuata, vel bince, vet tunes ab iifdem primis confonantibus^ mutatis aliquanda vacalibus, aut ab iifdem incipiunt Syllabi s, aut ab iisdem primis vocalibus. Deleclat UK/fW Allitera- tio hac merifice in primis et ultimis locis facia, in mediis quoque, licet ibidem awes minus fint intenta. Ut " Sava fedens fuper a' ma — Virg. " — tales cafus Cajfindra canebat. ejufd. " lhfnt em infando indicia. — ejufd. *' — longe fale Saxafonabant. ejufd. " — magno mifceri murmur e pontum, ejufd * " S^uaque lacus late liquidos — ejufd. Fit interdum per continuatisnem infequentis verfus, ut in bis Lucretianis, »« Ad- 96 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. To Virgil we may add the fuperidr y —~^ J authority of Homer. "Htoi o x.ot7T7rediov to 'AXvj'i'ov o\oq AXocto, *Ov Svpov KocTi^uv, totutov *AvQ(>C07rct)v AXulvuv. IX. £ 20 1. Hermogenes, the Rhetorician, when he quotes thefe Lines, quotes them as an <* — adverfo fiabra feruntur " Flu mine. Jtqui AtLiTERATio hac m Ciceroni quidcm dif- plicuit in Oratione folutd 9 ut cum dixit in Bruto t *' Nulla Res magis penetrat in animos, ecfque Fltigit, " TOKmatf FLECtit." Et in jecutido de Oratore ; " Quodque me sohlicitare svume so/*/." S>uid quod ne in jocis quidcm illis tarn kpidis ncglccla ejl « Plauto\ ut cum garrieniem opud herum induxit Panulum ; " Ne tu oratorcm hunc rucnis rLEctas postea. "Jtquc } sec quidcm Alliteratio quemadmodum iribus in iis fit vocibus, fit alibi etiam in duabut fimilt nwdo. L/7, u — tacit i ventura videbant. Virg. if Tamo tempus crit. — ejufd. Johannis Jovian 1 Pont an 1 Afiius — Dialogus. ' Tom. II. p. 104. Edit. Fenctis, ap. Aid. 1519. example I N Q^U 1 R I E S. 97 example of the Figure here mentioned, Ch.IV; but calls it by a Greek name, I1APH- XHSIS*. Cicero has tranflated the above Verfes elegantly, and given us too Allitera- tion, tho' not under the fame letters. Qui mifcr in campis errabat fohis Alee is, Jpfe fuum Cor edens, honiinum v es tigia Nitans, Cie. Arijlotle knew this Figure, and called it nAPOMOinSIS, a name perhaps not fo precife as the other, becaufe it rather ex- prcfles Refemblance in general, than that, which arifes from Sound in particular. * The Explanation of it, given by Hermogenes, exactly fuits his Inftance. IlafWj^wrK & £f* x&KXos oaciwu ovofAotTtov, tu aixipopu yvsccni TOtvlov yi^zvtuiv. Parechesis is Beauty in fimilar Words, which under a different fignification sound the fame. Egy.cy. supi 'Evjw. Tow. §. p. 193. Edit. Porti, 1570. H His 9 S PHILOLOGICAL Part II. His example is — AITON yocf 'i\cc£ev t AP- rON -srot.fi uv]Q *. The Latin Rhetoricians filled it An- nominatio, and give us examples of fimilar character - ]". But the mod fingular Fact is, that to early in our own Hiftory, as the reign of Henry the Second, this Decoration was efteemed and cultivated both by the Englijh and the Welch. So we are informed by Giraldus Cambrenjzs, a contemporary Writer, who, having firft given the Welch inftance, fub- joins the Englijh in the following verfe — God is together Gammen and Wife dome. —that is, God is at once both Joy and Wifdom. He calls the Figure by the Latin Name Annominatio, and adds, " that the two * Ariftot. Rhet. III. 9. p. 132. Edit. Sylb. f Scrip, ad Herenn. L. IV. f. 29. I N Q^Q I R I E S. 99 " Nations were Jo attached to this verbal Ch.lV. " Ornament in every high fini/hed Compo- L ~ y ~ " Jit ion, that nothing was by them ejieemed " elegantly deliver -ed, no Diclion conjidered " but as rude and rujlic, if it were not 1 ' fi r fi amply refined with the polijlnng Art " of this Figure*." 'Tis perhaps from this National Tafle of ours that we derive many Proverbial Similes, which, if we except the Sound, feem to have no other merit— ~Fine t as Five pence — Round) as a Robin — &c. Even Spenser and Shakspeare a- dopted the practice, but then it was in a manner fuitable to fuch Geniufes. * Pra cunclis cutem Rhetoricis exornationibui Anno- MINATIcne mogis utuntur, eaque precipice fpecie, qua primas diflionum litieras vel fyllabas convenientia jungit. Adeo igitur hoc verbcrum ornatu dure naliones ( Angli fed. et Cambri) in omni fermonc exquifito utuntur, ut nihil ab his eleganter di£lum, nullum nifi rude et agrefte cenfeatur eloquium, fi non fchematis hujus lima plene fuerit expolitum. Girald. Cambrenfis Cambria Defcriptto, p. 889. Edit, Fat. Camdtni, 1603. H 2 Spenser ioo PHILOLOGICAL Fart II. Spenser fays — For not to have been dipt in Lethe Lake Could save the Son of Thetis from to die j But that blind Bard did him immortal make With Verfes, dipt in Dew of Caflalie, Shaksp-eare fays — • Had my fweet Harry had hut half their numbers, This day might 7, hanging on Hot- spur's neck, Have talked, £cc. Hen. IVth, Part 2d, Aft 2d. Milton followed them. For Eloquence, the Soul ; Song charms the Sense. P. L. II. 556. and again, Behemoth, biggest born of Earth, upheavd His vajinefs— P. L. VII. 47 1- From I N CLU TRIES. 101 From Dryden we felecT: one example Ch.1V. out of many, for no one appears to have employed this Figure more frequently, or (like Virgil) with greater Simplicity and Strength. fetter to hunt in fields for Health unbought, 'Than fee the Doctor for a naufeous Draught. The Wife for cure on exercife depend ; God never made his Work for Man ^ mend. Dryd. Fables. PpPE fings in his Dunciad — ■ 'Twas chat t' ring, grinning, mouthing, jab-, b'ring all; And Noise, and Norton j Br angling, and Breval ; Dennis, and Dissonance. — • Which Lines, tho' truly poetical and humorous, may be fufpe&ed by fome to (hew their Art too confpicuoifiy, and too H 3 nearly ioz PHILOLOGICAL Part II. nearly to refemble that Vcrfe of old En~ r.tus- 01 Tite, Tute, Tati, Ttti Tanta, Ty- ranne, Tulijli. Script, ad Herenn. L. IV. f. 18. Gray begins a fublime Ode, Rvwfeize thee, ruthless King, &e. We might quote alfo Alliterations from Profe Writers, but thofe, we have alleged, we think fufficient. Nor is Elegance only to be found in Jingle Words, or in Jingle Feet ; it may be found, when we put them together^ in our peculiar mode of putting them. 'Tis out of Words and Feet thus compounded that we form Sentences, and among Sentences none fo (hiking, none fo pleaf- ing, as the Period. The reafon is, that, while other Sentences are indefinite, and (like a Geometrical Right-line) may he produced indefinitely, the Period (like a Cir- I N Q^U I R I E S. 103 a Circular Line) is always circumfcribed^ Ch.1V. returns, and terminates at a given point. In other words, while other Sentences, by the help of common Copulatives, have a fort of boundlefs effufion ; the conjtituent parts of a Period* have a fort of reflex union, in which union the Sentence is fo far complete, as neither to require, nor even to admit a farther extension. Readers find a pleafure in this grateful Circuity which leads them fo agreeably to an acquisition of knowlege. The Author, if he may be permitted, would refer by way of illuftration to the * Vid. A rift. Rhet. III. c. 9. Demetr. Phal dc Ehcut. f. 10, &c. The compaft combining character of the Period is well illuftrated by Demetrius in the following Simile. Eoixf ytv roi ph zstowhxx xwXx tojV Ai'Ocj?, toIV fcvl£££iJWjv t«5 izt^tptpui; ftyctSy Kf intolerabile vitium eft : alierum nifi fit y diffipata, et inculta, it fuens eft Oratio. Ejufd. ad Brut. f. 220. Colour, ii2 P FI I L OL O GIC AL Partll. Colour, his Figure, and his Motions ? If one of human race, what more pie afmgly conveniaU than when Virtue and Genius appear to animate a graceful Figure? — pulchro veniens e ccrpore virtus ? The charm increafes, if to a graceful Fi- gure we add a graceful Elocution. Elocu- tion too is heightened (till, if it convey elegant Sentiments ; and thefe againi are heightened, if cloathed with graceful Dic- tion, that is, with Words, which are pure, precife, and well arranged. But this brings us home to the very fpot, whence iae departed. We are in- fenfihly returned to Numerous Compofition, and view in Speech however referred, whether to the Body or the Mind, whe- ther to the Organs of Pronunciation, or the Purity of Diction ; whether to the Purity of Di&ion, or the Truth of Sen- timent, how perfectly natural the Co-inci- dence of every part. We i to Q^V I R I E S. Hj We muft riot then call thefe 'verbal Ch.lV, becorations, Minutiae. They are efleri- . tial to the Beauty, nay to the Completion of the Whole. Without them the Com- pofition, tho* its Sentiments may be juft, is like a Picture, with good Drawings but with bad and defective Colouring, These we are allured were the Senti- ments of Cicero, whom we mufl allovv to have been a Mailer in his Art, and who has amply and accurately treated verbal Decoration arid numerous Compo- sition in ho lefs than two Capital Trea- tifes*, ftrengthening withal his own Au- thority with that of Aristotle arid Theophrastus; to whom, if more we're wanting, we might add the names of Demetrius Phalereus, Dionysius of Halicarnassus, Dionysius Longinus* arid QuinctiliAn. * His Orator, and bis De Oralhfe. I Hav- ii4 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. Having prefumed thus far to advifd Authors, I hope I may be pardoned for faying a word to Readers, and the more fo, a$ the Subject has not often been touched. Whoever reads a perfec~l or Jinijhed Compq/ition, whatever be the Language, whatever the Subject, mould read it, even if alone, both audibly, and dijlinclly. In a Compofition of this Chara&er not only precife Words are admitted, but Words metaphorical and ornamental. And farther — as every Sentence contains a latent Harmony, fo is that Harmony de- rived from the Rhythm of its conftituents Parts *. A Composition then like this, mould (as I faid before) be read both dijlinclly and • See before, from p. 84 to p. 105. audibly 5 i n c^tr i r i e s. 115 audibly, with due regard to Stops and Ch.IV. Paufes ; with occafional Elevations and Depreffions of the Voice, and whatever elfe conftitutcs/^/? and accwate* Pronun- ciation. He, who defpifing, or neglect- ing, or knowing nothing of all this, reads a Work of fuch character, as he would read a Seffions-paper, will not only mifs many beauties of the Stile, but will prob- ably mifs (which is worfe) a large pro- portion of the Setife. Something ftill remains concerning the Doctrine of Whole and Parts, and thofe ElTentials of Dramatic Imitation, Manners, Sentiment, and the Fable. But thefe Inquiries properly form other Chapters. * Fid. Scriptor. ad Herenn. L. I. f. 3. L. III. f. 19, 20. 21. 22. 23. p. 4. 73. 74. 75. Edit. Oxon. 1718. I 2 C JHL A P. P HILOLOGIC AL CHAP. V. Concerning Whole and Parts, as efj'en- tial to the confiituttng of a legitimate Work-L-the Theory illujlrated from the Georgics of Virgil, aud the Me- nexenus of Plato— fame Theory ap- plied to fmaller pieces — Totality, ef- fential to fmall Works^ as 'well as great —Examples to iliuflrate — Accuracy, another EJfential — more fo to fmaller pieces^ and why* — Tranfition to Drama- tic Speculations. EVERY legitimate Work fhould be One, as much as a Vegetable, or an Animal ; and, to be One like them, it fhould be a Whole, confijling of Parts, and be in nothing redundant^ in nothing deficient. The difference is, the Whole of an Animal^ or a Vegetable confifts of Parts, which exift at once : the Whole of I N CLU I R I E S. u 7 of an Oration, or a Poem, as it muft be Ch.V. either heard or perufed, confifts of Parts not taken at once, but in a due and , orderly SucceJJion. The Defer iption of such a Whole is perfectly fimple, but not, for that Simpli- city, the lefs to be approved. A Whole, we are informed, fhouldhave a Beginning, Middle, and End*. If we doubt this, let us fuppofe a Compofition to want them : — would not the very vulgar fay, it had neither head nor tail? Nor are the Conjiitutive Parts, tho' equally fimple in their defcription, for that reafon lefs founded in truth. A Be- ginning is that, which nothing neceffarily precedes, but which feme thing naturally fol- Arid. Poet. cap. 7. p. 231. Edit. Sylb. I 3 lows. n8 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. lows. An End is that, which nothing na- "^ turally follows, but which fomething ne- ceflurily precedes, A Middle is that, which fomething precedes, to difinguijlo it from a Beginning ; and which fomething fol- lows, to dijiinguifh it from an End*. I might illuftrate this from a Proposi- tion in Euclid. The fating of the thing to be proved, makes the Beginning; the proving of it, makes the Middle ; and the aflerting of it to have been proved, makes the Conclusion, or End : and thus is every fuch Prcpoftion a complete and perfect Whole. The fame holds in Writings of a cha- racter totally different. Let us take for * npyj.i di ifiv, o avio fxtv t£ uvcty^r^ fj.v f*£T «A/.9 m' fj.iT iXtivo J 'irifov z?iS'JHtv nvoci '0 yi- vu\,jl\. i t AfvTn tit TVJuvhov, o avlo [xit maao zji~ (pMEV fm*», >) £? UHXyA-VS Y\ fc!f £7T*TC7rOAU, fXVOC Oi r«ro uAAo too/ Aitcrsi* ot x, uulo fj.tr ojaao, >£ /a£t Wivo iTtoov. Arid. Foet. cap. 7. p. 2'^i, 232. Edit. Sylb. an I N Q^U I R I E S. 119 an Example the moft highly finifhed Per- Ch. V, formance among the Romans^ and that in their moft polifhed period, I mean the Georgics of Virgil. Quidfaciat Icetas fegetes, quofidere terram Vert ere* Macenas, (11) ulmifque adjungere vites Conveniat ; (in) qnce cur a bourn, qui cuf- tus habendo Sit pecori\ (iv) apt bus quanta experientia paras, Hinc canere incipiam, &c. Virg. Georg. I. In thefe Lines, and fo on (if we confult the Original) for forty-two Lines inclufive, we have the Beginning; which Begin- ning includes two things, the Plan, and the Invocation. In the four firft Verfes we have the Plan, which Plan gradually opens and be- comes the Whole Work, as an Acorn, I 4 when 120 PHIL0L0GIGAL Part II. when developed, becomes a perfect Oak. After this comes the Invocation, which extends to the lafl of the forty-two Verfes above mentioned. The two together give us the true character of a Beginning, which, as above defcribed, nothing can precede, and which, 'tis neceflary that fome thing Jhould follow. The remaining Part of the firft Book, together with the three Books following, to Verfe the 458th of Book the Fourth, make the Middle, which alfo has its true character, that of fucceeding the Be- ginning, where we expe£tfo me thing farther-, and that of preceding the End, where we expect nothing more. The eight lafl Verfes of the Poem make the End, which, like the Begin- ning is fiort, and which preserves its real character by fatisfying the Reader, that all is complete, and that nothing is to fol- low. I N CLU I R I E S. iai low. The Performance is even dated. It Ch. V, finifhes like an Epiftle, giving us the Place and Time of writing ; but then giving them in fuch a manner, as they ought to come from Virgil*. But to open our thoughts into a farther Detail. As the Poem from its very Name refpects various Matters relative to Land, (Georgica) and which are either imme- diately or mediately connected with it : among the variety of thefe matters the Poem begins from the loweJl 9 and thence advances gradually from higher to higher, till having reached the higheft, it there properly Jiops. The firft Book begins from the Jimfle Culture of the Earth, and from its hum- # See Philofophical Arrangements, p. 295, 296. BLEST 122 PHILOLOGICAL Part IF. blest Progeny, Corn, Legumes, Flow- ers, &c. f 'Tis a nceler Species of Vege- tables, which employs the fecond Book, where we are taught the Culture of Trees, and, among others, of that important pair, the Olive and the Vine*. Yet it muft be remembered, that all this is no- thing more than the culture of mere Vege- table and Inanimate Nature. 'Tis in the third Book that the Poet rifes to Nature sensitive and ani- mated, when he gives us precepts about Cattle^ Horfes, Sheep, &c. J f Thefe are implied by Virgil in the firj) Line of his firjl Book, and in every other part of it, the Epi- fodes and Epilogue excepted. * This too is afTerted at the Beginning of his firfi Book — Ulmifque adjungere Vites — and is the intirc fubjecl of the Jecond, the fame exceptions made as be- fore. % This is the third fubjecl mentioned in the Prceme, and fills (according to juft order) the intire third Book, making the fame exceptions, as before. At I N Q^U I R I E S. 123 At length, in the fourth Book, when Ch. V, matters draw to a Conclufion, then 'tis he treats his Subject in a moral and political way. He no longer purfues the Culture of the mere brute Nature \ he then defcribes, as he tells us, — Mores, et Jiudia, et populos, et prce- Ha, &c. for fuch is the character of his Beef, thofe truly Social and Political Ani- mals. 'Tis here he firft mentions Arts, and Memory, and Laws, and Families. 'Tis here (their great fagacity confidered) he fuppofes a portion imparted of a Sub- limer Principle. 'Tis here that every thing Vegetable or merely Brutal feems forgotten, while all appears at leaft Hu- man, and fometimes even Divine. His quidam Jignis, at que h and have Miific often introduced, where there is no Opera. In this laft (I mean the Opera) Music feems to claim precedence. From thefe Speculations it appears, that the Conjlitutive Parts of the Drama are Jix, that is to fay, the Fable, the Man- ners, the Sentiment, the Diction, the Scenery, and the Music*. * They are thus enumerated by Arifiotle — (aZQoc 9 >ty rOn, xj Ai;£i?, xj JWkjkx, x) oj'f, *2 pthoTTitix* De Poet. C. VI. p. 230. Edit. Sylb. The Do&rines of Arijhtle in this, and the fol- lowing Chapters may be faid to contain in a manner the whole Dramatic Art. But PHILOLOGICAL But then, as out of thefejfo the Scene- ry and the Mufic appear to appertain to other Artifts, and the Play (as far as re- fpecls the Poet J is complete without them : it remains that its Jour primary and capital Parts are the Fable, the Manners, the Sentiment, and the Diction* These by way of Sketch we fhall fuc- cejjively confider, commencing from the Fable, as the Jirft in dignity and rank. CHAP. I N Q^U I R I E S. 145 CHAP. VII. J» ///* conjlitutive Parts of a Drama, the Fable confidered jirft — its different Spe- cies — which Jit for Comedy ; which, for Tragedy — Illujirations by Examples — Revolutions — Discoveries — Tragic Paffions — Lillo's Fatal Curiofty — com- pared with the Oedipus Tyrannus of Sophocles — Importance of Fables, both Tragic and Comic— how they differ — bad Fables, whence — other Dramatic Requifitesy without the Fable, may be excellent — Fifth Acls, how characlerifed byfome Dramatic Writers* IF we treat of Dramatic Fables or C. V1L Stories, we mult firft inquire how many are their Species ; >and thefe we endeavour to arrange, as follows. One Species is, when the fever al Events flow in a fimilar SucceJJion, and L calmly i 4 6 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. calmly maintain that equal courfe, till the SuccefTion flops, and the Fable is at an end. Such is the Story of a fimple Pea- fant, who quietly dies in the Cottage where he was born, the fame through- out his life, both in manners, and in rank. There is a second Species of Story or Fable, not fimple, but complicated* -, a Species, where the Succeeding Events differ widely from the preceding -, as for example, the Story of the well-known MaJfinello y who, in a few days, from a poor Fifher- man rofe to Sovereign Authority. Here the SucceJJion is not equal or fimilar, be- caufe we have a sudden Revolution * Eim St tc<)V ju^Oojv 01 utv ayrXoT, ci St TXltrXty [xi- »oi* x, yxf ui zrpctZiit;) uv ^iurjtrtt; cj jlcuosi mow*, vrrxpxjuriv fvQuf tiV 9 i) in (pjXiav tt t%jlpxii ruv zrpcf ht\jyjtuv r t oifjyixv u£iOB02 St, "srtgi rov iy-oiov. Arijl. Poet. C. 13. p. 237. Edit. Sylb. neceffarily 154 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. neceffarily diffufed *hro' every Fable truly Tragic. Now, whether our ingenious Country- man, Lillo, in that capital Play of his, the Fatal Curiosity, learnt this Doc- trine from others, or was guided by pure Genius, void of Critical Literature : 'tis certain that in this Tragedy (whatever was the caufe) we find the model of a per- fect Fable, under all the Characters here defcribed. '* A long-loft Son, returning home tl unexpectedly, finds his Parents alive, " but perifhing with indigence. u The young man, whom from his " long abfence his Parents never ex- " pected, difcovers himfelf firft to an " amiable friend, his long-loved Char" " lotte, and with her concerts the man- " ner how to difcover himfelf to his Pa- " rents. « 'Tis I N Q^U I R I E S. 155 *< Tis agreed he mould go to their C. VIL ■*' Houfe, and there remain unknown y till " Charlotte mould arrive, and make the " happy Difcovery. "He goes thither accordingly, and " having by a Letter of Charlottes been " admitted, converfes, tho' unknown, " both with Father and Mother, and be- " holds their mifery with filial Affe&ion *' — complains at length he was fatigued, " (which in fact he really was) and begs " he may be admitted for a while to re- " pofe. Retiring he delivers a Cafket to " his Mother, and tells her 'tis a depofit, «' (he mud guard, till he awakes." " Curiosity tempts her to open the " Caiket, where fhe is dazzled with the ee down to the minute Epigram', and never to be difpenfed with, but in Seflions Papers, Controverfial Pamphlets, and thofe pafling Productions, which, like certain infects of which we read, live and die within the day j\ And now, having given in the above . inftances this Defcription of the Tragic Fable, we may be enabled to perceive * Sec before, Ch. V. t Vi&. Jrijht, Animal. ITiJior. L. 5. p. 143. Edit* hit* itf I N Q^U I R I E S. 159 its amazing efficacy. It does not, like a C.VII. fine Sentiment, or a beautiful Simile, give an occafional or local Grace \ it is never out of fight; it adorns every Part, and paffes through the whole. 'Twas from thefe reafonings that the great Father of Criticifm, fpeaking of the Tragic Fable, calls it the very Soul of Tragedy*. Nor is this aflertion lefs true of the Comic Fable, which has too, like the Tragic, its Revolutions, and its Dis- coveries ; its Praife from natural Order, and from a just Totality. The difference between them only lies in the Perfons and the Catajirophe, in as much as (contrary to the ufual practice * See before, p. 141. of i6b PHILOLO6ICAL1 Partll. of Tragedy) the Comic Persons are moftly either of Middle or Lower Life, and the Catastrophe for the greater part from Bad to Good* or (to talk lefs iri extremes) from turbid to tranquil** On Fables, Comic as Well as Tragic, we may alike remark, that, when good, like many other fine things, they are diffi- cult. And hence perhaps the Caufe, why in this refpecl fo many Dramas are defec- tive ; and why their Story or Fable is commonly no more, than either a jumble of "Events hard to comprehend, or a Tale taken from fome wretched Novel, which has little foundation either in Nature or Probability. Even in the Plays we moft admire, we mall feldom find our Admiration to arife from the Fable : 'tis either from * See p. 149. THE I N Q^U I R I E S. 161 the Sentiment, as in Meafurefor Mea- C.V1I. fire', or from the purity of the Dic- tion, as in Cato ; or from the Cha- racters and Manners, as in Lear, Othello, Falflaff) BenedicJ and Beatrice, Ben the Sailor, Sir Peter and Lady Teazle, with the other Perfons of that pleafing Drama, the School for Scandal* To thefe merits, which are great, we may add others far inferior, fuch as the Scenery ; fuch, as in Tragedy, the Spectacle of Pomps and Proceffions; in Comedy, the amufing Bujlle of Surprizes and Squabbles ; all of which have their efFed, and keep our Attention alive. But here, alas ! commences the Griev- ance. After Sentiment, Dittion, Cha- racters and Manners ; after the elegance of Scenes ; after Pomps and Procef- fions, Squabbles and Surprizes ; when, thefe being over, the whole draws to a M con- 162 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. conclufion — 'tis then unfortunately comes u " V " LJ ' the Failure. At that critical moment, of all the moft interefting (by that critical moment I mean the Catastrophe), 'tis then the poor Spectator is led into a La- byrinth, where both himfelf and the Poet are often loft together. In "Tragedy this Knot, like the Got- dian Knot, is frequently folved by the /word. The principal Parties are Jlain ; and, thefe being difpatched, the Play ends of courfe. In Comedy the Expedient is little better. The old Gentleman of the Drama, after having fretted, and flormed thro' the firjl four Acls, towards the Conclufion of the fifth is unaccountably appeafed. At the fame time the diffipated Coquette, and the dif~ folutefne Gentleman, whofe Vices cannot be cccafional, but mud clearly be habitual, are in the fpacc of half a Scene miracu- loufly I N CLU I R I E S. 163 loujly reformed^ and grow at once as com- C. VII. pletely good, as if they had never been otherwife. 'Twas from a fenfe of this conclud- ing Jumble, this unnatural huddling of Events, that a witty Friend of mine, who was himfelf a Dramatic Writer, ufed pleafantly, tho' perhaps rather freely, to damn the man<> who invented Fifth Acts *. And * So faid the celebrated Henry Fielding, who was a refpectable perfon both by Education and Birth, having been bred at Eton School and Leyden, and being lineally dcfcended from an Earl of Denbigh. His Joseth Andrews and Tom Jones may be called Mafler-pieccs in the Comic Epopee, which none fmce have equalled, tho' multitudes have imi- tated ; and which he was peculiarly qualified to write in the manner he did, both from his Life, his Learn" ing, and his Genius. Had his Life been lefs irregular (for irregular it was, and fpent in a promifcuous intercourfe with per- fons of all ranks) his Pictures of Human kind had nei- ther been fo various, nor fo natural. M 2 Had PHILOLOGICAL And fo much for the Nature or Cha~ racier of the Dramatic Fable. We are now to inquire concerning Manners and Sentiment, and firft for the Theory of Manners. Had he pofleft kfs of Literature, he could not have infufed fuch a fpirit of Clajfual Elegance. Had his Genius been lefs fertile in Wit and Humour \ he could not have maintained that uninterrupted Plea- fe'tfy, which never fufiers his Reader to feel fatigue. CHAP. I N CLU I R I E S. 165 CHAP. VIII. Concerning Dramatic Man n e r s — what conjiitutes them — Manners of Othello, Macbeth, Hamlet — thofe of the lajl queflioned, and why — Confjlency required — yet fome times blame able, and why — Genuine Manners in Shakfpeart -~ in Li lb'-— Manners, morally bad, poetically good, «' XT THEN the principal Perfons of Chap. ▼ ▼ " any Drama prefer ve fuch a » "I- j 7 i tically good, becaufe here all we require, Chap, is a fiat able Conjijlence*. VIII. We are far from juftifying AffafTins. Yet Aflaffins, if truly drawn, are not Monfters, but Human Beings; and, as fuch, being chequered with Good and with Evil, may by their Good move our Pity % tho' their Evil caufe Abhorrence. . But this in the prefent cafe is not all. The innocent parties, made miferable, exhibit a diftrefs, which comes home ; a diftrefs, which, as mortals, it is im- poffible we mould not feel. Snnt lacryma rcrum, et men tern mortalia tangunt\. Virg. JEn* * See p. 169. f It was intendsd to illuftrate, by large Quotations from different parts of this affecting Tragedy, what is aflerted in various parts of thefe Inquiries. But the 172 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. the intention was laid afide, (at lcaft in greater part) by reflecting that the Tragedy was eafily to be pro- cured, being modern, and having paft thro' feveral Editions, oue particularly fo late, as in the year 17751 when it was printed with Lillo's other Dramatic Pieces. If any one read this Tragedy, the author of thefe Inquiries has a requeft or two to make, for which he hopes a candid Reader will forgive him — one is, not to cavil at minute inaccuracies, but look to the fupe- rior merit of the whole taken together — another is, totally to expunge thofe wretched Rhimes, which con- clude many of the Scenes ; and which 'tis probable are not from LiUo, but from fome other hand, willing to conform to an abfurd Fafhion, then pra&ifed, but now laid afide, the Fafhion (I mean) of a Rhiming Conclufion. CHAP. INQUIRIES. i 73 CHAP. IX. Concerning Dramatic Sentiment — what conflitutes it — Connected with Manners, and how — Concerning Sen- timent, Gnomologic, or Precep- tive — its Description — Sometimes has a Reafon annexed to it — Sometimes laud- able, fome times blameable—-whom it m oft becomes to utter it, and why — Bojfu — Tr -an fit 'ion to Diction. F^ROM Manners we pafs to Senti- Ch.IX. MENTja Word, which tho' fometimes confined to mere Gnomology, or moral Pre- cepty was often ufed by the Greeks in a more comprehenjive Meaning, including every thing, for which men employ Lan- guage ; for proving and folving ; for raif- ing and calming the Paffions ; for exag- gerating and depreciating; for Commands, Monitions, Prayers, Narratives, Interro- gations, i 7+ PHILOLOGICAL Part II. gations, Anfwers, &c. &c. In iliort, u " Sentiment in this Senfe means little lefs, than the iiniverfal Subjects of our Dis- course*. It * There are two fpecles of Sentiment fucceflive- !y here defcribed, both called in Englijb either a Sen- timent or a Sentence; and in Latin, Senten- tia. The Greeks were more exact, and to the dif- ferent Species afligned different Names, calling the one A«« j»oi«, the other Tvu^n. Of TvufAn we (hall fpeak hereafter: of Aixveiz their defcriptions are as follows- '-Er* 2t xxtcc, rnv Jjavoiau ravra, cVa uVo t* Xoyn it7 j7a r x,i' (aim Oi TttTWl', T0,Tf U7rC$tMVVVat, )ty tc Ay'«», xj TO Z5-a'0>J "srotcoutvot^uv, olov sAsov, « (^qQcv, n cpyriv, xj cca TC»«UT^, xj £Tt t U£^£0Of xj (T/*JXp9T»i7*. y/// /A*/* //;/wgi fo/sflg- /j Sentiment (or Ausvoia) /Zwf tfr* /* be per- formed thro* the help of Difcourfe : now the various tranches of theft things, are, to prove, and to folve, to ex. its Pajfions (fuch as Pity, Fear, Anger, and the like) and, befdes this, to magnify, and to diminijh. Arid. Poet. c. 19. p. 245. Edit. Sylb. We have here chofen the fullcft Defcription of At«i>9ta > hut in the fame work there aie others more conchc, which vet exprefs the fame meaning. In INQUIRIES. i 7S It was under this meaning the word Ch.IX. was originally applied to the Drama, and this appears not only from Authority, but from Fact : for what can conduce more effectually than Discourse, to eftablifh with precifion Dramatic Manners, and Characters ? To refer to a Play already mentioned, the Fatal Curiofity — When old Wilmot difcharges his faithful Servant from pure affection, that he might not ffarve him, how ftrongly are his Manners delineated by his Sentiments ? The following are among his Monitions — In the fixth chapter wc are told it is — to Xtytiv fJu'facrOat t« ivovlx kj t« «^,uoT/ovia — to be able to fay (that is, to exprefs juftly) fuch things as ne~ ceffarily belong to a fubjefi, or properly f u it it. And again foon after — Aiolvoix J], tv oi? onroJeiMvxri tj, wf ifiv, iij us &x IfWj v xa 9(^.8 rt onrotpotivofioii — Aixvoix or Sentiment exi/ls, where men demonjlrate any thing either to be, or not to be ; or thro' which they ajTert any thing general or univerfal. Ibid. p. 23 r. Shun 176 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. Shun my example; treafure up my precepts % 7 he world's before thee; be aKnaVeand PROSPER. The young wan, fhockt at fuch advice from a Matter, whofe Virtues he had been accuftomed (o long to venerate, ventures modeftly to afk him, Where are your former Principles? The old Mans Reply is a fine Picture of Human Frailty ; a ftriking and yet a natural blending of Friendfip and Mi/an* thropy ; of particular Friendship, of ge- neral Mifanthropy. No Matter (fays he) for Principles ; Suppofe I have renounced 'em: I have pajjions, And i o v e thee fill j therefore would have thee think, The Wok ed is all a Scene of deep de- ceit, And I N Q^U I R I E S. 1 77 And he, who deals with mankind on Ch.IX. THE SQUARE, Is his own bubble, and undoes him- self. He departs with thefe expreflions, but leaves the young man far from being con- vinced. The fufpicious gloom of Age, and the open fimplicity of Youth, give the ftrongefl Contraji to the Manners of each, and all this from the Sentiments alone\ Sen- timents, which, tho' oppojite, are ftill per- fectly juft, as being perfectly fuited to their different characters. 'Tis to this comprehenfive Meaning of Sentiment that we may in a manner refer the Subftance of thefe Inquiries ; for such Sentiment is every thing, either written or fpoken. N Some* j 7 3 PHILOLOGICAL Part 1 1. Something however mutt be faid upon that other, and more limited species of it, which I call the Gnomologic, or Pre- ceptive; a fpecies, not indeed peculiar to the Drama, but, when properly ufed, one of its capital ornaments. The following Defcription of it is taken from Antiquity. A Gnomologic Sentiment or Precept is an Ajj'ertion or Propofition — not however all Aflertions, as that, Pericles was an able State/man ; Homer a great Poet, for thefe aflertions are Particular, and fuch a Sentiment muft be General '—nor yet is it every aflertion, tho General; as that The Angles of every Triangle are equal to two right Angles — but it is an Ajfertion, which, tlio general, is only relative to Human ConducJ, and to fuch Objects, as in moral aclion we either feek or avoid*. * We now come to the fecond fpecies of Senti- ment, called in Greek iW/un, and which Arijiotle defcribes I N Q^U I R I E S. 179 Among the AfTertions of this fort we Ch.IX. produce the following — the Precept, which forbids unfeafonable Curio/ity— Seek not to know, what mujl not be reveal d. Or that, which forbids unrelenting Anger-~ Within thee cherijh not immortal Ire. We remark too, that thefe Sentiments acquire additional ftrength, if we fubjoin the Reafcn. defcribes much in the fame manner as we have done in the Text. v Eri Si rNHMH a.Tru(pciwis, J (livloi zrtp\ toju x«G £xarov, oiov 9 zjoToi ti? 'l^»xpaT»K* »t£ TEtoi zrxvluv KaGoAs, oiov, ctj to svGw tu xotpirvty £i2v|jov aAXa zrt^ ouA«Irf, &vr t rog wv.' On this the Phiiofopher well obferves, that if the Mo- nition had been no more, than that we Jhtutd not cherijh our Anger for ever, it had been a Sentence or Moral Precept, but, when the words Svmos uv, being Mortal, are added, the Poet then gives us the Reafov, to foot, ti >'iyu. Rhet. ut fup. The Latin Rhetorician fays the fame. Scd lilvd quodque probandum ejl genus Senten- ti;e, qnod confi) matur Subjections Rationis, hoc modo : omncs bene vivendi rationes in Virtute funt Collocandae, propter e a quod fola Virtus in fui potcftate elt. Sctiptsr. ad Heren. L. IV. f. 24. — He, I N Q_U I R I E S. 181 «_ — He, who filches from me my good name, Ch.IX. Robs me of that, which not enriches Him, But makes Me poor indeed — There are too Sentiments of bad moral, and evil tendency — ^Sacred Right jhould ever be infringed, It fiould be done for Empire and Domi- nion : hi other things pure Conscience be thy Guide*. and again, — — the Maiis a Fool, Who, having slain the Father, spares the Sons~f. * Fid. Cic. de Officii:, L. III. c. 21. who thus trans- lates Euripides — Namji violandum eji fus, regnandi gratia Violandum eft : aiiis rebus pietatem colas, + NwVjoj, of, -GrccTigx xltivxs, zjxT^oc; ■Kxra.XiiTTOi* Arijt. Rhet. L. I. c. 16. L. III. c. 22. p. 98. Edit, Sylb. N 3 These i82 PHILOLOGICAL Part If. These Ideas are only jit for Tyrants, Ufurpers, and other profligate Men ; nor ought they to appear in a Drama, but to. {hcwjuch Characters, On Gnomologic Sentiments in general it has been obferved, that, tho' they deco- rate* they mould not be frequent, for then the Drama becomes affected and de- clamatory *. It has been faid too, they come moft naturally from aged perfons, becaufe Age may be fuppofed to have taught them Experience. It muft however be an E.v- perience, fuitable to their characters : an Old General fhould not talk upon Law; nor an Old Lawyer upon War -f-. * So the fame Latin Rhetorician^ above quoted — Sentlntias interponi raro convcnit, ut rei afiores, nzn vivendi praceptores ejje videamur. Scriptor. ad Herenn. Lib. IV. f. 25. * 'Afjuorm Si yv^uoXoyiTi/ vXi-k'oc, ij.\v zrpeatuTegov, 3Tfaj St t«t*v m iu.nuooq tjj ifiv. It becomes Hlivl to bi I N CLU I R I E S. 183 We are now to proceed to Diction. Ch.IX. be Sententious , who is ADVANCED IN YEARS, and that upon fubjefls, in which he has experience. Arijiot. Rhet. utfupra, p. 97. Edit. Sylb. See alfo the ingenious Bofu y in his Traite du Poeme Epique, Liv. VI. chap. 4. 5. who is, as ufual, copious, and clear. N 4 CHAP. PHILOLOGICAL CHAP. X. Concerning Diction — the vulgar — the af* Jetted — the elegant — this lajl, much in- debted to the Metaphor — Praife of the Metaphor — its Defcription -, and, when goody its Character — the befi and mofi excellent y what — not turgid — nor enigmatic — nor bafe — nor ridiculous — ■ tnjlances — Metaphors by conjlant ufe fame times become common Words — Puns — Rupilius Rex — OTTI£~-Enigmas — Cupping — The God Terminus — - Ovid's Fajli — AS every Sentiment mufl be expreft by Words-, the Theory of Senti- ment naturally leads to that of Diction. Indeed the Connection between them is fo intimate, that the fame Sentiment, where the Diclion differs, is as different in ap- pearance, as the fame perfon, dreft like a. Peafant, or dreft like a Gentleman. And I N Q^U I R I E S. 185 And hence we fee, how much Di&ion Ch. X. merits a ferious Attention. But this perhaps will be better under- ftood by an Example. Take then the following — Don't let a lucky Hit Jlip ; if you do, be-like you mayn't any more get at it. The Sentiment (we muu con- fefs) is expreft clearly, but the Dic- tion furely is rather vulgar and* low. Take it another way — Opportune Mo- ments are few and fleeting ; feize them with avidity, or your Progrffion will be impeded. Here the Diction, tho' not low, is rather obfcure. The Words are unufual, pedantic, and affecled.— But what fays Shakspeare? — There is a tide in the affairs of men^ Which, taken at the flood, leads on to for- tune ; Omitted, all the Voyage of their life Is bound in fn allows—-—* Here ]86 PHILOLOGICAL Partll. Here the Diction is Elegant, with- out being 'vulgar or affec~led\ the Words, tho' common*, being taken under a Meta- phor, are fo far eftranged by this metapho- rical ufe, that they acquire thro' the change a competent dignity, and yet, without becoming vulgar, remain intelli- gible and clear. Knowing therefore the flrefs laid by the antient Critics on the Metaphor, and viewing its admirable effects in the decorating of Diftion, we think it may merit a farther regard. There is not perhaps any figure of Speech fo pleafing, as the Metaphor. 'Tis at times the Language of every In- dividual, but above all is peculiar to the Man of Genius*. His Sagacity difcerns not •* — to 3\ (xiyirov y.tlx'PociKiv nvai' [wov yap TP I N Q^U I R I E S. 187 uot only common Analogies, but thofe Ch. X. others more remote, which ejcape the Vul- gar, and which, tho' they feldom invent they feldom fail to recognife, when they hear them from perfons, more ingenious than themfelves. to HV X7T0 OlXtlUV 7tj fAY, (P&VtpUV, 0T0V jc, Iv (piKo Stuck Brafs upon another* s back by Fire\. * Horat. Sat. Lib. I. VII. | Homer, Odyff. I. v. 366 — 408, &c. J Ariji, Rhetor, L. III. c. 2. p. 121. Edit. Sylb. This PHILOLOGICAL This Enigma is ingenious, and means the operation of Cupping, performed in antient days by a machine of Brafs. In fuch Fancies, contrary to the Prin- ciples of good Metaphor, and good Writ- ing, a Perplexity is caufed, not by Acci- dent, but by Defgn, and the Pleafure lies in the being able to refolve it, Aulus Oellius has preferved A Latin Enigma, which he alfo calls a Sirpus or Sirpos, a ftrange thing, far below the Greek, and debafed with all the quibble of a more barbarous age. Semel minufne, an bis minus, (nonfat fcioj An ut rum que eorum (ut quondam audivi dicier) Jovi ipfi regi noluit concedere * ? This, being fifted, leaves in Englijh the following fmall quantity of Meaning. * Aul Gelt. XII. 6. Was \ N QJJ IRIES, 203 Was it Once Minus, or Twice Mi- Ch. X. nus (I am not enough informed], or was it not rather the two taken toge- ther, (as 1 have heard it /aid formerly J that would not give way to Jove himfelf the f over eign ? The two taken Together, (that is, Once Minus and Twice Minus) make, when fo taken, Thrice Minus; and Thrice Minus in Latin is Ter Minus, which, taken as a Jingle word, is Terminus, the God of Boundaries* Here the Riddle, or Conceit , appears. The Pagan Legend fays, that, when in honour of Jove the Capitol was founded, the other Gods confented to retire, but the God Terminus refufed. The Story is elegantly related in the Fqfii of Ovid, III. 667. Quid 204 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. Quid nova cum jierent Capitolia? nempe Deorum Cuncla Jovi cejfit turba, locumque dedit. Terminus (ut veteres memorant) conven- tus in ade Restitit, et magno cum Jove temp/a tenet. The moral of the Fable is juft and in- genious ; that Boundaries are facred^ and never Jhould be moved. The Poet himfelf fubjoins the reafon with his ufual addrefs. Termine, pofi Mud Levitas tibi libera non eft -, Qua pofit us fueris in Jlatione^ mane. Nee Tu vicino quicquam concede roganti % Ne videare hominem prapofuijfe Jovi. And fo much for the fubjecl of Tuns and Enigmas, to which, like other things of INQUIRIES. 205 ofbadTafte, no Age or Country can give Ch.X. a Sanction. Much ftill remains upon the fubject of Diction, but, as much has been faid already*, we here conclude. * See Chapters II. III. IV. C H A P. PHILOLOGICAL CHAP. XL Rank or Precedence of the conjlitutive Parts of the Drama — Remarks and Cautions both for judging, and Com- fofing. TH Efour conjlitutive Parts of Dra- matic Poetry, which properly be- long to the Poef\ y have appeared to be the Fable, the Manners, the Sen- timent, and the Diction, and fome- thing has been fuggefted to explain the nature of each. Should we be alked, to which we attribute the firfi Place, we think it due to the Fable*. If f Sup. p. 144. iixs — The Faele therefore is the Principle, and (as it were) thf Soul of 'Tragedy. — And not lon^ be- fore, INQUIRIES. 2P7 If the Fable be an Attion, having a Ch.XL necefiary reference to fome End: it is evident that the Manners and the Senti- ment are for the fake of that End; the End does not exift, for the fake of the Manners and the Sentiment *. Again, the fineft unconnected Samples either of Manners or of Sentiment cannot of them/elves make a Drama, without a Fable, But, without either of thefe, any Fable will make a Drama, and have pre- fore, after the conflituent Parts of the Drama have been enumerated, we read — /u^irev ol txtuv lnv jj tuv ■urpocy[j.ot.TO)v m»; r!6»xaf, x} Af^fjf, Xy J'javoiaf , tu •arnroinfji.ivoc.s, z xcoirVf* r,v rv,q Tpxyu* iixs tpyov, xXXx sroXxj fxxXXov m xxrxftirtooii; th'toi^ xt%pri[A.ivri Tpayufix, Xyjsvx 'Si fAu9oi> xj trurafiv rcxy- fxxTuv — Were any one to arrange in order the beji formed Expressions relative to Character, at well as the bejl Diction, and Sentiments, he would not attain, what is the Eufmefs of a Tragedy ; but much more would that Tragedy attain it, which, having thefe requifites in a very inferior degree, had at the fame time a jufl Fable, and Combination of In* ridenti. Aiift. Poet. c. 6. p. 230. Edit. Sylb. A third I N CLU I R I E S. 209 A third fuperiority, is, that the moft Ch.XI. ajfecling and capital Parts of every Drama arife out of its Fable ; by thefe I mean every unexpe&ed Discovery of unknown Perfonages, and every unexpected Revo- lution * from one condition to another. The Revolutions and Difcoveries in the Oedipus and the Fatal Curiofity have been mentioned already. We add to thefe the ftriking Revolution in the Sam/on Agoniftes, where, while every thing appears tending to S am/on s Releafe, a horrible Cralh an- nounces his DeJlruBion^. These Dramatic Incidents are properly Tragic — but there are others of Jimilar character, not wanting even to Comedy,-—* To refer to a modern Drama — what Dis- covery more pleafing than that, where, in the Drummer of Addifon, the worthy * A Revolution, Ui^nrirux; a Discovery, Avxyvugivis. See before what is faid about thefe two, from p. 147 to 152. t Sam/. Agon. v. 481, and v. 1452 to v. 1507. P loft 210 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. loft Mafter is dif covered in the fuppofed Conjurer ? or, to refer ftill to the fame Drama, what Revolution more pleaf- ing, than where, in confequence of this Dtfcovery, the Houfe of Diforder and Mourning changes into a Houfe of Order and Joy ? Now thefe interejiing Inci- dents, as well Comic as Tragic, arife nei- ther from Manners, nor from Sentiment, but purely from the Fable. It is alfo a plaufible Argument for the Fable's Superiority, that, from its fuperior difficulty, more Pods have excelled in drawing Manners and Sentiment, than there have in the forming of perfect Fables *. 3Cj to?? vOftrtv axciS^, S t^ zr^xyfxx'iX c, &» uTpA'T&t TzoirtTou o^toov onrzwss. ihofe y who at- tempt to writ: Dramatically, ore firfl able to be accurate in the Diction' and the Manners, before they are able to Combine Incidents [and form n Fa- ble] which was indeed the cafe of almojl all the firjl Poets. Arift. Poet. c. 6 p. 230. Edit. Sylb. But, I N Q^U I R I E S. 211 But, altho' we give a fuperiority to Ch.XL the Fable, yet the other conjiitutive Parts, • even fuppofing the Fable bad, have ftill an important value ; fo important indeed, that thro' them, and them alone, many Dramas have merited Admiration. And here next to the Fable we arrange the Manners. The Manners, if weii formed, give us famples of Human Na- ture, and feem in Poetry as much to excel Sentiment, as the Drawing in Painting to excel the Colouring. The third Place after the Manners be- longs to the Sentiment, and that be- fore the DiBion, however they may be united, it being evident that Men /peak, becaufe they think ; they feldom think, be- caufe they fpeak. After this, the fourth and laft Place falls to the Diction. P 2 HAV- PHILOLOGICAL Having fettled the Rank of thefe feve- ral Conjiitutive Parts, a few curfory Re- marks remain to be fuggefted. One is this — that if all thefe Parts are really eflential, no Drama can be abfolutely complete, which in any one of them is de- ficient. Another Remark is, that tho' a Drama be not abfolutely complete in every Part, yet from the excellence of one or two Parts it may fill merit Praife *. Tis * This is a Cafe exprefsly decided by that able Critic, Horace, as to the Manners and the SENTI- MENT. — SPECIOSA LOC1S, MORATAQUE RECTE, Fabula NULLIUs veneris, fine pondere et arte, Valdiui obleEiut popu/um, meiiujque moratur, i^iwm verfus inopes rerum, nugxque canora. Art. Poet. v. 320, &c. Which may be thus paraphrafed — " A Fable (or Dramatic Story) of no beauty, " -without dignity or contrivance, if it excel in Senti- '* MENTj I N Q^U I R I E S. 213 'Tis thus in Painting, there are Pictures Ch.XI. admired for Colourings which fail in the Drawing ; and others for Drawing* which fail in the Colouring. The next Remark is in fact a Cau- tion ; a Caution not to miftake one Conjli- tutive Part for another, and ftill, much more, not to miftake it for the Whole. We are never to forget the efj'ential dif- ferences between Fable, Manners, Sentiment, and Diction. If, without attending to thefe, we pre- fume to admire, we act, as if in Painting we admired a Rembrant for Grace, be- caufe we had been told, that he was capital in Colouring. ** ment, and have its Characters well drawn, will " pleafe an audience much more than a trifling Piece '* barren of Incidents, and only to he admired Jor the Har- if mony of its Numbers. Seep. 221. P 3 This 214 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. This Caution indeed applies not only to ArtS) but to Philofophy. For here if men fancy, that a Genius for Science, by having excelled in a Jingle part of it, is fuperlative in all parts ; they infenfibly make fuch a Genius their Idol, and their Admiration foon degenerates into a fpecies of Idolatry. Dccipit cxcn:plar y vitiis imitabile — Hor. 'Tis to be hoped that our ftudies are at prefent more liberal, and that we are rather adding to that btru&ure, which our forefathers have begun, than tamely leaving it to remain, as if nothing farther were wanting. Our Drama among other things is furely capable of Improvement. Events from our own His i oi;v (and none can be more interclling) are at hand to furnifli Fables, having all the Dramatic Rcqui- I N CLU I R I E S. 215 fites. Indeed mould any of them be Ch.XI. wanting, Invention may provide a Re- medy, for here we know Poets have un- bounded Privilege*. In the mean time the fubje&s, by be- ing domeflic, would be as interefting to Us, as thofe of Ajax or OreJIes were of old to the Greeks. Nor is it a doubt, that our Drama, were it thus rationally cultivated, might be made the School of Virtue even in a diflipated age. And now, having fhewn fuch a regard for Dramatic Poetry^ and recommended fo many different Rules, as ejfential to its Perfection : it may not perhaps be im- proper to fay fcmething in their Defence* and, when that is finifhed, to conclude this Part of our Inquiries. * Infra, 222. P 4 CHAP, 216 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. CHAP. XII. Rules defended — do not cramp Genius, but guide it — flattering Doctrine that Genius will fuffice — -fallacious > and why — farther defence of Rules — No Genius ever acted without them; nor ever a Time, when Rules did not exijl •— Connection between Rules and Ge- nius — their reciprocal aid — End of the Second Part — Preparation for the Third. HAVING mentioned Rules, and indeed our whole Theory having been little more than Rules devel- loped, we cannot but remark upon a common opinion, which feems to have arifen either from Prejudice, or Miftake. " Do not Rules, fay they, cramp Ge- " nius ? Do they not abridge it of certain " Privileges V I N CLU I R I E S. 217 Tis anfwered, if the obeying of Rules C. XII. were to induce a Tyranny like this ; to defend them would be abfurd, and againft the liberty of Genius. But the truth is, Rules, fuppofing them good, like good Government, take away no Privileges. They do no more, than fave Genius from Error, by mewing it, that a Right to err is no Privilege at all. 'Tis furely no Privilege to violate in Grammar the Rules of Syntax-, in Poetry, thofe of Metre , in Mufic, thofe of Har- mony ; in Logic, thofe of Syllogifm ; in Painting, thofe of Perfpeclive ; in Drama- tic Poetry, thofe of probable Imitation. If we enlarge on one of thefe Infiances, we fhall illuftrate the reft. The probable Imitation juft now men- tioned, like that of every other kind, is, when the Imitation refembles the thing imi- tated 218 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. tated in as many circumftances as pojjibk j fo that the more of thofe Circumftances are combined, the more probable the Re- femblance. 'Tis thus in Imitation by Painting the Refemblance is more complete, when to the Out-line we add Light and Shade ; and more complete (till, when to Light and Shade we add the Colours. The real Place of every Drama is a Stage, that is, a fpace of a few Fathoms deep, and a few Fathoms broad. Its real Time is the Time it takes in acting, a limited Duration, feldom exceeding a few hours. Now Imagination, by the help of Scenes, can enlarge this Stage into a Dwelling, a Palace, a City, &c. and it is a decent Regard to this, which conftitutes Prob- able Place. Again, I N Q^U I R I E S. 219 Again, the ufual Intervals between the CXII. Acls, and even the Attention paid by the 1 ' ~* Mind to an interefting Story, can enlarge without violence a few Hours into a Day or two ; and 'tis in a decent regard to this, we may perceive the Rife of Probable Time*. Now 'tis evident that the above Probabilities, if they belong to the Fable, cannot but affect us, becaufe they are both of them Requifites, which heighten the Rejemblance, and becaufe Resemblance is fo univerfally an Es- sential to Imitation. If this Doctrine want confirming, we may prove it by the contrary^ I mean by * What this implies, we are told in the fol- lowing paffage — ctj y.x.}.irot ztsioxtoi vtto pixv Tsxipio- aov n/.i« final, r, [xmpov l^xXXxriav. Tragedy aims as far as pnjjlble to come within a Jingle Revolution of the Sun (that is, a Natural Day) or but a Utile to exceed. Arid. Poet. c. 5. p. 229. Edit. Syib. a fup- 220 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. a fuppofition of such Time and such Place, as are both of them improbable. For example, as to Time, we may fuppofe a Play, where Lady Defmond in the Jirfi Acl fhall dance at the Court of Richard the Third, and be alive in the laji Acl during the reign of "James the Firji*. As to Place, we may fuppofe a Tra- gedy, where Motefuma fhall appear at Mexico in the jirjl Acl ; fhall be carried to Madrid in the third; and be brought back again in the fifth, to die at Mexico. 'Tjs true indeed, did fuch Plays exift, and were their other Dramatic Rcquijites * /fitjjctle fpeaking upon the indefinite duration of the Epcpee, which is fometimes extended to years t adds — XAiTCJ 70 TfxTGV ( U0JC<.S IV Tat? TC pyjCtilOa J TBT0 fVciHV. — at fvji THEY DID THE SAME IN TRAGEDIES, that is, their Duration, like that of the Epopee^ was alike undefined, till a better tafte made them more cor- rect, yfr//?. /\*/. c. 5. p. 229 £'/;';. S)lb. good. I N CLU I R I E S. 221 good-, thefe Improbabilities might be en- C.XII. dured, and the Plays be JIM admired. Fine Manners and Sentiment, we have al- ready faid *, may fupport a wretched Fable, as a beautiful Face may make us forget a bad Figure. But no Authority for that reafon can juftify Abfurdities, or make them not to be Jo, by being for- tunately aflbciated. Nor is it enough to fay, that by this apparent Aujlerity many a good Flay would have been fpoilt f. The Anfwer is ob- vious — chufe another, and a Jitter SubjeSl. * See p. 212. in the Note. f Arijlotle fpeaking about introducing any thing rrational into the Drama adds — core to Xiyuv, oti olvypyro a.v o MuOof, yiXoioV 1% uwrts yoip a ${C this is bell known by flu- dying the befi Authors, beginning from the Greeks; then paffing to the La- tins ; nor on any account excluding thofe 234 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. thofe, who have excelled among the Mo- derns. And here, if, while we perufe fome Author of high rank, we perceive we don't inftantly relifh him, let us not be difheartened — let us even feign a Relifl?, till we Jin d a ReliJJj come, A morfel per- haps pleafes us — Let us cherifh it — An- other Morfily ftrikes us — let us cherifh this alfo. — Let us thus proceed, and fteadily perfevere, till we find we can relifh, not Morj'ehy but Wholes \ and feel that, what began in Fiction, terminates in Reality. The Film being in this man- ner removed, we (hall difcover Beauties-, which we never imagined ; and contemn for Puerilities, what we once joolifoly ad- mired. One thing however in this procefs is indifpenfibly required : we are on no account to I N Q^U I R I E S. 235 to expect that fine things should de- C. XII. SCEND TO US; CUR TASTE, if pofilble, MUST BE MADE ASCEND TO THEM. This is the Labour, this the Work; there is Pleafure in the Succefs, and Praife even in the Attempt. This Speculation applies not to Lite- rature only : it applies to Mufic, to Painting, and, as they are all congenial, to all the liberal Arts. We fhould in each of them endeavour to inveftigate what is bfst, and there (if I may fo exprefs myfelf ) there to fix our abode. By only feeking and perilling what is truly excellent, and by contemplating al- ways this and this alone, the Mind in- fenfibly becomes accuftomed to it, and finds that in this alone it can acquiefce with content. It happens indeed here, as in a fubjedt far more important, I mean in 236 PHILOLOGICAL Part II. in a moral and a 'virtuous Conduct. If WE CHUSE THE BEST LlFE, Use WILL MAKE IT PLEASANT * And thus having gone thro' the Sketch we promiied, (for our concife manner cannot be called any thing more) we here finifh the Second Part of thefe Inquiries, and, ac- cording to our original Plan, proceed to the Third Part, the Taste and Literature of the Middle Age. Plutarch. Moral, p. 602. Edit. IVoifii. End of the Second Part. PHILOLOGICAL INQUIRIES. PART THE THIRD. PHILOLOGICAL INQUIRIES I N THREE PARTS B Y IAMES HARRIS ESQ. PART III. LONDON, Printed for C. NOURS E, in the Strand. MDCCLXXXI. V — I 238 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. pened, which was natural ; out of on* Empire it became two, diftinguimed by the different names of the Western, and the Eastern. The Western Empire foon funk. So early as in the Jijth Century*, Rome, once the Miftrefs of Nations, beheld her- felf at the feet of a Gothic Sovereign. The Eastern Empire lafted many Cen- * About the year of Chrift 475, Augujlulus was compelled to abdicate the Weflern Empire by Odoacer, King of the Heruli. As Augujlulus was the laft Roman, who poffeft the Imperial Dignity at Rome, and as the Dominion both of Rome and Italy foon after paft into the hands of Thcodoric the Goih y it has been juftly faid, that then terminated the Roman Empire in the Weji. During thefe wretched times, Rome had been facked not long before by Alaric, as it was a fecond time (about the middle of the fixth Century) by Totila; after which events the Roman Name and Authority were fo far funk, that early in the feventh Century they ceafed to [peak Latin^ even in Rome itfelf. See Blair's Chronology. turies I N CLU I R I E S. 239 turies longer, and, tho' often impaired Ch. I. by external Enemies, and weakened as often by internal Factions, yet ft ill it re- tained traces of its antient Splendor, re- fembling in the language of Virgil fome fair, but faded flower, Cui neque fulgor adhuc> necdum fua forma recejit. Virg. At length, after various plunges and various efcapes, it was totally annihilated in the fifteenth Century by the victorious arms of Mahomet the Great *. * See the various Hiftories of the Turkijh Empire. The unfortunate Greeks, at this period, when, to refill fuch an Enemy as the Turks, they fhould have been firmly combined, were never fo miferably difiracted. An union with the Church of Rome was at the time pro- jefted. The Greeks, who favoured it, imputed their Calamities to their Not-uniting ; thofe, who oppofed it, to their Uniting. Between the two Factions all was loft, and Confiantinopk taken in the year 1453. The 2 4 o PHILOLOGICAL P. III. The Interval between the fall of these two Empires (the Wefiern or Latin in the fifth Century, the Eafiern or Grecian in the fifteenth) making a fpace of near a thoufand years, confiitutes what we call the Middle Age. Dominion pan: during this interval into the hands of rude, illiterate men; men, who conquered more by multitude^ than by military Jkill ; and who, having little or no tafte either for Sciences or Arts, naturally defpifed thofe things, from which they had reaped no advantage. This was the age of Monkery and Le- gends ; of Leonine Verfes*, (that is of bad Latin put into rhime ;) of Projects to de- cide 'Truth by Plough-fhares and Bat- * See below, Chap. XI. toons ; I N CLU I R I E S. 241 toons*; of Crufades to conquer Infidels, Ch. I. and * This alludes to. the two methods of Trial, much praclifed in thofe dark times, the Trial by Ordeal, and that by Duel. Heated Plough-Jhares were often employed in Trials by Ordeal, and 'tis remarkable that exprefs mention is made of this abfurd method of Purgation by Fire, even in the Ant'igene of Sophocles. The Mef- fenger there fays, in order to juftify himfelf and his Companions — HjtAfV 6 ETOljlXO* Kj [AMgUS OllgtlV X, s £ 0iV 9 To (ji.r\T£ fyix. but Ch. I. to a compromife, by the Plaintiff's taking an equi- valent in money for his claim, and making in confe- quence a voluntary default. Wyvil, Bifhop of Salifbury, in the reign of Edward the Third, recurred to Trial by Battle in a difpute with the Earl of Salifbury, and ordered public Prayers thro' his Diocefe for the fuccefs of his Champion, till the matter, by the King's authority, was compromifed. But notwithftanding this Bifhop's Conduct, 'twas A Practice which the Church difapproved, and wifely, as well as humanely endeavoured to prevent. Truculentum morem in omni csvo acriter infecla* runt Theologi, prce aliis Jpchardus, et plurimo Canont ipsa Ecclessia. See Spehnan, under the word* Campus, Campjius, and Campio. I muft not omit that there is a complete Hiftory of fuch a Duel, recorded by IValfingham, in the reign o£ Richard the Second, between Anejlee ,z Knight, and Karryngton an Efquire. Karryngton was accufed by the other of Treafon, for felling a Caftle to the French^ and, being defeated in the Combat, died the next day raving mad. IValfmgham's Narrative is curious and exact, but their Weapons differed from thofe above mentioned, for they firft fought with Lances, then with Swords, and laftly with Daggers. Wolfing. Uifior. p. 237. R a by 244 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. by one, who had no Armies, and who did not even wear a fword *. Different Portions of this Age have been diftinguiihed by different descrip- tions ; fuch as Saculum Monotheleticum^ Sce- culum Eiconoclafticum, Saculum Obfcurum, Saculum Ferreum y Sczculum Hildibrandi- * Such was Pope Innocent the third, who, befides his Crufades to extirpate Heretics by Armies not bis own, excommunicated Philip, King of France j Alphonfo, King of Leon ; Raimond, Earl of Touloufe ; and John, King of England. Nor is this wonderful, when we view in his own Language the Opinion he had of his own Station and Authority. / am placed (fays he) in the middle, betweenGoD and Man, on this side God, but beyond Man; nay I am greater than Man, as 1 can judge of all Men, but can be judged by no one. Sum enim inter Deum et Hominem medius conjli tutus, citra Deum fed ultra Jiominem ; imo major Hotnine, qui de omnibus judicim, a nemine vero judicari pcffim. Innocen. III. Serm. 2. in Hiflorid Tranjubjlantionis Joannis Co/in. Epifcop. Dunelm. Lond. 1675. See alio ail the Church Hijiories •j this Period, num 9 I N CLU I R I E S. 245 num, &c. ftrange names it muft be con- Ch. L feft, fome more obvious, others lefs fo, yet none tending to furnifh us with any high, or promifing Ideas*. And yet we muft aknowledge for the honour of Humanity, and of its great and divine Author, who never forfakes it, that fome fparks of Intellect were at all times vifible, thro' the whole of this dark and dreary Period. 'Tis here we muft look for the Taste and Litera- ture of the Times. The few, who were enlightened, when Aits and Sciences were thus obfcured, may be faid to have happily maintained the Con- tinuity o/Knowlege; to have been (if I may ufe the expreflion) like the Twilight of a * Thofe, who would be farther informed concerning thefe Sacula, may, among other authors, confult two very learned ones, Cave in his Hijloria Liter aria, and Mosheim in his Ecclefiajlical Hijfory. R 3 Sum- 246 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Summer's Night; that aufpicious Gleam between the fetting and the rifing Sun, which, tho' it cannot retain the Luftre of the Day, helps at leaft to fave us from the totality of Darknefs. A curfory Difquifition, illuftrated by a few felecl; Inftances, will conftitute the Subject of the prefent Effay ; and thefe Inftances we fhall bring from among three Classes of Men, who had each a large fhare in the tranfa&ions of thofe times; from the Byzantine Greeks, from the Arabians or Saracens, and from the Inhabitants of Wejlern Europe y at that time called the Latins. We fhall give Precedence, as we think they merit it, to the Greeks of Constan- tinople, altho' it is not always eafy to preferve an exaB Chronology, becaufe in each of thefe three Gaffes many eminent men were contemporary. C H A P, I N CLU I R I E S. 247 CHAP. II. Concerning the Jirfi C/afs, the Byzan- tine Greeks — Simphcius — Am- MQNius — Philoponus — Fate of the fine Library at Alexandria. SIMPLICIUS and Ammonius were Ch. II. Greek Authors, who flourifhed at Athens during the fixth Century; for Athens, long after her Trophies at Mara- thouy long after her political Sovereignty was no more, ftill maintained her Em- pire in Philofophy and the fine Arts*, Philofophy indeed, when thefe Authors wrote, was finking apace. The Stoic Syftem, and even the Stoic Writings were the greater part of them loftf. Other * Sec below, Chap. III. •f See Pbilojo^h. Arrangements, p. 253. R 4 Seas 248 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Sects had fhared the fame fate. None fub- fifted but the Platonic, and the Peripa- tetic ; which, being both derived from a common foiirce (that is to fay, the Pytha- gorean) were at this period blended, and commonly cultivated by the fame Perfons. Simplicius and Ammonius, being bred in this School, and well initiated in its Principles, found no reafon, from their education, to make Syftems for themf elves \ a practice, referable fome times to real Ge- nius, but more often to not knowing, what others have invented before. Conscious therefore they could not ex- cel their great Predeceflbrs, they thought, like many others, that the Commenting of their Works was doing mankind the mod eflential Service. 'Twas this, which gave rife, long be- fore their time, to that Tribe of Com- mentators, INQUIRIES. 249 mentators, who, in the perfon of An- Ch.IL dronicus the Rhodian, began under Au- gujlus, and who continued, for ages after, in an orderly fucceffion. Simplicius wrote a variety of Com- ments upon different parts of Ariftotte, but his Comment upon the Thyfics is pe- culiarly valuable, as it is filled with quo- tations from Anaxagoras* Democritus, Par- memdesy and other Philofophers, who flour- iihed fo early, as before the time of Art- Jiotk, and whofe fragments many of them are not to be found elfe- where. As this Compilation muil have been the. refult of extenjive Readings wemayjuQly diftinguifti him by the title of a learned Commentator*. * For a fuller and more accurate account of Sim- plicius fee Fabridi Biblistb. Grac. Tom. VIII. p. 620, &c, Ammonius PH ILOLOG ICAL Ammonius wrote Comments on the firft and fecond Tracts of Ariftotles Logic, as likewife upon the Introductory Difcourfe of the Philofopher Porphyry. His manner of writing is orderly ; his ftile clear and copious ; copious in its better fenfe, by Jeaving nothing unexplained, not copious by perplexing us with tirefome Tautology. To thofe, who wifh for a tafte of this Literature, I know no Author, who better merits perufal. The Preface to his Comment en Porphyry is a curious ac- count of Philofophy under its many and different 'Definitions, every one of which he explaines with perfpicuity, and pre- cifion. The Preface to his Comment on the Predicaments gives us an inge- nius Plan of Critical Scrutiny, in other words furnifhes us with a Juite of leading Queries, by which, before we read a Book, we may learn what it is, and judge, when I N Q^U I R I E S. 251 when analyzed, if it be a legitimate Com- Ch. II. pofition*. *— ^r— ' When things change by uninterrupted Continuity, as (to ufe an idea already fug- gefted) the fplendor of the Pay to the darknefs of the Night, 'tis hard to decide precifely, where the one concludes, and the other commences. By parity of rea- foning 'tis difficult to determine, to what age we fhall adjudge the two Philofophers juft mentioned ; whether to the Com- mencement of a bafer age, or, rather (if we regard their merit) to the Conclufion of a purer. If we arrange them with the Conclufion, 'tis, as Brutus and CaJJius were called the lajl of the Komans\ % We can have lefs doubt about the difciple of Ammonius^ John the Gram- * See Fair. Blblioth. Grac. T. IV. p. i<5l. f See Tacit. Annal. IV. 34. MARIAN, 2 5 2 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Marian, called Philoponus from his love of labour. 'Twas his misfortune to live during the time of Mahomet, and to fee Alexandria taken by the Arms of one of his immediate Succeflbrs. What paft there on this occafion with regard to the Library, tho' recorded in modern Books, is too curious to be omitted here. I tranflate it from the accurate verfion of Abulpharagius s Hijlory^ made by that able Orientalift, Pococke. " When Alexandria was taken by the " Mahometans, Am r us, their Commander, " found there Philoponus, whofe con- " verfation highly pleafed him, as Amrus " was a lover of Letters, and Philoponus M a learned Man. On a certain day Phi- " hponus faid to him : You have vifited " all the Repojitories or Public Warehoufes " in Alexandria, and you have Jealed up '* things of every fort, that are found or Hand compreji'y the diffufe power of Logic, to the Palm, or Hand open *. I mail * Zeno quidem ille y a quo aijciplina Stoicorum eJ1 t Manu demonjirare folebat, quid inter has artes [Dialec- ticam fcil. et EJoquentiam] inter eJJ'et. Nam, cum com- prejjerat digitos, \ J VGHUMquefccerat, DialecTICAM aiebat ejujmodi ejje : cum autem diduxerat 9 et manum dilataveraty Palm.* i/iius fimilem Eloquentiam eJJ'e diccbat. Cuer. Orator, f. 113. Both Peripatetics and Stoic> wrote Trails of Rhetoric as well as Logic. The Rhetoric of Arijlotle is per- haps I N Q^U I R I E S. 261 I (hall mention but two Sects more, the Ch.IIJ. New Academy, and the Epicurean, The New Academy , fo called from the Old Academy, (the name given to the School of Plato) was founded by Arce^ Silas, and ably maintained by Carney ades. From a miftaken imitation of the great parent of Philofophy, Socrates, (par- ticularly as he appears in the Dialogues of Plato) becaufe Socrates doubted fome things, therefore Arcefilas and Carneades doubted all*. haps one of the moft valuable Remains of Antiquity, and defervedly worth fludying, be it for Speculation or Praflice. As for the Rhetoric of the Stoics, there is extant, among the Latin Rhetoricians, published in a thin ghtarto by Plantin at Pdris, an. 1599, a Tract by 6V- pitius Viclor, called Injlitutiones Oratoria, wherein he has this Expreffion at the beginning — Zenonis pra- cepta maximeperfecutui. See p. 240 — alfo p. 247, 264, of the faid Treatife. * Vid. Cic. Academ. L. 1. f. 13. p. 48. Edit. Dav. Itaqut Arcefilas negabat ejfe quicquam, &c. S 3 Epi- 262 PHILOLOGICAL * P. III. Epicurus drew from another fource ; Democritus had taught him Atoms and a Void: by the fortuitous concourfe of Atoms he fancied he could form a World, while by a feigned Veneration he compli- mented away his Gods, and totally de- nied their Providential Care, left the 'Trouble of it ihould impair their uninter- rupted State of Blifs. Virtue he recom- mended, tho' mt for the fake of Virtue, but Pleafure\ Pleasure, according to him, being our chief and fovereign Good. It muft be ennfeft however, that, tho' his Principles were erroneous and even bad, never was a Man more temperate and hu- man?; never was a Man more beloved by his Friends, or more cordially attached to them In affectionate efteem *. * See Diogtft. Laert. L. X. f. 9, &c. where an ample Dt-t-.iil is given of Epicurus, hib Friends, his laft Will, and his Death, all tending to eibblifh his Jmi~ able Qb^rpdler, however erroneous and blameable hit Doclrines. We I N Q^U I R I E S. 263 We have already mentioned the alliance Ch.III. between Philofophy and Rhetoric, This cannot be thought wonderful, if Rhetoric be the Art, by which men are perfuaded, and if Men cannot be perfuaded, without a knowlege of Human Nature : for what, but Philosophy, can procure us this knowlege ? 'Twas for this reafon the ablefl Greek Philofophers not only taught (as we hinted before) but wrote alfo Treatifes upon Rhe- toric. They had a farther inducement, and that was the intrinfic beauty of their Language, as it was then fpoken among the learned and polite. They would have been afliamed to have delivered Philofophy, as it has been too often delivered fince, in Compofitions as clumfy, as the common Dialed of the mere Vulgar. The fame Love of Elegance, which made them attend to their Stile, made S 4 them 264 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. them attend even to the Places, where their Philofophy was taught. Pluto delivered his Lectures in a Place fhaded with Groves, on the Banks of the River HijJ'us ; and which, as it once be- longed to a perfon called Academus, was called, after his name, the Academy*. Arijiotle chofe another fpot of a fimilar character, where there were Trees and Shade \ a fpot called the Lvc^uMf. Zeno taught in a Portico or Colonade, diftinguimed from other buildings of that fort (of which the Athenians had many) by the name of the variegated Por- tico, the Walls being decorated with various Paintings of Polygnotus and Myro, two capital Matters of that tranfcendent * Vid. Diog. Laert. Lib. III. f. 7. Potter's Arch. Grtec. Vol. I. p. 40. f See Potter's Arch. Grac. Vol I. p, 40. Period, I N Q^U I R I E S. 265 Period*. Epicurus addrefied his hearers Ch.IIL in thofe well known Gardens, called, after * Of thefe two Artifts it appears that Myro was paid, and that Polygnotut painted gratis, for which generofity he had the teftimony of public Honours. Plin. N. Hi/1, L. XXXV. cap. 9. feci. 35. We learn from Hiftory that the Pictures, which adorned this Portico, were four ; two on the back part of it (open to the Colonnade) and a Pidlure at each end, upon the right and left. We learn alfo the Subjects : on one of the fides a Picture of the Athenian and Lacedamonian Armies at Oenoe (an Argive City) facing each other, and ready to engage : on the back Ground, or middle part of the Portico, the Battle between the Athenians under Thefeus, and the Amazons : next to that, on the fame middle, the Grecian Chiefs, after the taking of Troy, deliberating upon the Violence offered by Ajax to Cafandra, Ajax himfelf being prefent, together with Caffandra and other Captive Trojan women : laftly, on the orher fide of the Portico oppofite to the firft, the triumphant Victory at Marathon, the Barbarians pufhed into the Morafs, or demolilhed, while they en- deavoured to efcape to their fliips ; Miltiades and the Greek Leaders being to be known by their Portraits. As 2 66 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. after his own name, the Gardens of Epicurus. Some of thefe Places gave names to the Doftrincs, which were taught there. Pla- to's Philosophy took its name of Aca- demic from the Academy-^ ; that of Zeno was called the Stoic, from a Greek word, fignifying a Portico\. As the Portico was large, and the Pictures were only four, thefe we may fuppofe muft have been hrge likwife, for 'tis probable they occupied the whole fpace. Fid. Paufan. Attic. Lib. I. c. 15. p. 36. Edit. Lipf. 1696. From the painting of this Portico to the time of Ho- noriusy when it was defaced, ftript, and its pictures deftroyed*, was an interval of about eight hundred years.. It may merit Inquiry among the curious, upon what fort of Surface^ and with what fort of Colour j, Pictures were painted, that could indure fo long. t See the Note, next after the following. X 2to«, Erwptei". • Sjnef.EpiJl. 135. The I N Q^U I R I E S. 267 The Syftem indeed of Arijiotle was Ch.III. not denominated from the Place, but was called Peripatetic, from the manner in which he taught ; from his walking about, at the time, when he difjerted*. The Term, Epicurean Philosophy, needs no Explanation. Open Air, Shade, Water, and pleafant Walks feem above all things to favour that Exercife, the befl: fuited to Contempla* tion, I mean gentle walking without 'in- ducing fatigue. The many agreeable Walks in and about Oxford may teach my own Countrymen the truth of this afTertion, and beft explain how Horace lived, while a ftudent at Athens, employed (as he tells us) * Qui erant cum Arijlotele^ Peripatetici difti funt, quia difputabant inambulantes in Lyceo j ill: autem, qui Platonis injiituto in Academia, quod eft alterum gymnafium, ccetus erant et Jerfriones habere folitiy E loci vocabulo nomen habuerunt. Cic. Academ. L« I. C. 4. p. 21, Edit. Davif. ■ — inter 263 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. -—inter silvas Academi quarere verum. These Places of Public Inftitution were called among the Greeks by the name of Gymnasia, in which, whatever that word might have originally meant, were taught all thofe Exerafes, and all thofe Arts^ which tended to cultivate not only the Body, but the Mind. As Man was a Being confiding of both, the Greeks could not confider that Education as com- plete, in which both were not regarded, and both properly formed. Hence their Gymnafa, with reference to this double End, were adorned with two Statues, thofe of Mercury and of Hercules, the corporeal Accomplishments being patro- nized (as they fuppofed) by the God of Strength^ the mental Accomplifhments by the God of Ingenuity *. * Vid. Aihei. Deipnof. L £111. p 561. Edit. Lug- duni, 1657, Fol. Sometimes the two Gods were made into one Statue. Such compound Statues were called EffAiguKXcti. Sec Cic. ad jftticum, L. I. Epift. X. T'l I N CLU I R I E S. 269 'Tis to be feared, that many Places, Ch.III. now called Academies, fcarce deferve the name upon this extenfive Plan, if the Pro- feflbrs teach no more, than how to dance, fence, and ride upon horfes. 'Twas for the Cultivation of every li- beral Accomplijhment that Athens was celebrated (as we have faid) during many Centuries, long after her Political influence was loft, and at an end. When Alexander the Great died, many Tyrants, like many Hydras, imme- diately fprung up. Athens then, tho' fhe ftill maintained the form of her antient Government, was perpetually checked and humiliated by their infolence. Anti- pater deftroyed her Orators, and fhe was Jacked by Demetrius*. At length * See the Writers (antient and modern) of Grecian Hiftory. fhe 2 7 o . PHILOLOGICAL P. III. fhe became fubjecl: to the all-powerful Romans, and found the cruel Sylla her fevered Enemy. His Face (which perhaps indicated his Manners) was of a purple red, intermixed with white. This circumftance could not efcape the witty Athenians : they defcribed him in a verfe, and ridiculoufly faid, Sy xl A 1 s face is a Mulberry^ fpr inkle d with meat*. The Devaluations and Carnage, which he caufed foon after, gave them too much reafon to repent their Sarcaftn. • The original Verfe is a Trochaic. Ivxapivov £ and, when he was old, he faw the pro- fcriptions of Antony and Offavius, Yet tho' Cicero and a multitude more of the beft men perifhed, he had the good for- tune to furvive every danger. Nor did he feek a fafety for himfelf alone ; his Virtue fo recommended him to the Leaders of every fide, that he was able to fave T 2 not 276 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. not himfelf alone, but the lives and for- tunes of many of his friends *. When we look to this amiable cha- racter, we may well fuppofe, that it was not merely for amufement that he chofe to live at Athens ; but rather that, by re- ading there, he might fo far realize Phi- fophy, as to employ it for the conduct of Life, and not merely for Orientation. Another perfon, during a better pe- riod, (that I mean between Nerva and Marcus Antoninus J was equally celebrated for his affe&ion to this City. By this perfon I mean Herodes Atticus, who acquired the laji name from the fame * The Life of this extraordinary man is finely and fully written by Cornelius 'Ncpos, a Life well worthy or perufol. See alfo the large ami valuable Collec- tion of Confidential Lettsrs, addrefl to him by Ciara. reafocs, INQUIRIES. 277 reafons, for which it had formerly been Ch.III. given to Pomponius*. We have remarked already, that Vi- ciffitudes befal both Men and Cities, and changes too often happen from profperous to adverfe. Such was the ftate of Athens under the fucceflbrs of Alexander, and fo on from Sylla down to the time of Au- guftus. It fhared the fame hard fate with the Roman Empire in general upon the acceflion of Commodus, At length, after a certain period, the Barbarians of the North began to pour into the South. Rome was taken by Alaric, and Athens was befieged by the fame. Yet here we are informed (at lead we learn fo from Hiftory) that it was * See Fabric. Bib!. Grac. T. IV. p. 371, and Suidas, under the word Herodes, T .3 mira- 278 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. miraculoufly faved by Minerva and Achil- les. The Goddefs it feems and the Hero both of them appeared, compelling the Invader to raife the fiege*. Twas thus we are told, that, many years before, Caftor and Pollux had fought for the Romans j* $ and that, many cen- turies afterwards, St. George, at Iconium, difcomfited the Saracens J — nay, fo late as in the fixteenth century, a gallant Spa- niardy Peter de Paz, was feen to affift his countrymen, fome months after his * See Zofimi Hijior. L. V. c. 5 and 6, p. 51 1, Sec. Edit. Gr. Lat. 8vo. 1679. where the whole ftory is related at length. t See Florus L.I. 2. L. II. 12.— Juftin. Lib. XX. 3. % Fuller* s Holy War, p. 27. Matt. Paris, p. 43. According to this laft Author there were three that fought, 5/. George, St. Demetrius, and St. Mercury. deceafe. I N Q^U I R I E S, 279 deceafe, when they made an aflault at the Ch.III. fiege of Antwerp *. Instead of giving my own Sentiments upon thefe events, I chufe to give thofe * The following Extract is taken from the Difqui- fitiones Magica of Martin Del-Rio, printed at Ment%, an. 1 6 1 7. cum gratia et priv'tlegio Ccsfar. Majejl. toge- ther with the approbation of Oliverius Manarcus, Vice- Provincial of the Belgic Jefuits, and Gulielmus Fabricius, fliled Apojlolicus et Regius Librorum Cenfor ; and at- tended alfo by the evidence multorum gravium militum, QUI VIDISSE SE SANCTE JURABANT. The befieged it feems and their Allies, the Dutch and Englijh, were upon the point of forcing a Poll (Aggerem) polTeit by the Spaniards, who befieged the City. — Del-Rio's words aftei this are — Turn a regiis militibus (Hifpanis fcil ) prima paucioribus conspec- tus TROPE AGGEREM PeTRUS DE PaZ, HifpanUS Tribunus, vir et militarib. et pietatis ornametitis lauda- tijjimus, qui, jam mensibus aliquot ante de- functus, vifus his armatus, ut solebat, legionem prcecedere, et fuis quondam militibus, manu advoca- tis, fequerentur ut fe imp ER are. Indicant primi fecundis ; fie tertiis j fie Jcquentibus ; VI dent OMNES idem, mirantur, animifque refwnptis NOTU.M se- quuntur Due em, &c. Difquilit. Mag. p. 262. T 4 of ttq PHILOLOGICAL P. III. of an abler man upon a Jimilar fubje<5. t,.,t-> i^^i After having related fome fingular ftorie% of equal probability, Lord Bacon con* eludes with the following obfervation— My Judgment (fays he) is, that they (he means the ftories) ought all to be de- fpifed, and ought to ferve but for winter- talk by the fre-fde. Tlw when I fay de- fpifed, I mean it as for Belief $ for other- ivife the fpreading or publifiing of them is in no fort to be defpifed, for they have done tnuch mifchief Svnesius, who lived in the fifth Cen r tury, vifited Athens, and gives in his Epiftles an account of his vifit. Its luftre appears at that time to have been greatly diminiihed. Among other things he in- forms us, that the celebrated Portico or Colonade, the Greek name of which gave * EJJhys and Counfels by Ld. Verulam, No. XXXV. 2 name I N Q^U I R I E S. 281 name to the Sect of Stoics, had by an Ch.III. pppreffive Proconful been defpoiled of its fine Pictures ; and that, on this devalua- tion, it had been forfaken by thofe Phi- Jofophers *. In the thirteenth Century, when the Grecian Empire was cruelly opprefled by the Crufaders, and all things in confufion, Athens was befieged by one Scgurus Leo, who was unable to take it ; and, after that, by a Marquis of Montferrat, to whom it furrendered j*. Its fortune after this was various; and jt was fometimes under the Venetians, fometimes under the Catalonians, till Ma- * See Synefti Epiji. 135. in Gronovius's Col!e£iioti 9 T. V. (as before) p. 1 751, and of this work, p. 265. t See Grenovius's Colleftion (as before) p. 3 751* ?752, i753> 1754- hornet 282 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. hornet the Great made himfelf Maftcr of ^'^~"- J Conjlantinople, This fatal cataftrophe (which happened near two thoufand years after the time of PiJiJlratusJ brought Athens and with it all Greece into the hands of the Turks, under whofe defpotic yoke it has continued ever fince. The City from this time has been oc- cafionally vifited, and Defcriptions of it publifhed by different Travellers. Wheeler was there along with Spon in the time of our Charles the Second, and both of them have publifhed curious and valuable Narratives. Others, as well na- tives of this Ifland, as foreigners, have been there fince, and fome have given (as Monfr. Le Roy) fpecious publications of what we are to fuppofe they faw. None however have equalled the Truth, the Accuracy, and Elegance of Mr. Stuart, who, after having refided there between three and four years, has given us fuch Plans, I N CLU I R I E S. 283 Plans, and Elevations of the capital Build- Ch.IIL ings now Handing, together with learned Comments to elucidate every part, that he feems, as far as was poflible for the power of Description, to have reftored the City to its antient Splendor. He has not only given us the greater Outlines and their Meafures, but feparate Meafures and Drawings of the minuter Decorations ; fo that a Britijh Artift may (if he pleafe) follow Phidias, and build in Britain, as Phidias did at Athens*. Spon, fpeaking of Attica, fays that the Road near Athens was pleafing, and the very Peafants polifhed. Speaking of the Athenians in general, he fays of them— Us ont une politejfe defprit naturelk, £f * This mod curious and valuable Book was pub- liflied at London, in the year 1762. beau- 284 PHILOLOGICAL , ' P. III. beaucoup d'addreffe dans toutes les affaires, quits entreprenent *. Wheeler, who was Spons fellow- traveller, fays as follows, when he and his Company approached Athens — We began now to think ourf elves in a more civilized Country, than we had yet fajl : for not a Shepherd, that we met, but bid US WELCOME, AND WISHED us a good journey — p. 335, fpeaking of the Athenians, he adds — This mujl with great truth be [aid of them, their bad for- tune hath not been able to take jrom them, what they have by nature, that is, much Subtlety or Wit. p. 347. And again — The Athenians, not wit lift anding the long poftj'efjion that "Bar bar if m hath had of this place, fern to be much more po- lished in point of Manners and Con - * Spcn, V. II. p. 76, 92, Edit. 8vo. VEXSAT10N, I N Q^U I R I E S. 285 versation, than any other in thefe parts; Ch.III. being civil, and of refpeBful behaviour to all, and highly complimental in their dtf- courfe *. Stuart fays of the prefent Athenians, what Spon and Wheeler faid of their fore- fathers ; — he found in them the fame ad- drefs, the fame natural acutenefs, tho' feverely curbed by their defpotic Matters. One cuftom I cannot omit. He tells me, that frequently at their convivial Meetings, one of the company takes, what they now call, a Lyre, tho' it is rather a fpecies of Guitar, and after a fhort prelude on the Inftrument, as if he were waiting for infpiration, accompanies his inilrumental Mufic with his voice, fuddenly chanting fome extempore Verfes, which feldom exceed two or three Diftichs ; that he then delivers the Lyre to his Wheeler, p. 356, Edit. FoL neigh- *86 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. neighbour, who, after he has done the fame, delivers it to another; and that fa the Lyre circulates, till it has pad round the table. Nor can I forget his informing me, that, notwithstanding the 'various Fortune of Athens, as a City, Attica was ftill famous for Olives, and Mount Hy- mettus for Honey. Human Injlitu- tions perifh, but Nature is permanent. CHAP. I N Q^U I R I E S. 2 8 7 CHAP. IV. Account of Byzantine Scholars continued— Suidas — John Stob^us or of Stoba — Photius — Michael Psellus — this laji faid to have commented twenty- four Plays o/'Menander — Reafons, to make this probable — Eustathius, a Bi/bop, the Commentator of Homer — Eu strati us, a Bifiop, the Commen- tator of Aristotle — Planudes, a Monk) the admirer and trafijlator of 'La- tin ClaJ/ics, as well as the Compiler of one of the prefent Greek Antholo- gies. — ConjeBures concerning the dura- tion of the Latin Tongue at Con- Jiantinople. THAT I may not be prolix, I haflen Ch.IV. from the writers already mentioned to Suidas, who is fuppofed to have lived during the ninth or tenth Centuries. In his Lexicon^ which is partly HifioricaU I partly 288 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. partly Explanatory, he has preferved many Quotations from Authors who lived in the earlier and politer ages, and from Poets in particular, whofe works at pre- fent are for the greater part loft. Kuster, an able Critic in the beginning of the prefent Century, gave a fine Edition of this Author, at Cambridge, in three Vo- lumes Folio ; and Mr. Toupe of Cornwall (whom I have mentioned already, and cannot mention with too much applaufe) has lately favoured the learned world with many valuable Emendations *. John Stob^us or of Stoba, (whofe' name John makes it probable he was a Chrijlian) is of an uncertain age, as well as Suidas ; tho* fome imagine him to have lived during an earlier period, by two or three Centuries <•)*. His work i6 not 2? * Concerning this little known Author fee the Preface of his learned Editor, Kujier. t See Fabric. Biblioth. Grac. T. VIII. 665. Lexicon^ INQUIRIES. ago Lexicon, like that of the other, but an Ch.lV. immenfe Common-Place* filled with Ex- tracts upon various fubje&s, both Ethical and Phyjicaly which Extracts he had col- lected from the moll approved Writers. As this Book is highly valuable from con* taining fuch incredible variety of Senti- ments upon interefiing Topics, and thofe taken from Authors, many of whom are loft j as it is at the fame time fo incor- rectly printed, that in too many places i^ is hardly intelligible: it would be a labour well worthy of an able Critic, by the help of Manufcripts, and plaufible Conjecture, to reftore it, as far as poffible, to its ori* ginal Purity. The Speculations he chiefly gives us are neither trivial, nor licentious, but, in the language of Horace, • quod magis ad nos Pertinet, et nefcire malum eft*— But to return from StoB^us to Sur* das. If we confider the late age when U Suidas 2 9 o PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Suidas lived ; if we confider too the Au- thors, which he muft needs have ftudied, in order to form his work; Authors, who many of them wrote in the moft refined and polified Ages : it will be evident, that even in thofe late Centuries the Tafte for a purer Literature was by no means extinc~l y and that even then there were Readers, who knew its value. In the ninth Century lived Photius, patriarch of Conjiantinople. His moft ce- lebrated work may be called a journal of his Studies ; a Journal, where we learn the various Authors he perufed ; the Sub- jects they treated ; the Plans of their Works ; and where fometimes alfo we have Extracls. From him we are in- formed not only of many Authors now loft, but what was in his time the ftate of many, that are now remaining. Among the Authors now loft he pe- rufed Theopompus the H'for ian, and Hy- TERIDES I N GLU I PL t E S. 291 Perides the Orator\ among thofe, now Ch.lV. mutilated and imperfect, he perufed in- tire Diodorus Siculus. Many others, if neceflary, might be added of either fort. 'Tis lingular with regard to Photius, that from a Layman he was raifed at once to be Patriarch of Conjlantinople. Yet his Studies evidently feem to have had fuch a rank in view, being princi- pally applied to Theology -, to Hiftory, and to Oratory ; with enough Phi/ofophy, and Medicine, not to appear deficient, if fuch fubje&s mould occur. As to Poetry, one might imagine, either that he had no relifh for it, of that, in the train of his inquiries, he did not efteem it a requU fite*. Michael Psellus, of the eleventh Century, was knowing in the Greek Phi- See Fabric. BibL Gr Eustathtus, who lived in the twelfth Century. His admi- ration of Homer muft have been almoft enthufiaftic, to carry him thro' fo com- plete, fo minute, and fo vaft a Commen- tary, both upon the Iliad and the Odyjey* collected from fuch an immenfe number both of Critics and Hiflorians*. Eu strati us, the Metropolitan of Nice, who lived a little earlier in the fame Cen- tury, convinces us that he iludied Aris- totle with no lefs zeal; and that, not f See Fabric. Biblioth. Crac. T. I. p. 289, &c. only I N Q^U I R I E S. 2 95 only in his Logical pieces, but in his Ethi- Ch.lV, cal alfo, as may be feen by thofe minute and accurate Comments on the Nico- machean Ethics, which go under his name, and in which, tho' others had their mare, he ftill is found to have taken fo large a Portion to himfelf *. Planudes, a Monk of the fourteenth Century, appears (which is fomewhat un- common) to have underftood and admired the Latin Classics, Cicero, Cafar, Ovid, Boet hius , and others, parts of which Authors he tranflated, fuch as the Com- mentaries of Ccefar, relative to the Gallic Wars, the Dream of Scipio by Cicero, the Metamorphofis of Ovid, the fine Tract of Boet hius de Confolatione^ and (according to Spon) St, Augujiine de Civitate Dei. Be- fides this, he formed a Greek Antho- * See Fabric. Biblioth. Grac. T. II. p. 151. U 4 LOGY 296 PHILOLOGICAL P. JIT. logy (that well known Collection printed by Wechelius, in 1600,) and compofed fe- veral original Pieces of his own *. It appears from thefe Examples, and will hereafter appear from others, how much the Caufe of Letters and Humanity is indebted to the Church. Having mentioned Latin ClaJJics, I beg leave to fubmit a conjecture concern- ing the ftate and duration of the Latin Tongue at Conjlantinople* When Constantine founded this Im- perial City, he not only adorned it with curiofities from every part of the Roman Empire, but he induced, by every fort of encouragement, many of the Firft Fami- lies in Italy, and a multitude more of in- * Spe Fabric. Bibliotk. Grac. T. X. p. 533. ferior I N Q^U I R I E S. 297 ferior rank, to leave their Country, and Ch.IV. there fettle themfelves. We may there- fore fuppofe, that Latin was for a long time the prevailing Language of the Place, till in a courfe of years it was fupplanted by Greek, the co?nmon Language of the neighbourhood, and the fafoionabk ac- quired Language of every polite Roman, We are told, that foon after the End of the fixth Century Latin ceafed to be fpoken at Rome*. Yet was it in the beginning of that Century that Justi- nian publifhed his Laws in Latin at Conjiantinople ; and that the celebrated Priscian in the fame City taught tfe Principles of the Latin Grammar, If we defcend to a period ftill later, (fo late indeed as to the tenth and eleventh Centuries) we fhall find, in the Ceremo- nial of the Byzantine Court, certain For- * See before, p. 238, mularies 2 9 3 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. mularies preferred, evidently conne&ed with this fubject. As often as the Emperor gave an Im- perial Banquet, 'twas the Cuflom for fome of his Attendants, at peculiar times during the Feaft, to repeat and chant the follow- wing Words — Kuvireo^r Atvg npirisiKyL rog ccvvcg' Aus; c^vr^orevg -ar^gg-eO — Hv yocu- aco Tirpo&vceiTe, Ao^r t vi. It may polTibly for a moment furprife a learned Reader, when he hears that the meaning of this ftrange Jargon is — May God pre/erve your Empire — Live, impe- rial Lords, for ?nany years ; God almighty fo grant — Dine, my Lords, in joy. But his doubts will foon vanim, when he finds this Jargon to be Latin, and comes to read it exhibited according to a Latin Alphabet— CON- I N CLU I R I E S. 299 CONSERVET DEVS IMPERIVM Ch.IV. VESTRVM— VIVITE, DOMINI IM- PERATORES, IN MVLTOS ANNOS; DEVS OMNIPOTENS PRAESTET — IN GAVDIO PRANDETE, DOMI- NI*. 'Tis evident from thefe inftances, that traces of Latin vCere Hill remaining at Conftantinople, during thofe Centuries. 'Twill be then perhaps lefs wonderful, if Planudes upon the fame fpot fhould, in the fourteenth Century, appear to have * Thefe Formularies are felected from a Ceremonial of the Byzantine Court, drawn up by the Emperor Conftantine Porphyrogenitus, who reigned in the begin- ning of the eleventh Century. The Book, being a large Folio, was publifhed in the original Greek, with a Latin Tranflation and Notes, by Leichius and Reijkius y at Lipfic, in the year 1751. See of this Book p. 215, 216. Many more Traces of this Hellenijiic Latin occur in other parts of it. In the Latin Types I have followed the Commentator , and not the Tranjlator ; and as the Greeks have no Letter but B to denote the Latin V, have preferred Vivite to Bibite. under- 3 oo PHILOLOGICAL P. III. underftood it. We may fuppofe, that by degrees it changed from a Common Lan- guage to a Learned one, and that, being thus confined to the Learned Few, its valuable Works were by their labours again made known, and diffufed among their Countrymen in Greek Tranjlations. This too will make it probable, that even to the loweji age of the Greek Em- pire their great Libraries contained many valuable Latin Manuscripts; perhaps had entire Copies of Cicero* of Livy, of Tacitus, and many others. Where elfe did Planudes, when he tranflated, find his Originals ? CHAP. I N Q^U I R I E S. 301 CHAP. V. Nicetas, the Choniate— - his curious Narrative of the Mi/chiefs done by Baldwyn's Crusade, when they facht Constantinople in the Tear 1205 — many of the Statues defer ibed, which they then dejiroyed — a fine Tajie for Arts among the Greeks, even in thofe Days y proved from this Narrative — not Jb f among the Crusaders — Authenticity of Nicetas s Narrative — State of Con- stantinople at the lafl Period of the Grecian Empire, as given by contempo- rary Writers, Philelphus and JEneas Sylvius — National Pride among the Greeks not totally extinct even at this Day. BESIDES Planudes a large number Ch. V. of the fame nation might be men- tioned, but I omit them all for the fake of Nicetas, the Choniate, in order to 302 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. to prove fhro' him, that the more refined part of that ingenious people had not even in the thirteenth Century loft their Tajle\ a Tafte not confined to Literary Works only, but extended to Works of other kinds and character. This Hiftonan (ImeanNicETAs*) wa9 prefent at the facking of Conftantinople by the Barbarians of Baldwyns Crufade, in the year 1205. Take, by the way of Sample> a part only of his Enumeration of the noble Statues, which were probably brought thither by Conjlantine-, to deco- rate his new City, and which thefe Ad* venturers then deftroyed f. Among # He was called the Choniate from Cbona* a City of Phryg'tay and pofTeft, when in the Court of ConJIan- tinople, fome of the higheft Dignities. Fabric. Bibliath. Grac. T. XI. p. 401, 402. f A large part of this Chapter is extracted from th« Hiftory of Nicetas, as printed by Fabricius in the Tome above I N QJJ I R I E S. 303 Among others he mentions the Colqflian Ch. V. Statue of Juno, erected in the Forum of Conjlantine ; the Statue of Paris (landing by Venus, and delivering to her the Golden Apple ; a fquare and lofty Obe- lisk, with a Figure on it to indicate the Wind; the Figure of Bellerophon, riding upon Pegasus; the Pensive Her- cules, made by no lefs an Artift than Lysippus; the two celebrated Figures of the Man and the Ass, erected by Au- gufius after his Victory at Allium ; the Wolf, fuckling Romulus and Remus ; an Eagle dejiroying a Serpent, fet up by Apollonius Tyaneus ; and an exquifite above quoted, beginning from p. 405, and proceeding to p. 418. The Author has endeavoured to make his translated Extracts faithful, but he thought the whole Original Greek too much to be inferted, especially as it may be found in Fabriciui's Biblictbeca, a Book by no means- rare. A few particular paflages he has given" in the Original. Helen, 3 04 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Helen, in all the Charms of Beauty and of Elegance. Speaking of the Wind-obelijk, he relates with the greateft feeling the curious work on its fides ; the rural Scene ; Birds fing- ing -, Rujiics labouring, or playing on their Pipes; Sheep bleating; Lambs fkipping; the Sea, and a Scene of Fijh and Fijhing ; little naked Cupids, laughing, playing, and pelting each other with Apples ; a Figure on the fummit, turning with the flighteft. blaft, and thence denominated the Wind's Attendant- Of the two Statues brought from Ac- tium he relates, that they were fet up there by Augujlus on the following Inci- dent. As he went out by night to re- connoitre the Camp of Antony, he met a Man, driving an Afs. The Man was afked, who lie was, and whither he was going — my Name, replied he, is Njco, my I N Q^U I R I E S. 305 my Afis name Nicanderj and I am Ch. V. going to C^sar'j Army. The Story de- rives its force from the good Omen of lucky names, and may be found (tho' with fome variation) both in Suetonius and F hit arch. The real Curiofity was, that Statues fo celebrated mould be then exifting. If the Figures of the Wolf and the Founders of Fome were of the fame age, they might probably have been the very Work, to which Virgil is fuppofed to have alluded, in defcribing the Shield of Eneas : — ' — illam tereti cervice reflex am Mule ere alternos, et corpora fingere lingua. ^n.VIII. 623, But no where does the Tafte of Nice- tas appear fo ftrongly, as when he fpeaks of the Hercules, and the Helen. X The 3 o6 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. The Hercules is exhibited to us, as if he were actually prefent — immenfe in bulky and, with an Air of Grandeur, re- pojing himfelf — his Lions-fkin (that lookt formidable even in brafs) thrswn over* him —himfelf fitting without a Quiver, a Bow, or a Club, but having the right leg bent at the knee ; his Head gently reclining on the hand of his left Arm ; and a Counten- ance full of dejecJion, as if he were re- flecting with indignation on the many fucceffive labours, impofed on him by Eu- ry/lheus*. For his Perfon, we are informed he was ample in the Chejl ; broad in the Shoulders ; had Hair that curled; Arms that were Jlrong and mufcular \ and a Mag- Exotfijro JV, fj.-n jtupvtqv VfyixfAtvo;, /j.v to£o» T«r» %t£o7v (pi^AiVy pri, h. t. A. /^^r. as above, p. 40S, 4C9. nitudi I N Q^U I R I E S. 307 nttude fuch, as might be fuppofed to be- Ch, V. long to the original Hercules, were he to revive; a Leg being equal in length to the Stature of a common Man*. And yet adds Nicetasj filled with Indignation* u this Hercules, being fuch as here re- *' prefented, this very Hercules did not *' thefe men fpare." I can only fubjoin, by way of digref* fion, that there is a fine Greek Epigram defcribing the Statue of a dejected Hercules, fitting without his Weapons, which exactly refembles this of Nicetas, and which is faid like wife to be the work of Lysippus, only there the Poet imputes his Hero's Dejection, not to the Tyranny of Eury/l/ieus, but to the love of Om* pha/e'f. * li^ at to fipvov euouj, T8{ up*? •zzrA&vjf, tm t^'/jx. aAc?, x. t. A. Ibid. p. 409. f Vid. Jnthohg, L. IV. tit. 8. X 2 If PHILOLOGICAL If Nketas fpeak with admiration of this Statue, 'tis with rapture he mentions the other. " What, fays he, jkall I fay of " the beauteous Helen ; of her, who cc brought together ail Greece againfi Troy? " Did Jhe mitigate thefe immiti- •« gable, thefe iron-hearted Men?' " Afo," fays he, " nothing like it could " w^» yZ> $\ tij rex. yiiXriy xaA^nwv $MYiv t rp'ty.a. zsx^x- nyoptvot, wf xj Joxuv, x. t. A. Ibid. p. 413. X 3 " them 3io PHILOLOGICAL P. III. " them now, as thou didjl in days of yore f L _ " - ' ,J> " Alas\ I fear 'twas defined by Fate, " that Thou jhoahift perijh by Flames \ " Thou, who didjl not ceafe even in thy " Statue to vfame beholders into Love. *' I could almcfi fay that thefe Sons of *« Eneas had dcmohjhed Thee by Fire, " as afpecies of retaliation for the BURNf f* ing of their Troy, as thofe Flames *< were kindled by thy unfortunate A- r mours*, I have been thus particular in thefe Re- lations, and have tranflated for the greater part the very words of the Hiftorian, not only becaufe the Fads are little known, but becaufe they tend to prove, that even jn thofe dark Ages (as we have too man/ * 'AA// \ft Ti^i^i,- F.Afprj, xasAAc; oturodsv xxXct, 70 NrivrvOi,', x. t. A. Ibid. p. 413. reafon§ I N Q^U I R I E S. 311 reafons to call them) there were Greeks Ch. V, fill extant^ who had a "Tafie for the finer Arts, and an Ent hufaflic Feeling of their exquifite Beauty. At the fame time we cannot without indignation reflect on thefe brutal Cruf ciders, who, after many instances of facrilegious Avarice, related by Nicetas in confequence of their Succefs, could de- ftroy all thefe, and many other precious Remains of Antiquity, melting them down (for they were of BrafsJ into Money to pay their Soldiers, and exchanging things of weft im able Value for a poor pittance of contemptible Coin*. They furely were what Nicetas well calls them, TQ xxXv ctvepc&g-oi (3u^a,^ot t BARBARIANS devoid of t aft e for the Beautiful ^WFAiRf. fitvci y.ixpuv nx ptyccXoty y^ -rot, dxTrtxvout; ■&ovnviy,z «•- y!ia.it; bTtoccvwv o.vtiSlqoi/t£S x.$p^o.t'j)v. Ibid. p. 4001 f I have given the words of Nicetas himfelf, which precede the pafTage juft quoted. In another part X 4. c; 3 i2 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. And yet 'tis remarkable, that thefe fad z.vAJd'uage Events happened more than a Century after thefe Adventurers had firft pad into the Eafl, above four-fcore years of which time they had pofTefled the Sove- reignty of Paleftine. But — Coelum, non An i mum mutant^ &c. Hor.* Tho' I have done with thefe Events, I cannot quit the Greeks without adding a of his Narrative he fliles them Illiterate Bar- barians, who abfolutcly did not know their ABC. — trap' dygxpiAXTQis j3ae£js£&K, x, rtXtov ay*A(pa£»iTOt? — p. 414. • It ought to be obfervcd, that tho' the Narra- tive of Nicetas, whence thefe Extracts are taken, r.ppear not in the printed Editions (being probably either thro' fraud, or fhame, or both, designedly omit- ted-,) yet has it been publiflied by that hone/i and Larntd Critic Fabricius, in the fixth Volume of his Bibliotheca G>aca here quoted, and is flill extant in a fair and ar.iient Manufcript of the two lafl Books of Nuetas, pteferved in the Bodleian Library. word INQUIRIES. 313 word upon Constantinople, as to Li- Ch. V. terature and Language, juft before the fatal period, when it was taken by the Turks. There is more ftrefs to be laid upon my Quotations, as they are tran- fcnbed from Authors, who lived at the time, or immediately after. Hear what Philelphus fays, who was himfelf at Conjlantinople in that part of the fifteenth Century, while the Greek Empire ftill fubfifted. " T/wfe Greeks " (fays he) whofe Language has not been tc depraved, and whom we ourf elves both "follow and imitate, fpeak eveii at this " time in their ordinary talk, as the Comic " Aristophanes did, or the Tragic Eu- " ripides;^ the Orators would talk j as v the Hi/lor ians ; as the Philofophers them" il felves, even Plato and Aristotle *." Speak- * Graci, quibus lingua depravata nonftt, et qua ipji turn fequimur, turn imitamur, ita toquuntur vulgo bdc etiam 3 i4 PHILOLOGICAL P. Ill, Speaking afterwards of the Corrup- tion of the Tongue in that City by the Concourfe of Traders, and Strangers, he informs us, that the People belonging to the Court ftiil retained " the antient 44 Dignity and Elegance of Speech, and " above all the Women of Quality, " who, as they were wholly precluded from *' Strangers, still preserved that ge- u nuine and pure Speeeh of the antient " Greeks, uncorrupted*. -/Eneas etiam in tempejlate, ut yfriflophanes Comicut^ ut Euripides Tragicus, ut Oratores omnes y ut Philofophi etiam ipji et Plato et Jri/loteles. Philclph. Epift. in Hodii de Grse- cis illufiribus Lib. I. p. 188. * The fame Philelphus in the fame Epiflle adds — Nam VIRI aulici veterem fermonis dignitatem at que elegant iam ritinebant j in primifque ipsj"E nobiles mu- Heres, quibus cum nullum ejjet emnino cum viris pere- grinis Cemmercium y merus ille Ac purus Grx- CORUM SERMO SERVABATUR INTACTUS. Hod. Ut fupra. 'Tis fomewhat fingular, that what Philelphus relates concerning the Women of Rank at the Court of Conjlan- tinople, I N Q^XJ I R I E S. 315 JEneas Sylvius, afterwards Pope by Ch. V. the name of Pius the Second, was the Iu, ^~ uJ > Scholar of this Philelphus, A long Letter of his is extant upon the taking of Con* ^ftantinople by Mahomet, a Letter addreft to a Cardinal, juft after that fatal Event. Speaking of the fortune of the City, he obferves, that New Rome (for fo they often called Constantinople) had fub- tinople, fhould be related by Cicero concerning the Wo- men of Rank in the polifhed days of the Roman Com- man-wealth ; concerning Cornelia, Mother of the Grac r chi ; concerning Leclia, Daughter of the great Lcelius ; concerning the Mucies, the Licinies, in fhort, the Mothers, Wives, and Daughters of the moft illnftrious Remans of that illuftrious age. Cicero accounts for the purity 0/ their Language, and for its being untainted with vitious novelty^ precifely as Philelphus does. — Facilius enim mulieres INCOR- RUPTAM ANTIQU1TATEM CONSERVANT, quod, jdULTpRUM sermonis expertes, ea ienent femper, qua prima didicerunt. This Paflage is no fmall ftrengthening of PhileU phus's Authority. See Cicer. de Qratore III. 45. & de Claris Orator, f. 2il. Med 3 i6 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. fitted, from its foundation to its capture, nearly the fame number of years with Old Rome — that between Romulus, the founder of Old Rome, and the Goth, Alaric, who took it, was an interval of about eleven hundred years ; and that there was nearly the fame interval be- tween Constantine and Mahomet the Great. He obferves that tho' this lajl City had been taken before, it had never before fufFered fo total and fo fatal a change. " Till this period (fays he) the remembrance " o/"antient wisdom remained at Con- " stantinople ; and, as if it were the u Manjion, the Seat of Letters, no one of " the Latins could be deemed fufficiently •' learned, if he had not fludied for fome " time at Constantinople. The fame " Reputation for Sciences, which Athens *' had in the times of antient Rome, did " Constantinople appear to poffefs in . " our I N Q^U I R I E S. 317 " our times. 'Twas thence, that Plato Ch. V. " was reftored to us ; 'twas thence, that " the Works of Aristotle, Demos- " THENES, XENOPHON, THUCYDIDES, " Basil, Dionysius, Origen and others ** were, in our days, made known ; and &c. &c. *" • Nunc ergo et Homcro, et Pindaro, Menandro, et omnibus illujirioribus Poetisfecunda mors crit ; nunc Gra- corum pbilofophorum ultima patebit interitus. Rejiabit eliquid lucis apud Latinos ; at, fateor, neque id erit diu- turnum, nifi mitiori nos oculo Deus ex alto refpexerit, for- tunamque vel impcrio Romano, vel Apoflolice fedi prabue- rit melionm, &c. &c. Ibid. p. 705, 706. Thofe who have not the old Edition of /Entas Syl- vius, may find the above quotations in Hody de Gratis lUuJiribus, Lond. 1751. 8vo. It I N Q^U I R I E S. 3 r 9 It muft be remarked that, in this Epif- Ch. V* tie, by Latins* he means the Weftern Eu~ ropeaiis> as oppofed to the Greeks, or Eaftern ; and that by the Roman Ern^ pire (juft before mentioned) he means the Germanic Body. The Author's apprehenfions for the fate of Letters in the Weft was premature ; for, upon the Definition of this imperial City, the number of learned Greeks, which this Event drove into thofe Weftern parts of Europe ; the Favour of the Popes and the Medici Family, {hewn at this period to Literature; together with the then re- cent Invention of Printings which, by- multiplying Copies of Books, made them fo eafy to be purchafed — all this (I fay) tended to promote the Caufe of Knoivlege and ofTafte, and to put things into that * Nice/as had before called them, Sons of /Eneas. train, See p. 310 3 20 PHILOLOGICAL ; P. III. train, in which we hope they may long continue. Besides Philelphus, Mneas Sylvius, and many others, who were Italians, I might mention two Greeks of the fame age, George Gemistus, and Cardinal Bessario, both of them deeply knowing in Grecian Literature and Philofophy. But as fome account of thefe laft and of their Writings has been already given*, I fhall quit the Greeks, after I have related a fhort Narrative ; a Narra- tive fo far curious, as it helps to prove, that even among the prefent Greeks, in the day of Servitude, the remembrance of their antient Glory is not yet totally extinct. When the late Mr. Anfon (Lord An- fons Brother) was upon his Travels in the Eaft, he hired a VelTel, to vifit the i* See Pbilcfoph. Arrcmgemtnts, p. 238, 239. Ifle -» I W Q^tr I R I E S. 321 Me of Tenedos. His Pilot, an old Greek, Ch. V. as they were failing along, faid with fome *"*""*" fatisfa&ion, — - There 'twas our Fleet lay* Mr. Anfon demanded, What Fleet?—* What Fleets replied the old Man (a little piqued at the Queftion)— Why our Gre- cian Fleet at the Siege of Troy*. But we muft now quit the Greeks, and, in confequence of our plan, pafs to the Arabians* followers of Mahomet, * This ftory was told the Author by Mr. An/on him- CHAP. PHILOLOGICAL CHAP. VI. Concerning the second Class of Ge~ niufes during the middle Age, the Arabians, or Saracens — at firjl, barbarous — their Character before the time of Mahomet — Their greateji Caliphs were from among the Abassidje — Al- manzur one of the firjl of that race — Almamum of the fame race, a great Patron of Learning, and learned Men— Arabians cultivated Letters, as their Empire grew fettled and ejlablifhed—* Iranflated the bejl Greek Authors into their own Language — Hiforians, Abul- pharagius, Abulfeda, Bohadin— Extracts from the lajl concerning Sa- LADIN. THE Arabians* began ill. The Sentiment of their Caliph Omar, when * As many Quotations are made in the following Chapters from Arabian Writers, and more particularly from I N Q^U I R I E S. 323 when he commanded the Alexandrian Li- Ch.lV* brary to be burnt (a fad: we have already related*) was natural to any Bigot, when in the plentitude of Defpotifm. But they grew more rational, as they grew lefs bigotted, and by degrees began to think, that Science was worth cultivating. They may be faid indeed to have recurred to their antient Character; that Character, which they did not reft upon brutal Force alone, but which they boafled to imply three capital things, Hofpitality, Valour^ and Eloquence f. from Abulpharagius, Abulfeda, and Bohadiv, a fhort account of thofe three authors will be given in the Notes of this Chapter, where their Names come in courfe to be mentioned. * See before, p. 252* t Schultens in his Monument a retujliora Arabia (Lugdun. Batavor. 1740) gives us in his Preface the following PafTage from Sapbadius, an Arabic Author. Arabes antiquitus non habebant, quo glsriarsntur, quam Cladio, Hospite, et ELoqjJtNTiA* Y 2 When PH ILOLOG IC AL When Succefs in Arms has defeated Rivals, and Empire becomes not only ex- tended but eftablified, then is it that Na- tions begin to think of Letters, and to cultivate Philofophy, and liberal Specula- tion. This happened to the Athenians^ after they had triumphed over the Per- fians-y to the Romans, after they triumphed over Carthage ; and to the Arabians, after the Caliphate was eftablifhed at Bag- dad*. And here perhaps it may not be im- proper, to obferve, that after the four firft Caliphs, came the Race of the Ommiad^. Thefe about thirty years after Mahomet, upon the deftruclion of AH, ufurped the Sovereignty, and held it ninety years. They were confidered by the Arabic Hii- ftorians as a race of Tyrants, and were in * See before, p. 256, 257. number- INQUIRIES, 325 number fourteen*. Having made them- Ch.VI. felves by their oppreflions to be much detefted, the laft of them, Merwin^ was depofed by Al-Suffah^ from whom began another race, the race of ABAssiD^f, who claimed to be related in blood to Mahomet, by defcending from his Uncle, Abbas. As many of thefe were far fuperior in character to their predecefTors, fo their Dominion was of much longer duration, lading for more than five Centuries. The former part of this Period may be called the i£ra of the Grandeur, and Mag~ nificence of the Caliphate. * See Herbert's Bibliotheque Orientate^ under the word Ommiades, alio Abulpharagtut, p. 138, 160. and in particular Abulfeda, p. 138, &c. -j- Abulphar. p. 138— 150, &C. Abulfeda, p. 143, Herbert's Bib. Orient, under the word Abassides. y 3 hi- 326 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Almanzur, who was among the firft of them, removed the imperial Seat from Damafcus to Bagdad, a City which he himfelf founded upon the banks of the Tigris, and which foon after became one of the mod fplendid Cities throughout the Eajl. Almanzur was not only a great Conque- ror, but a lover of Letters and learned Men, 'Twas under him that Arabian Literature, which had been at firft chiefly confined to Medicine and a few other branches, was extended to Sciences of every denomina- tion*. His Grandfon Almamun (who reigned about fifty years after) giving a full Scope to his love of Learning, fent to the Greek Emperors for Copies of their beji Books 5 * Sec Abulfcda, p. 144. 4bulpharag> p. 139. 141, 46.0. em* INQUIRIES, 327 employed the ableft Scholars, that could Ch.VI. be found, to tranjlate them ; and, when tranflated, encouraged men of genius in their perufal, taking a pleafure in being prefent at literary Conversations . Then was it that learned men, in the lofty Language of Eajiern Eloquence, were called Luminaries, that difpel darknefs ; Lords of human kind; of whom, when the World becomes deftitute, it becomes barba- rous and favage* . The rapid Victories of thefe Eaftern Conquerors foon carried their Empire from Afia even into the remote regions of Spain, Letters followed them, as they went. Plato, Arifiotle, and their bell: Greek Commen- * See Abulfedciy p. 18 r. Abulpharag. p. 160, 161. Tin lofty Language alluded to Hands thus in the Latin Verfion of the page laft quoted. Dotti tenebrarum lumina funt, et generis bumani dominiy quibus dejiitutus ferus tvadit mundus. Y 4 tators 3*3, PHIL OL-0 GIC At P. III. tators were foan tranflatefJ intp Arabic % {q were Euc/tf,, Arc/ii?nedes, Apo(lonius % Diophantus, and the other Greek Mather maticians ; fp Hippocrates t Qa(en % and the belt profeflbrs of Medicine $ fo Ptolemy % and the npted Writers on the fubjed: of Aftronomy* The ftudy of thefe Greeks produced others like them ; produced others, who not oqly explained them in Arabic Comments, but compofed them-! /elves original pieces upon the fame Prin- ciples. Averroes was celebrated for his Phir lofophy in Spain ; Alpharabi and Avi- cenna were equally admired thro' AJia*. Science (to fpeak a little in their own, flile) may be faid to have extended • a Gadibus ufque Auroram et Gangem * Sec Herbelot, under the fcveral Names here quoted,. Nor, I N CLU I R I E S. 329 Nor, in this immenfe multitude, did Ch.VI. they want Hijiorians, fome of which, (fuch as Abulfeda, Abulpharagius, Bo- hadin*, and others) have been tranf- lated, * Abulfeda was an Oriental Prince, defcended from the fame Family with the great Saladin. He died in the year 1345, and publifhed a General Hijlory ,. in which however he is mojl particular and diffufe in the Narrative of Mahomet, and his SuccefTors. Learned Men have publifhed different parts of this curious Author. Gagmer gave us in Arabic and Latin as much of him, as related to Mahomet. This was printed in a thin Folio at Oxford, in the year 1723. The largejl Portion, and from which mod of the fools here related are taken, was publifhed by Reijke, or Reljkius (a very able Scholar) in Latin only, and in- cludes the Hiftory of the Arabians and their Caliphs, from the fir ft year of the Mahometan /Era, An. Dam. 622, to their 406th year, An. Dcm- ioi£. This Book, a moderate or thin Quarto, was printed at Lip- fic, in the year 1754. We have another Portion of a period later jl ill than this, publifhed by Schultens in Arabic and Latin ; a Portion relative to the Life of Saladin, and fubjoined by SibultiM to the Life of that great Prince by Bo~ badin t 33 o PHILOLOGICAL P. III. latcd, and are perufed, even in their Tranflations, both with pleafure aud pro- fit, hadirty which he (Schultens) publiflied. But more of this hereafter. Abulpharacius gave likewife a general Hijlory, divided into nine Dynajlies, but is far more minute and diffufe (as well as Abulfeda) in his Hiftory of Ma- hornet and the Caliphs. , He was a Chriftian, and the Son of a Chriftian Phyfician — was an AJiatic by birth, and wrote in Arabic, as did Abulfeda. He brought down his Hiftory a little below the time of the celebrated Jingez Chan, that is to the middle of the thirteenth Century, the time when he lived. A fine Edition of this Author was given in Arabic and Latin, by the learned Pococie, in two fmall Quartos, at Oxford, 1663. Bohadin wrote the Life of the celebrated Saladin, but more particularly that part of it, which refpects the Crufades, and Saladins taking of Jerufalem. Bo- hadin has many things to render his Hiftory highly valuable : he was a Contemporary Writer ; was an Eye- witnefs of almo/l every Trai/aclion ; and what is more, inftead of being an obfeure Man, was high in office, a favourite of Saladin's, and conjlantly about his per/on. This author flourifhed in the twelfth Century, that is in I N Q^U I R I E 3, 331 fit, as they give not only the outlines of Ch.VI. amazing Enterprifes, but a fample of Manners, and Character, widely differing from our own. No Hiftory perhaps can be more cu- rious than the Life of Saladin by Bo- hadin. This Author was a conftant At- tendant upon the perfon of this great Prince thro' all his active and important in the time of Saladin and King Richard, Saladin s an- tagonift. Bohadin's Hiftory in Arabic and. Latin, with much excellent Erudition, was publifhed in an elegant Fo- lio, by that accurate Scholar, Schultens, at Leyden, in the year 1755. It muft be obferved that, tho' Abulpharagius was a Chrijiian, yet Abulfeda and Bohadin were both Mahometans. All three Hiflorians bear a great refemblance to Plutarch, as they have enriched their Hiftories with fo many ftriking Anecdotes. From Abulpharagius too, and Abulfeda, we have much curious information as to the Progress and Statt if literature in thofe Ages and Countries. Life, 332 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Life, down to his laft Sicknefs, and the very hour of his Death. The many cu- rious Anecdotes, which he relates, give us the {hiking Picture of an Eallern Hero. Take the following Inftance of Sa- ladins Juftice and Affability. " He was in company once with his V intimate Friends, enjoying their con- " verfation apart, the crowd being dif- " mift, when a Slave of fome rank brought " him a petition in behalf of a perfon " opprefl. The Sultan faid, that he was " then fatigued, and wilhed the matter, *' whatever it was, might for a time be " deferred. The other did not attend to " what was dchred, but on the contrary " almoft thruft the petition into the Sul- " tans face. The Sultan on this, open- c * ing and reading it ovei, declared he ct thought the Petitioners Caufe a good " one. I N Q^U I R I E S. 333 " one. — Let then our Sovereign Lord, fays Ch.VT. " the other, Jign it. — There is no Ink- c< Jiandy fays the Sultan (who, being at " that time feated at the Door of his •« Tent, rendered it impoffible for any * c one to enter) »— « You have one, replies * c the Petitioner, in the inner part of your " Tent, (which meant, as the Writer well " obferves, little lefs than bidding the <£ Prince go and bring it himfelf.) The 11 Sultan, looking back and feeing the c< Ink-ftand behind him, cries out, God i( help me, the man fays true, and imme- tc diately reached back for it, and figned " the Inftrument." Here the Hiftorian, who was prefent, fpoke the language of a good Courtier. " God Almighty, faid he, bore this Tefti- " mony to our Prophet, that his Difpofi- " tion was a fublime one : our Sovereign " Lord, I perceive, has a Temper like him, " The Sultan not regarding the ComplU " inent, 334 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. " ment, replied coolly. — The Man did n* harm ; we have difpatched his bujinefs % *' and the Reward is at hand *." After this fatl we (hall the more readily believe Bohadin, when fpeaking of the fame illuftrious perfon, he informs us, that his Converfation was remarkably ele- gant and pleafing -, that he was a perfect matter of the Arabian Families, of their Hiftory, their Rites, and Cuftoms ; that he knew alfo the Genealogies of their Horfes (for which we know that to this hour Arabia is celebrated;) nor was he ignorant of what was rare and curious in the world at large ; that he was parti- cularly affable in his inquiries about the Health of his Friends, their Illnefs, their Medicines, &c. that his Difcourfe was free from all obfcenity and fcandal ; and that * See Bshadin, p. 22. he I N Q^U I R I E S. 535 he was remarkably tender and compaf- Ch.VI. fionate both to orphans and to perfons in years*. I may add from the fame authority an inftance of his Juftice. c< As Bohadin, the Hiftorian, was one " day exercifing at Jerufaletn his office of " a Judge, a decent old Merchant ten- 11 dered him a Bill or Libel of Complaint, *• which he infifted upon having opened. u Who (fays Bohadin) is your Adverfary ? it — My Adverfary, replies the Merchant, " is the Sultan himfelf: but this is the Seat tc °f J u fli ce * an d ' we have heard that you " (applying to Bohadin) are not governed u by regard to Perfons, Bohadin told him " the Caufe could not be decided without •' his Adverfary's being firft apprized. * See Bohadin, p. 28. and at the end of Bohadin, the Excerpta from Abulfeda } p. 62, 63. " The 336 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. " The Sultan accordingly was informed " of the affair; fubmitted to appear; pro-* " duced his WitnefTes ; and, having juftly " defended himfelf, gained the Caufe. " Yet fo little did he refent this Treat- " ment, that he difmift his Antagonift « c with a rich Garment and a Dona* " tion*." His Severity upon occafions was no lefi confpicuous, than his Clemency. We learn from the fame Writer, that Arnold, Lord of Cracha, (called Reginald by M. Paris, and Rainold by Fuller) had thought proper, during the Truce between the Chrijlians and the Saracens, to fall upon the Caravan of Travellers going to Mecca from Egypt, whom he cruelly pillaged and thruft into Dungeons, and when they ap- * See Bobadin, p. 10. pealed I N Q^U I R I E S. 337 pealed to the Truce for better ufage, re- Ch.Vl. plied with fcorn, Let your Mahomet de- liver you, Saladin, fired with indignation at this perfidy, vowed a Vow to difpatch him with his own hand, if he could ever make him prifoner. The Event happened at the fatal Battle of Hittyn, where Guy King of Jerufalem, Arnold, and all the principal Commanders of the Chrifiian Army were taken. Saladin, as foon as his Tent could be erected, in the height of his Feftivity, orders King Guy, his Brother Geoffry, and Prince Arnold into his prefence. As Guy the King was nearly dying for third, Saladin prefented him a delicious Cup, cooled with Snow, out of which the King drank, and then tranfmitted it to Arnold. Tell the King, fays the Sul- tan, turning to his Interpreter, tell him, Z Thou, 33 8 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Thou, King, art He, who ha ft given the Cup to this Man, and not I. Now it is a mo(t admirable Cuftom (ob- ferves BohadinJ among the Arabians, a cuftom breathing their liberal and noble difpofition, that a Captive, the moment he has obtained meat or drink from his Captor, is by that very treatment ren- dered fecure of Life, the Arabians being a people, by whom Hospitality and the generous point of honour is moil fa- credly obferved. The Prifuners, being difmift, were foon remanded, when only the Sultan and a few of his Minifters were left. Arnold was the firft brought in, whom the Sultan reminding of his irreverent Speech, fubjoined, See me now ac~l the part of Mahomet's Avenger. He then offers Arnold to embrace the Mahometan Faith, which he refufing, the Sultan with bis I N Q^U I R I E S. 339 fe0M his drawn fcymitar gave him a ftroke, Ch.VI. that broke the hilt, while the reft of his attendants joined and difpatched him. King Guy thought the fame deftiny was prepared for him. The Sultan however bid him be of good cheer, obferving, that it was not cuflomary for Kings to kill Kings; but that this Man had brought dejlrucliort upon himfclf by p offing the Bounds of all Faith and Honour *. When Princes are victorious, their Ri* gour is often apt to extend too far, efpe* cially where Religion, as in thefe Wars called HolY, blends itfelf with the tranf- adlion. More than fourfcore years before Sa- ladin's time the Crufaders, when they See Bohadin, p. 27. 28. 70. 71. Z 2 took 3|o PHILOLOGICAL P. III. took yerufalem % had murdered every Ma* hornet an they found there*. When Sal a din took Jentfakw y he had at firft meditated putting all the Franks to the fword, as a fort of retaliation for what had been done there by thefe firft Crufaders. However he was perfuaded to change his intention, and fpare them : nay more, after he had turned the reft of their Churches into Mofques, he flill left them one, in which they had Toleration to per- form their worfhipf. After the fatal Battle of Hlttyn^ where Guy and Arnold (as above mentioned) were taken, Sa/adin divided his Prifoners; * See Abulpharagiut, p 243. Matt. Par. in anno IC99. p. 48. Fuller's Holy Warren 13. I. c 24. p. 141. •j- Sec Abulpharagiui, p. 273. BJjad'm, p. 73. Jbulfeda Exerpta, p. 42. Matth. Pari', p. 145. Fullv\ 11. liarre, B. II. c 46. p. ic6. fome I N Q^U I R I E S. 341 fome were fold ; others pnt to death ; Ch.VL and among the laft all the commanders of the Hofpitalers and Templars. On the taking of Ptolemais by the Cru- faders, fome difference arifing between them and Saladin about the Terms of the Capitulation, the Crufaders led the Cap- tive MnjJ'dmans out of the City into a Plain, and there in cold blood murdered three thoufand *. Cujloms in all times, and in all Coun- tries, have a fingular effecT:. When the French AmbaiTadors were introduced to Saladin, he was playing with a fa- vourite Son, by name Elemir. The Child no fooner beheld the Embafiadors with their Faces maved, their Hair cut, * See B;bad:>7, p. 70, for the Templars, and p. 183, for the Mufulmam — alfo Fuller's H. Warre> B. II. c, 45. p. 105. Z 3 and 342 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. and their Garments of an unufual form, than he was terrified, and began to cry. A Beard perhaps would have terrified a Child in France: and yet, if Beards are the gift of Nature, it feems eafier to de- fend the little Arabian*. Bohadin, our Hiftorian, appears to have thought fo, who, mentioning a young Frank of high Quality, defcribes him to be a fine Youth, except that his Face was Jhavcd ; a Mark, as he calls it, by which the Franks are diftin- guifhedf. We cannot quit Saladin, without a word on his Liberality. He ufed to fay, 'twas poffible there might exift a man (and by fuch man 'twas * See Bohadin, p. 270. I See Bohadin, p. 193, fup- INQUIRIES. 343 fuppofed he meant himfelf) who with the Ch.VL fame eye of contempt could look on Riches and on Dirt*. These feem to have been his Senti- ments, when fome of his Revenue- officers were convicted of putting into his Trea- fury Purfes of Brafs for Purfes of Gold. By the rigour of Eaftern Juftice they might have immediately been executed ; but Sa- id Jin did no more than difmifs them from their office f. When his Treafury was fo empty, that he could not fupply his Largeffes, in order to have it in his power, he fold his very furniture J» When his Army was encamped in the Plains of Ptolemais, 'twas computed he * See Bohadirt) p. 13. f See Bshadin, p. 27. t See Bsbadin, 12, 13. Z 4 gave 344 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. gave away no lefs than twelve thoufand Horfes ; nay, 'twas faid he never mounted a Horfe, which was not either given away, or promifed*. Bohadin, whom he employed in moft of his ads of Munificence, relates, that all who approached him, were fenfible of its effects ; nay that he exceeded in his Donations even the unreafonable wilhes of the Petitioners, altho' he was never heard to boaji of any favour that he had conferred \. The effecT: of fnch immenfe Liberality was, that, when he died, out of all the vaft revenues of Egypt, Syria, the Oriental Provinces, and Arabia Felix, there was no more left in his Treafury, than forty * See Bohadin, p. 13. — The fame Book, in the Extract from Abulfeda y p. 62. f See Bohad. p. 13. feven INQUIRIES. 345 feven pieces of Silver, and one of Gold; Ch.Vf. fo that they were forced to borrow money, to defray the expences of his Funeral *. As to the fadts refpe&ing the Weftern Crufaders at this period, and particularly Saladins great Antagoniil, Richard Coeur de Leon, thefe are fubjects referved, till we come to the Latins or Franks, We fhali now fay fomething concerning Arabian Poetry and Works of Invention, adding withal a few more Anecdotes, re- lative to their Manners and C/iaracler. * See Bohadin, p 5. 13. and, in the fame Book, the Extra£ts from Abulfeda, p. 62. — Abulpharagius, p. 277. See Fuller's Character of Saladin, Holy Warre, B. III. ch. 14. as alfo the above Extracts, and Abul- pharagius, both under the fame pages. CHAP, 346 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. CHAP. VII. Arabian Poetry, and Works of Inven- tion — Facls relative to their Manners and Characters. ARABIAN Poetry is fo immenfe a Field, that he, who enters it, is in danger of being loft. 'Twas their fa- vourite ftudy long before the time of Ma- hornet, and many Poems are ftill extant of an earlier TEra*. So much did they value themfelves upon the Elegance of their Compofitions, that they called their neighbours, and more particularly the Per/zans, Barbarians f. It feems un- * See Schultens in his Monumcnta vetufliora Arabia^ Lugd. Bat. 1740, where there will be found Frag- ments of Poetry many Centimes before Mahomet, and fomc faid to be as antient as the days cf S.Lmon. \ Vid. Pocockii Not. in Camum Tcgtai, p. 5. — and Alulfcd. p. 194. fortunate I N Q^U I R I E S. 347 fortunate for thefe laft, that the old Greeks C. VII. mould have diftinguifhed them by the fame appellation -f*. If we reckon among pieces of Poetry not the Metrical only, but thofe alfo the mere efforts of Invention and Imagination^ (fuch as the incomparable Telemachus, of the truly eloquent Fenelon) we may juftly range in this Clafs the Arabian Nights, and the Turkifh Tales. They are valuable not only for exhibiting a pi&ure of Orien- tal manners, during the fplendor of the Caliphate^ but for inculcating in many in- stances a ufeful and inftru&ive Moral, Nothing can be better written than the Tale of Alnafchar, to illuftrate that im- portant part of the Stoic Moral, the fatal confequence of not refijling our Fancies*. They f See //aerates, Plato, Demo/ihenes, &c. * A curious and accurate Verfion of this admirable Tale is printed at Oxford, in a Grammar of the Arabic Lan- i» -■- I 34S PHILOLOGICAL P. II T. They were fond of the Fabulous and Allegorical, and loved to reprefent under that Form the doctrines they mod fa- voured. They favoured no doctrine more than that of each individual's inevitable Dejliny. Let us fee after what manner they conveyed this doctrine. c< They tell us that as Solomon (whom " they fuppofed a Magician from his fu- " perior Wifdom) was one day walking " with a perfon in Pale/line, his Compa- " nion faid to him with fome horror, 41 what ugly Being is that which approaches "■us? I dorit like his Vijage — -fend me, I " pray thee, to the remotejt Mountain of " India." Solomon complied, and the very M moment he was lent off, the ugly Being Language; a Yerfion which gives us too much reafon to lament our imperfect view of thofc other ingenious Fictions, fo ohjiurely transmitted to us thro' a French /Medium . " arrived. I N CLU I R I E S. 349 *« arrived. p. in, Stranger, 352 PHILOLOGICAL PHI. Stranger,/ dare not with diftwnour treat A Stranger, tho a ivorfe, than thou, Jhould come ; For Strangers all belong to Jove — OJW. H. 56. Nor are there wanting other inftances of Refemblance to the age of Homer. When Ibrahim, a dangerous competitor of the Caliph Almanzur, had in a decifive bat- tle been mortally wounded, and his frienda were endeavouring to carry him off, a defperate conflict enfued, in which the Enemy prevailed, overpowered his Friends, and gained what they contended for, the Body of Ibrahim. The refemblance be- tween this Story, and that refpecting the Body of Patroclus, is a fact too obvious, to be more than hinted "*. In an earlier period, when Moawigea (the competitor of the great sllij was preft * Sec Abulfedci, p. 148. in I N Q^U I R I E S. 353 in a battle, and had juft begun to fly, he C.VIL is reported to have rallied upon the (trength of certain verfes, which at that critical in- ftant occured to his memory. The Verfes were thefe, as we attempt to tranflate them. When direful Scenes of Death appear. And f 11 thy fluttering Heart with fear : Say — Heart! be firm', the ftorm endure; For Evils ever find a cure. Their Mem'ry, jhould we fcape, will pleafe -, Or, Jhould we fall, wefleep at eafe*. This naturally fuggefts to every Lover of Homer, what is faid by Ulyjfes. TerXoiQi $vj xgudiT}' >Lj kvvtspov ocXXo 'stot> btXvj^ 'HftctTt tu, ore, x. r. X. O<$uo\ T'. 1 8. Indure it, Heart ; for worfe thou haft in- dured In days of yore, when &c. * Abulfeda, p. 91. A a Such 354 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Such Refemblances, as thefe, prove a probable connection between the manners of the Arabians, and thofe of the antient Greeks. There are other Refemblances, which, as they refpect not only Greek Authors but Roman 9 are perhaps no more than cafual. Thus an Arabian Poet — Horfcs and Wealth we know you've none ; Let then your Eloquence atone For Fortune's failure*— What the Arabian fays of his Friend, Horace fays of himfelf. Donarcm pateras, grataque commodus, Cen/brine, me is &c. Od. L. Another of their Poets has the fol- lowing Sentiment. * Abulfeda^ p. 279. Who I N CLU I R I E S. 355 Who fondly can himfelf deceive, C . V I f . And venture Reafon's rules to leave ; Who dares, thro' ignorance, afpire To that, which no one can acquire ; Tofpotlefsfame, to /olid health, To firm, unalienable, wealth : Each Wijh he forms, will fur ely find A Wijh denied to human kind *. Here we read the Stoic Defcription of Things not in our power, and the confe- quence of purfuing them, as if they were Things in our power, concerning which fatal miftake fee Epicletus, either in the Original, or in Mrs. Carter's valuable Tranflation. The Enchiridion we know begins with this very doctrine. There is a fine Precept among the Arabians — Let him, to whom the Gate * Abulfeda, p. 279. A a 2 of 35 6 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. of Good Fortune is opened^ feize his Oppor- tunity ; for he knoweth not, how foon it may be /hut. Compare this with thofe admired Lines in Shakfpeare— There is a Tide in the affairs of men % Which taken at the flood, &c. Jul. Caef. Ad IV. Sc. 5. Tho' the Metaphors differ, the Senti- ment is the fame*. In the Comment on the Verfes of To- vrai we meet an Arabic Sentiment, which fays, that a Friend is another /elf The fame elegant thought occurs in Ariftotles Ethics, and that in the fame words. "Eg-* yxfi $iAog ocAAog ccvrog. "y. * Bohadin J'it. Salad, p. 73. Of this Work, p. 169. t Ar'i/l. Ethic. Nittm. X. 4. and Not. in Carm. Tograi, p. 25. After I N Q^U I R I E S. 3 57 After the preceding inftances of Ara- C. VII. bian Genius, the following perhaps may give a fample of their Manners and Cha- racter. On a rainy day the Caliph Almotafem happened, as he was riding, to wander from his attendants. While he was thus alone, he found an old Man, whofe Afs, laden with faggots, had juft caft his burden, and was mired in a flough. As the old Man was {landing in a ftate of perplexity, the Caliph quitted his horfe, and went to helping up the Afs. In the name of my father and my mother^ I be- feech thee, fays the old Man, do not fpoil thy cloaths. 'That is nothing to 'Thee, re- plied the Caliph, who, after having helped up the Afs, replaced the faggots, and warned his hands, got again upon his horfe, the old Man in the mean time crying out, G/i Youths may God reward thee I Soon after this the Caliph's com- A a 3 pany 358 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. pany overtook him, whom he generoufly commanded to prefent the old Man with a noble largefs of gold*. To this inftance of Generofity we fub- join another of Refentment. The Grecian Emperors ufed to pay the Caliphs a tribute. This the Emperor Nice- phorus would pay no longer ; and not only that, but requiring the Caliph in a haughty manner to refund all he had received, added that, if he refufed, the Sword mould decide the Controverfy. The Caliph had no fooner read the Letter, than inflamed with rage he infcribes upon the back of it the following anfwer. In the name of the mojl merciful God : from Harwu Prince of the Faithful, to Nicephorus, Dog of the Romans : I have * Jtulplaraoiusy p. 1 66 - read INQUIRIES. 359 read thy Epijlle^ Thou Son of an unbelieving C. VII, Mother : to w/iich f what thou jhalt be- hold, and not what thou Jhalt hear, Jhall ferve for an anfwer. He immediately upon the very day de- camped ; marched as far as Heraclia, and, filling all things with rapine and (laughter, extorted from Nicephorus the performance of his Contract*. The following is an inftance of a calmer Magnanimity, In the middle of the third Century after Mahomet) one Jacub, from being originally a Brazier, had made himfelf Mafler of fome fine Provinces, which he governed at will, tho' profefling (like the Eaftern Governors of later times) a feeming deference to his proper Sovereign. * Abulfeda, p. 166, 167. A a 4 The :6o PHILOLOGICAL P. III. The Caliph, not fatisfied with this ap- L "~" v ' parent fubmiflion, fent a Legate to per- fuade him into a more perfedt obedi- ence. Jacub) who was then ill, fent tor the Legate into his prefence, and there fhewed him three things, which he had prepared for his infpection ; a Sword, fome black Barley Bread, and a Bundle of Onions. He then informed the Legate, that, mould he die of his prefent diforder, the Caliph in fuch cafe would find no farther trouble. But if the contrary mould happen, there could be then no Arbitrator to decide between them, excepting that, pointing to the Sword. He added, that if Fortune mould prove adverfe, mould he be conquered by the Caliph, and (tripped of his pofleflions, he was then refolved to return to his antient frugality, pointing to the Black Bread and the Bundle oj Onions*. * Abulfedd) p. 214. To I N Q^U I R I E S. 361 To former inftances of Munificence we C. VII. add the following, concerning the cele- brated Almamun *. Being once at Damafcus, and in great want of money, he complained of it to his Brother Mottafem. His Brother af- fured him he fhould have money in a few days, and fent immediately for thirty thoufand pieces of Gold from the revenues of thofe Provinces, which he governed in the name of his Brother. When the money arrived, brought by the Royal beafts of burden, Almamun invited Jahia the Son of ABam, one of his favourites, to attend him on horfeback, and view what was brought. They went accord- ingly, and beheld the Treafure arranged in the rlneft order, and the Camels too, which had brought it, richly decorated. The Prince admired both the quantity * See p. 326. Of 362 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. of the money, and the elegance of the ""* r ~""' (how ; and as his Courtiers looked on with no lefs admiration, he bid them be of good cheer. Then turning about to Ja/u'a : O ! Abu Mohammed, fays he, we Jhould be fordid indeed, were we to depart hence with all this money, as if it were fcraped up for ourfelves alone, whiljl our longing friends look on to no purpofe. Call- ing therefore immediately for a Notary, he commands him to write down for fuch a family fo many thoufands ; for fuch a family fo many; and fo on, never flopping till, out of the thirty thoufand pieces, he had given away twenty-four thoufand, without fo much as taking his foot out of the ftirrup*. From Munificence we pafs to another Quality, which, tho' lefs amiable, is not lefs ftriking and popular, I mean Magni- ficence. * Abulfeda, p. 189. The INQUIRIES. 363 The fplendour of the Caliph MoBader % C. VJI. when he received the Ambaffador of the Greek Emperor at Bagdad^ feems hardly credible. We relate it from one of their Hiftorians, precifely as we find it. The Caliph's whole Army both Horfe and Foot were under Arms, which together made a Body of one hundred and fixty thoufand Men. His State-officers flood near him in the mod fplendid apparel, their Belts fhining with Gold and Gems. Near them were feven thoufand Eunuchs j four thou- fand white, the remainder of them black. The Porters or Door-keepers were in num- ber feven hundred. Barges and Boats with the moftfuperb decoration were fwimming on the Tigris. Nor was the Palace itfelf lefs fplendid, in which were hung up thirty-eight thoufand pieces of Tapeftry ; twelve thoufand five hundred of which were of filk, embroidered with gold. The Carpets on the floor were twenty-two thou- »■■«■/ I mt 364 PHILOLOGICAL P. II I. thoufand. An hundred Lions were brought out, with a Keeper to each Lion. Among the other Spe&acles of rare and ftupendous luxury, was a Tree of Gold and Silver, which opened itfelf into eighteen larger branches, upon which, and the other lefs branches, fate Birds of every fort, made alfo of gold and filver. The Tree glit- tered with Leaves of the fame Metals, and while its branches thro* Machinery ap- peared to move of themfelves, the feveral Birds upon them warbled their proper and natural notes. When the Greek AmbafTador was intro- duced to the Caliph , he was led by the Vifir thro' all this Magnificence* '. But befidcs Magnificence of this kind, which was at beft but temporary^ the * A'oulfeda^ p. 237. 'I bi§, accoiding to the Chrijiian ./'•u, happened in the year 917. Caliphs INQUIRIES. 365 Caliphs gave inftances of Grandeur more C. VII. permanent. Some of them provided pub- lic buildings for the reception of Tra- vellers ; fupplied the Roads with Wells and Watering Places; meafured out the diftances by columns of Stone, and efta- blifhed Pofts and Couriers. Others re- paired old Temples, or built magnifi- cent new ones. The provifion of Snow (which in hot Countries is almoft a Ne- ceflary) was not forgotten. Add to this Forums, or public Places for Merchants to affemble ; Infirmaries ; Obfervatories, with proper Inftruments, for the ufe of Aftronomers ; Libraries, Schools, and Col- leges for Students ; together with Socie- ties, inftituted for Philofophical inquiry*. In * Many things are enumerated in this Paragraph, to confirm which we fubjoin the following References among many omitted. For Buildings to accommodate Travellers^ Abvdfed. p. 154. Abalphar. p. 315, 316, For PHILOLOGICAL In the account of the Efcurial Arabic Manufcripts, lately given by the learned Cafiriy it appears that the Public Libraries in Spain, when under the Arabian Princes, were no fewer than feventy : a noble help For Welh upon the Road, Watering-places and Mile- Jlones, Abulfed. p. 154. for Pojls and Couriers, the fame, p. 157. 283. For Temples, Abulfed. p. 125. Abulpbar. p. 210, 3*5' 3 l6 - For Snow, Abulfed. p. 154. Abulpbar. p. 261. Bohadin, p. 70. ¥ or Infirmaries, Abulpbar. p. 210. 343. For Obfervatories, Public Schools, &c. Abulpbar. p. 216. For Learned Societies, Abulpbar. p. 217. Abul- fed. p. 181, 182, 183. 210. 274. Bohadin Fit. Salad. p. 25. Among their Philofophical Transactions was a Mcnfuration of the Earth's Circumference, made by order of the Caliph Almamun, which they brought to about twenty-four thoufand Miles. this INQUIRIES. 367 this to Literature, when Copies of Books C. VII. were fo rare and expenfive*. A tranfa&ion between one of the Caliph of Bagdad's Ambafladors and the Court of Conjlantinople, is here fubjoined, in or- der to illuftrate the then Manners both of the Ambaflador and the Court. As this Court was a remnant of the an- tient Imperial one under the Cafars, it ftill retained (as was natural) after its dominions were fo much leflened, an at- tachment to that Pomp and thofe minute Ceremonials, which in the zenith of its Power it had been able to enforce. 'Twas an AfFeclion for this fiiadow of Grandeur, when the fubftance was in a manner gone, that induced the Emperor Conftantine Por- * Vid. Biblioth. Arabia- Hi/pan. Vol. II. p. 71. Matritiy 1770. phyrogenitus 368 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. phyrogenltus to write no lefs than a large Folio Book upon its Ceremonials *. Twas in confequence of the fame principles, that the above Ambaffador, tho* coming from the Caliph^ was told to make a humble obeifance, as he ap- proached the Grecian Emperor. This the Ambaffador (who had his national pride alfo) abfolutely refufing, it was in- genioufly contrived, that he (hould be introduced to the Emperor thro' a door fo very low, as might oblige him, how- ever unwillingly, to make the Obeifance required. The Ambaffador, when he ar- rived, no fooner faw the door, than he comprehended the contrivance, and with great readinefs turned about, and entered the Room backward*)". * See before, p. 299. f Abulpbar. Wi I N Q^U I R I E S. 369 We have faid little concerning eminent C.VIL Arabians during this period in Spain. Yet that we may not be wholly filent, we (hall mention one fact concerning Averroes, the famous Philofopher and Lawyer, who was born at Corduba in th<* eleventh Century. As he was lecturing one day in the Col^ lege of Lawyers, a Slave, belonging td one who was his Enemy, came and whif- jpered him. Averroes turning round, and faying; well', well, the company be- lieved the Slave had brought him a nief- fage from his matter. The next day the Slave returned, implored his pardon, and publicly confefTed that, when he whifpered him, he had fpoken a flander. God for- give thee, replied Averroes; Thou haft publicly Jhewn me to be a patient man $ and as for thy injury ', 'tis not worthy of no- tice. Averroes after this gave him money, adding withal this monition * B b What 370 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. What thou haji done to Me, do not do to ~'~ J another*. And here, before we conclude this Chapter, we cannot help confefiing that the Fatfs, we have related, are not always arranged in the ftricl: order of Chrono- logy* The Modes indeed o£ Hijiory (if thefe Chapters merit that name) appear to be different. There is a Mode which we may call Hiftorical Declamation ; a Mode, where the Author, dwelling little upon FacJs, indulges himfelf in various and copious Ref.eclidtis. Whatever Good (if any) may be de- rived from this Method, it is not likely to give us much Knowledge of Fach. ! Fabric. Biblloth.Grat. T. XIII. p. 283, 284. Another t U Q_tF I R I E S. 371 Another Mode Is that, which I call Ge- C. VII. neral or rather Public Hiftory; a Mode, abundant in Faffs, where Treaties and Alliances, Battles and Sieges, Marches and Retreats are accurately retailed; to- gether with Dates, Defcriptions, Tables, Plans, and all the collateral helps both of Chronology and Geography. In this, no doubt, there is Utility; Yet the famenefs of the Events refembleS not a little the Samenefs of Human Bo- dies. One Head, two Shoulders, two Legs, &c. feem equally to chara&erife an European and an African ; a native of old Rome, and a native of Modern. A third Species of Hiftory (till behind is that, which gives a fample of Senti- ments and Manners. If the account of thefe lajl be faithful j it cannot fail being inftruclive, fince we view thro' thefe the interiour oj human Na- il b 2 ture. 37 2 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. ture. 'Tis by thefe we perceive what fort of animal Man is ; fo that while not only Europeans are diftinguifhed from Afiatics, but Englijh from French, French from Ita- lians, and {what is flill more) every indi- vidual from his neighbour : we view at the fame time one Nature, which is com- mon to them alL Horace informs us that a Drama, where the Sentiments and Manners are well preferved, will pleafe the Audience more than a Pompous Fable, where they are wanting*. Perhaps, what is true in Dra- matic Compofition, is not lefs true in HiJ- iorical. Plutarch, among the Greek Hifto- rians, appears in a peculiar manner to have merited this praife. So likewifc Bo- il a din among the Arabians, and to Him * Sup. p. 212. in the Note. we I N QJJ I R I E S. 373 we add Abul-pharagius, and Abul- C. VII. fed a, from whom fo many fads in thefe Chapters are taken. Nor ought I to omit (as I fhall foon refer to them) fome of our beft Monkish Historians, tho' prone upon occafion to degenerate into the incredible. As they often lived during the times which they defcribed, 'twas natural they fhould paint the life and the manners, which they f aw. A single Chapter more will finifh all we have to fay concerning the Arabians. B b 3 CHAP. PHILOLOGICAL CHAP. VIII. Arabians favoured Medicine and Asr trology — faffs, relative to theft two fubje&s — they valued Knowledge, but had no Ideas of civil Liberty '—the mean Exit of their laft Caliph ? Mqstassem— End of their Empire in Asia, and in Spain — their prefent wretched degeneracy in Africa — an Anecdote, THE Arabians favoured Medicine and Astrology, and many of their Princes had Profeflbrs of each fort ufually near their perfons. Self-Love, a natural Paflion, led them to refpect the Art of Healing; Fear, another natural Paffion, made them anxious to know the Future, and Superjlition believed there were men, who, by knowing the Stars, could dis- cover it. We INQUIRIES. 375 We fhall firft fay fomething concerning C.VIU. Medicine*, which we are forry to couple w " ni * with fo futile an impofture. 'Tis commonly fuppofed that the Prt- fcriber of Medicines, and the Provider, that is to fay in common words, the Phy~ ftcian and the Apothecary, were charac- ters anciently united in the fame perfon. The following fact proves the contrary, at leaft among the Orientals. In an Army commanded by Aphjhen, an Officer of the Caliph Al-MotaJJ'em, it happened that Aphflnn and the Army Phy- fician, Zacharias, were difcourfing toge- ther. / affert, fays Zacharias, you can fend for nothing from an Apothecary, hut, whether he has it or has it not, he will affirm that he has. Aphjhin, willing to make the trial, bids them bring him a catalogue of unknown people, and tranfcribing out of it * Abulphar. p. 160. B b 4 about 376 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. about twenty of their names, fends Mef- (engers to the Apothecaries to provide him thofe Medicines. A few confeft they knew no fuch medicines -, others affirmed they k?iew them we//, and taking the money from the MefTengers, gave them fomething out of their fhops. JlphJ/rin upon this, called them together, permitted thofe, who faid they knew nothing of the Medicines, to remain in the Camp, and commanded the refl that inftant to de- part *. The following flory is more inte- refting. The Caliph, Mottawakke/t, had aPhyfi- cian belonging to him, who was a Chris- tian, named Hona'in. One day, after fome other incidental converfation, I would have t/iee, fays- the Caliph, teach me a Prefcription, by which I may take off' any f Abulpbar. p 167. Enemy I N Q^U I R I E S. 377 'Enemy I pleafe, and yet at the fame time CVJIJ. // Jhould never be difcovered. Honu'in, de- clining to give an anfwer, and pleading ignorance, was imprifoned. Being brought again, after a year's interval, into the Caliph's prefence, and (till perfifting in his ignorance, tho' threatened with death, the Caliph fmiled upon him and faid, Be of good cheer, we were only willing to try thee, that we might have the greater confidence in thee. As Hondin upon this bowed down and killed the Earth, What hindered thee, fays the Caliph, jrom granting our requeft, when thou f aw eft us appear Jo ready to perform what we had threatened? 'Two things, replied Hondin, my Religion, and my Profession: My Religion, which com- mands me to do good to my Enemies; my Profession, which was purely injlituted for the benefit of Mankind. Two noble Laws, 37 8 PHILOLOGICAL p. III. Laws, faid the Caliph, and immediately prefented him (according to the Eaftern Ufage) with rich garments and a lum of money *. The fame Caliph was once fitii. upon a Bench with another of /lis i nyiicians, named Baclijh, who was d reft in a Tunic of rich filk, but which happened on the edge to have a fmall Rent. The Caliph, entering into difcourfe with him, conti- nued playing with this rent, till he had made it reach up to his girdle. In the courfe of their converfation, the Caliph afked him, How he could determine* when a Per/on was Jo mad, as to require being bound? — We bind Him, replies Bacli/h, when things proceed to that extremity, that he tears the Tunic of his Physician up to the girdle. The Caliph fell backward in a fit of laughing, and ordered BacJi/h (as * dh'pbarag. p. 1-72, 173. he I N Q^U I R I E s. 379 fie had ordered Hondin)^ Prefent of rich C.VIIL Garments, and a Donation in Money t, V"""* — J That fuch Freedom of Conversation was not always checked, may appear from the following, as well as the preceding Narrative. The Caliph, Al- wathick, was once rim- ing with a rod and line, upon a Raft in the River Tigris. As he happened to ,catch nothing, he turned about to his Phyfician John, the Son of Mifna, then fitting near him, and faid a little iharply, Thou unlucky fellow, get thee gone. Com- mander of the Faithful, replies his Phyfi- cian, fay not what is abfurd. That John, the Son of Mifna, whofe Father was an. cbfcure Man, and whofe Mother was pur- chafed for a few pieces of Silver ; whom Fortune has fo far favoured, that he has f Jtbulpharog* p. 171. been 3 8o PHILOLOGICAL P. III. been admitted to the fociety and familiarity of Caliphs ; who is fo overpowered with the good things oj life ', as to have obtained from them that, to which even his hopes did not a/pire; that He (I fay) Jhould be an un- lucky fellow, is fur ely fome thing mojl abfurd.— However, if the Commander of the Faith- ful would have me tell him, who is un- lucky, 1 will inform him. — And who is he, fays the Caliph ? — The Man, replied John, who being fprung from four Caliphs, and being then raifed thro God to the Caliphate himself, can leave his Caliphate and his Palaces, and in the middle of the Tigris fit upon a paultry raft twenty cubits broad, and as many long, without the leaf af fur a nee that a for my blafi may not fink him; refembling too by his employ the pooref, the worft jelhws in the world, I mean Fifher- tnen. The I N Q^U I R I E S. 3 8t The Prince on this fingular difcourfe QVlIf, only remarked — My Companion I find is moved, if my prefence did not rejirain him** Another inftance of lenity I muft not omit, tho' in a later period, and in an- other Country. When Al-azis was Sul- tan of Egypt, a Poet there wrote a fcan- dalous inve&ive upon Him and his Vizir \ The Vizir complained and repeated the Verfes to Al-azis, to whom the Sultan thus replied : I perceive, fays he, that in this mveffiive X have my JJjare along with You: in pardoning it, you fia/i have your fiare along with Me'*)*. We are now, as we promifed, to men- tion Astrology, which feems to have been connected in its origin with AJlro- nomy. Philofophers, men of veracity, * Abulpharag. p. 168. f Abulpharag. p. 219. ftudied 382 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. ftudied the Heavenly Bodies ; and 'twas upon their labours, that Impoflors built Ajlrology. The Following Facts however, notwith- standing its temporary credit, feem not much in its favour. When Al-wathick (the Caliph^ whom we have juft mentioned) was dangeroufly ill, he fent for his Aftro/ogers, one of whom, pretending to inquire into his deftiny, pronounced that from that day he would live fifty years. He did not however live beyond ten days *. A few years after, the fame Pretenders to Prediction faid, that a vafl: number of ■ Countries would be deftroyed by floods; that the Rains would be immenfe, and * dbulpharag. p. 16S. th| i n :q^u i r i e s. 3 g 3 the Rivers far exceed their ufual bounda- C.VTft. nes. Men began upon this to prepare; to expect Inundations with terror; and to betake themfelves into places, which might protect them by their altitude. The Event was far from correfponding either to the threats of the Prophets, or to the fears of the Vulgar. The Rain that feafon was fo remarkably fmall, and fo many Springs and Rivers were abforbed by the Drought, that Public Supplications for Rain were many times made in the City of Bagdad*. We muft however confefs that not- withstanding thefe and many other fuch failures, JJirologers ftill maintained their * Jbulpbarag, p, i8r. Abulftda, p. 222. ground. 384 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. ground, gained admittance for many years into the Courts of thefe Princes* and were confulted by many, who appear not to have wanted abilities* As the Weft of Europe learnt Ajironomy from thefe Arabians, fo Astrology ap- pears to have attended it, and to have been much efteemed during Centuries not re- mote, thro' Germany -, Italy, France, &c. Even fo late as the days of Cardinal Mazarine, when that Minifter lay on his death-bed, and a Comet happened to ap- pear, there were not wanting Flatterers to infinuate, that it had reference to Him, and his deftiny. The Cardinal anfwered them with a manly pleafantry — " Mef- " fieurs, la Comet e me fait trop dhon- u neur*." * BayJgy fur la Omtie. w* I N Q^U I R I £ S. 385 We cannot quit thefe Orientals without C.VIII. abfervjng that, tho' they eagerly coveted the fair Fruit of Knowlege, they appear %q have had little reli£b for the fairer Fruit of Liberty. This valuable Plant feems to have rarely flounfhed beyond the bounds of Europe, and feldom even there, but in particular region?. It has appeared indeed from the fa<3s already alleged, that thefe Eajiern Princes often fliewed many eminent Virtues ; the Virtues f mean of Candour, Magnanimity, Affability, Companion, Liberality, Juftice, and the like. But it does not appear, that either they or their fubjeSis ever quitted thofe ideas of Defpotifm and Servitude, which during all ages appear to have been the Charafterijlic of Oriental Dominion. As all things human naturally decay, fo; after a period of more than five Centu- ries, did the illuftrious race of the Abas- C c SIDJE. 386 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. sidje. The laft reigning Caliph of that Family, Al-Moftaffem, wafting his time in idlenefs and luxury, and that without the leaft Judgment, or Confiftency in the conduct of his Empire ; when he was told of the formidable approach of the Tartars, and how neceflary it was, either to footh them by Submiflion, or to oppofe them by Force, made, in anfwer to this advice, the following mean reply — For Me Bag- dad fuffices-, which they will not furely think too much, if 1 yield them the other Pro- vinces. 7 hey will not invade me, while I remain there ; for this is my Man/ion, and the place of my abode. Little did thefe poor Sentiments avail. Bagdad foon after was taken, and he him- ielf, having bafely afked p^rmiflion to approach the Tartar Prince, appeared, and offered him difhes, filled with Pearls and precious Stones. Thefe the Tartar diftri- buted among his Attendants, and a few days INQUIRIES. 387 days after put the unhappy Caliph to C-VIIF. death *. Wl » " ■* Bagdad being loft, by this fatal Event the Dignity and Sovereignty of the Caliphs were no more. The Name indeed remained in Egypt under the Mamlucs, but it was a name merely of Honour ; as thofe other Princes were abfolute. It even continued in the fame Family to the time of Selim, Emperor of the Turks. When that Emperor in 1520 con- quered Egypt, and deflroyed the Mamlucs, he carried the Caliph, whom he found there, a Prifoner to Conjiantincple. 'Twas partly in this laft City, and partly in Egypt that this Caliph, when degraded, * Abulpharag. p. 318, 337, 338, 339. Thefe Events happened in the middle of the thirteenth Cen- tury. C c 2 lived 3B8 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. lived upon a Pennon. When he died, the Family of the AbassiDjE, once fo illuf- trious, and which had borne the Title of Caliph for almoft eight hundred years, funk with Him from Obfcurity into Obli- vion*. Whf/n the Tartars and the Turks had extinguifhed the Sovereignty of thefe Arabians in the Eaft, and the Defendants of the antient Spaniards had driven therh out of Spain, the remainder in Africa foon degenerated ; till at length under the celebrated Muly Ismael, in the beginning of this Century, they funk into a State of Ignorance, Barbarity, and abject Servi- * See the Supplement of that excellent Scholar, Pococke, to his Edition of Abulpharagius. In this Sup- plement we have a fhort bvit accurate Account of the Caliphs who fucceeded Mojiq/Jim^ even to the time of their Extinction. See alfo I Ifr helot's BVolUth. OfientaU, under the Word Abajftdes, ^vith the feveral references to other Articles in the fame Work. tude, I N Q^U I R I E S. 389 tude, hardly to be equalled either in an- C.VIII. tient or in modern Hiftory. But I fay nothing concerning them during this unhappy Period. That which I have been treating, tho- in Chronology a middle Period, wa6 to them, in many re- fpe&s, a truly Golden one. I conclude this Chapter with the fol- lowing Anecdote, fo far curious, as it proves that, even in our own Century, the Tafte among the Orientals for Philofbphy was not totally extinguifhed. In the year 1721 a Turkifh Envoy came to the Court of France. As he was a Man of Learning, he fearched thro' Paris (tho' in vain) for the Commentary of Averroes upon Arifiotle, a large Work in Latin, containing five Folio Volumes, printed at Venice by the Junta, in the years 1552, 1553- It happened that, vi- C c 3 fiting 39© PHILOLOGICAL P. III. fiting the King's Library, he faw the Book he wanted ; and feeing it, he could not help exprefling his ardent wifh to poflfefs it. The King of France^ hearing what had happened, ordered the Volumes to be magnificently bound, and pre- fented him by his Librarian, the Abbe Bignon*, * Vid. Reimanni Hifltr. Atbeifmi et Atheorum> 8vo. V- 537- CHAP. I N CLU I R I E S. 391 CHAP. IX. Concerning the Latins or Franks — Bede, Alcuin, Joannes Erigena, &c. Gerbertus or Gibertus, tra- velled to the Arabians in Spain for im- provement — fuf peeled of Magic — this the misfortune of many fuperior Geniufes in dark Ages; of Bacon, Petrarch, Faust, and others — Erudition of the Church; Ignorance of the Laity — Ingulphus, an Engli/hman, educated in the Court of Edward the Confejfor — attached himfelf to the Duke of Nor- mandy'-— accomplice dChar after of Qu een Egitha, Wife of the Confejfor — Plan of Education in thofe Days — the Places of Study> the Authors Jiu- died — Canon Law, Civil Law, Holy War, Inquifition — Troubadours — Wil- liam of Poicton — Debauchery, Cor- ruption, and Avarice of the Times-— C C 4 WlL- 39* PHILOLOGICAL [*• William the Conqueror, his Cha- racter and T&fte — -his Sons, Rufus and Henry — little Incidents concerning them — Hildebert, a Port vf tht ti)ties~ Jine Verfes of his quoted, IPafs now to another Race, the La- tins, or Inhabitants of Western Europe, who in this middle age Were often by the Arabians, their Contempo- raries, called Franks. Ignorance was their general Charac- ter, yet Individuals we except in the enu- meration, which follows. Bede, called the Venerable from his re- fpe&able Character, was an EngHJJman-, was born in the feventh Century, but flourifhed in the eighth ; and left many Works, Critical, Hiftorical, and Theolo- gical, behind him. Alcuin IN Q^U I R I E S. 393 Alcuin (fometimes called Aku'mm, Ch.IX. fometimes Flacats Attinus) was BtdJs Difciple, and like him an Englifbman. He was famous for having been Preceptor to Ckurkmagm, and much in his Favour for many years*. Joannes Erigena, a Native of Scot- land, and who about the fame period, or a little later lived fometimes in France, and fometimes in England, appears to have underftood Greek, a rare accomplifh- ment for thofe Countries ia thofe days. It is related of him, that when he was once fitting at table over againft the Em- peror, Charles the Bald, the Emperor * The Grammatical Works of thefe two, together with thofe of other Grammarians, were published in Quarto by Putfchius, at Hanover, in the year 1605. Thofe, who would learn more concerning them, may confult Fabricim and Cave. afked 394 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. afked him — How far diftant a Scott was from a Sott ? — As far, Sir, replied he, as the Table s length *. A Treatife of his, which appears to be Metaphyseal, intitled De Divifione Na- tural, was printed in a thin Folio at Ox- ford, in the year 1681. Adelard, a Monk of Bath, for the fake of Mathematical Knowlege travelled into Spain, Egypt, and Arabia, and trans- lated Euclid out of Arabic into Latin, about the year 1 1 30. Robert of Re ad- * Jn the original, taken from Roger de Hoveden, Jnnai pan prior, it is — Quid dijlmt inter Sotum et Scotum ? — The Anfwer was — Tabula tantum. We have tranflated Sotum, Sott, in order to preferve the Emperor's dull Pun, tho' perhaps not quite agreeably to its proper meaning. The word Scotum plainly decides the Country of this learned man, which fome feem, without rea- son, to have doubted. ING, -y— ■ -> INQUIRIES. 395 ing, a Monk, travelled into £/W# on the Ch. IX. fame account, and wrote about the year 1143*. They found, by fatal experience, that little Information was to be had at home, and therefore ventured upon thefe peri- lous journies abroad. Gerbertus or Gibertus, a Native of France, flourifhed a little before them in the tenth Century, called, (tho' not on his account) Sceculum obfeurum, the dark Jlge. His ardent Love for Mathematical Knowlege carried Him too from his own Country into Spain, that he might there learn Science from the learned Arabians* After an uncommon proficiency in the Mathematics, and after having re- * See WallWi Preface to his Algebra^ Fol. Lond. »68 5 . p. 5. commended 396 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. commended himfelf for his Learning and Abilities both to Robert, King of France^ and to the Emperor Otho, he became firft Archbifhop of Rheims, then of Ravenna, and at length Pope, by the name of Syl- vester the Second. His three capital Preferments being at Rheims, Ravenna, and Rome, each begin- ning with an R, gave occafion to the fol- lowing barbarous Verfc — Tranjit ab R Gerbertus ad R, poft Papa viget R*. 'Tis fingular that not his Sacerdotal, nor even his Pontifical Character could fcreen him from the imputation of Magic, in- curred merely, as it mould feem, from his fuperior Ingenuity. * See Brown's Fafciculus rerum expetendar. et fu- giendar. Veil. It. p. 83, A Bifliop I N CLU I R I E S. 397 A Bifliop Othoy who lived in the next Ch.lX. Century, gravely relates of him, that he obtained the Pontificate by wicked Arts* for in his youth, when he was nothing more then a (imple Monk, having left his Monaftery, he gave himfelf up wholly to the Devil) on condition he might obtain that, which he defired. Soon after this, the fame Hiflorian, having given an account of his gradual Rife, fubjoins — that at length, by the Devil's help, he was made Roman Pontiff, but then it was upon CompacJ, that after his deceafe, he mould wholly in Body and Soul belong to Him, thro' whofc frauds he had acquired fo great a Dignity*. A Car- * Hie (fcilicet Gerbertus) matis artibus Pontifica- ium obtinuit^ eo quod ab adolefcentla, cum Monacbus ejjet, reliclo Mcnajierio, fe totum Diaboh obtulit, modo quod optabat obtineret. — And foon after, a fhort narrative eff his Rife being given, the Hiftorian fubjoins— Poftumo Romanus PHILOLOGICAL A Cardinal Benno, of nearly the fame age with this Bifhop Otho, fpeaking of the fame great man (Gerbertus I mean) informs us, his Demon had aflured him, that he mould not die, till he had cele- brated Mafs at Jerufalem — that Gerbertus, miftaking this for the City fo called, un- warily celebrated Mafs at Rome^ in a Church called JerufaleW) and, being de- ceived by the 'Equivocation of the Name, met a fudden and a wretched end*. As to thefe Stories, they are of that vagabond fort, which wander from Age to Age, and from Perfon to Perfon; which find their way into the Hiftories of diftant periods, and are fometimes transferred from Hi/lories to the "Theatre. Romanus Pontifex Diabolo adjuvante fuit conjlitutus \ hJc tamen ltge y ut poji ejus obi turn tslui illius in anima et corpore ejfit^ cujus fraudibus tantam adept us ejftt dignitatem. See Hifhop Oi ho, in Brown's Fafdcuius y jull quoted, V. II. p. 88. • See the fame Fafricul. p. 88. The INQUIRIES. 399 The Jerusalem Tale may be found Ch.lX. in Shakfpeares Henry the Fourth ; and for the Compact, we have all feen it in the Pantomine of Dr. Faust us. One thiug we cannot but remark: the dull Contemporaries of thefe fuperior Ge- niufes, not fatisfied with referring their Superiority to Pre-eminence merely natu- ral recurred abfurdly to Power fuperna- tural, deeming nothing lefs could fo far exceed themfelves. Such was the Cafe of the able Scholar juft mentioned. Such, fome centuries af- terward, was the Cafe of Roger Bacon, of Francis Petrarch, of John Faust, and many others. Bacon's Knowlege of dalles, and of the Tele/cope in particular, made them ap- ply to Him literally, what Virgil had faid poetically — Carmina vel Ctelo pojfunt deducere Lunam. VlR- PHILOLOGICAL Virgil himfelf had been foolimly thought a Magician* and therefore, be- caufe Petrarch was delighted with the ftudy of fo capital an author, even Pei- trarch alfo was fufpe&ed of Magic. For John Fau6T, as he was either the Inventor, or among the firft Pra&ifere of the Art of Printing, 'tis no wonder the ignorant vulgar mould refer to Diabolical Afliftance a Power, which multiplied Books in a manner to them fo incompre- henfible. This Digreflion has led us to Ex- amples rather againft Chronological Order-, tho' all of them included within that Age, of which we are writing *. For the * Bacon lived in the thirteenth Century; Pe- trarch, in the fourteenth-, Faust, in the fifteenth. See a curious Book of Gabriel Naude, a karned French- man of the laft Century, imitlcd A polo gie four Us grand Hommest at tu fees dt IM A G I k . honour I N a U I R I E S. 4 o, honour too of the Church, thefe faljly Ch IX. accufed Geniufes were all of them Eccle- /tajiks. Indeed the reft of Wefiern Eu- rope was in a manner wholly barbarous, compofed of ignorant Barons, and their more ignorant VaJJ'ah ; men like Homer s Cimmerians, With Fog and Cloud envelop' d - - From thefe we pafs, or rather go back, to Ingulphus, an Eccleftajlic, and an Hiftorian> valuable for having lived during an interesting Time, and in interefting Places. He was by birth an Englifhman, and had been educated in the Court of Edward the Confejfor ; went thence to the Court of the Duke of Normandy,, to whofe favour he was admitted, and there preferred. Some time after this, when the fucce'fsful Ex- D d peditien 402 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. pedition of that Duke had put him in "" v "~" pofTeflion of the Crown of England, the Duke (then William the Conquer or J re- called him from 'Normandy ; took him into favour here, and made him at length Abbot of Croyland, where he died advanced in years *. Ingulphus tells us, that King Ed' ward's Queen, Egitha, was admirable for her Beauty, her literary Accomphjlj- mentSy and her Virtue. He relates, that being a Boy he fre- quently faw Queen Egitha, when he vi- fited his Father, in King Edward's Court; — that many times when he met her, as he was coming from School, fhe ufed to difpute with him about his Learning, and * See Ingulphus 's Hi/lory, in the Preface to the Oxford Edition of the year 1684. See alfo p. 75, of the Work itfclf. his t N CLU I R i E S. 403 his Verfes— that me had a peculiar plea- Ch.IX* fure to pafs from Grammar to Logic, in which fhe had been inftrucled; and that, when fhe had entangled him there with fome fubtle Conclufion, fhe ufed to bid one of her Attendants give him two or three pieces of money, and carry him to the Royal Pantry, where he was treated with a Repaft*. As to the Manners of the times, he tells us, that the whole Nation began to lay afide the EngKJh Cujloms, and in many things to imitate the Manners of the French-, all the Men of Quality to fpeak the Gallic Idiom in their Houfes, as a high ftrain of Gentility ; to draw their Charters and public Inftruments after the manner of the French; and in thefe and many other things to be ajhamed of their own Cu/lomsf. * See the Tame Jngulpbm, p. 62. t See the fame Author, in the fame page. D d 2 Some 404 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Some years before the Conqueft, the Duke of Normandy (whom Ingulphus calls inofi illujlrious and glorious) made a vifit to England, attended with a grand retinue. King Edward received him ho- nourably, kept him a long while, carried him round to fee his Cities and Cajlles, and at length fent him home with many rich Prefents*. Ingulphus fays, that at this time Duke William had no hopes of the SucceJJion, nor was any mention made of it j yet confidering the Settlement of the Crown made upon him foon afterward, and the Pveception he then found, this mould hard- ly feem probable. King Edward, according to Ingul- phus, had great merit in remitting the * See the fame Author, p. 65. 68. Dane- INQUIRIES. 405 Dane-gelt, that heavy Tax impoftd Ch.IX. upon the people by the Danijh UJ'urpers^ his immediate Predeceflbrs *. As to Literary Matters, it has appeared that the Queen, befides the ufual Accomplifhments of the times, (which fhe undoubtedly pofleir) had been inftru&ed alfo in fuperior forts of Know- lege. She may be fuppofed therefore to have furpaft, not only her own Court, but perhaps other Courts Jince, as they have feldom more toboaft, than the faihion- able Polifli. For the Literary Qualifications of our Hijiorian himfelf, we perceive fome- thing of his Education in what we have already quoted from him. He is more particular afterwards, when he tells that he was fir ft bred at Wejiminjier, and then * See the fame Author, p. 65. D d 3 lent 4 o6 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. fent to Oxford — that in the fir ft he learnt Grammar^ in the laft he fludied Arijlotle and the Rhetoric of Cicero : — that finding himfelf fuperior to many of his Contem- poraries, and difdaining the littlenefs of his own Family, he left home, fought the Palaces of Kings and Princes, &c. &c. 'Twas thus that, after a variety of Events, he became Secretary to the Duke of Nor- mandy, afterwards V/illiam the Conqueror, and fo purfued his Fortune, till he became Abbot of Croyland*. We fhall only remark on this Narra- tive, that Westminster and Oxford feem to have been defined to the fame pur- , pcfes then, as now ; that the Scholar at Westminster was to begin, and at Ox- ford was io finifh ; a Flan of Education which ftill exifts ; which is not eai'y to * Sec the {*rc\t Author, p. 73. 75. \>c "*■■ ■" \^*-m^4 I N CL U I R I £ S. 4o; be mended; and which can plead fo an- Ch.IX. tient and fo uninterrupted a Prefcription. Nearly the fame time a Monk, by name Gratian, colleding the numerous Decrees of Popes and Synods, was the firft who publifhed a Body of Canon Law* 'Twas then alfo, or a little earlier, that Amalfi, a City of Calabria, being taken by the Pifans, they difcovered there by chance an original MS. of Jujlinian'* Code, which had^been in a manner un- known from the time of that Emperor f. This curious Book was brought to Pi/a, and, when Pi/a was taken by the Floren- tines, was transferred to Florence, and there has continued even to this day. * This happened in the year 1157. See Duck D.e Aucloritate Juris Civilis Romanor. p. 66. 88. Edit. Lond. 1679. t See the fame author, p 66.— Amalfi was taken by the Pifans in the year 1 127. D d 4 And 4 o8 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. And thus it was that by fin gular for- tune the Civil and Canon Law, having been about the fame time promulged, gra- dually found their way into mod of the Wejiern Governments, changing more or leis their Municipal Laws, and changing with thofe Laws the very forms of their Constitutions. 'Twas foon after happened that wild Enthufiafm y which carried fo many thou- fands from the Weft into the Eaji, to pro- fecute what was thought, or at leaft called a Holy War *. After the numerous Hiftories antient and modern of thefe Crusades, it would be fuperfluous to fay more, than to ob- fcrve that, by repeating them, men ap- * It began in the year 1O95. See Fuller's Holy Worn, Book I ch. 8 William of Malwjbury, Lib. IV, c. 2. among the Saiptores pojl Bedam, pear INQUIRIES. 409 pear to have grown worfe ; to have be- Ch.IX. come more lavage, and greater barba- rians. It was fo late as during one of the laft of them, that thefe Crufaders facked the Chrijiian City of Conftantinople *, and that while thefe were committing unheard- of cruelties in that Capital of Chriftendom^ another party of them, nearer home, were employed in maflacring the innocent Al- bigeois j*. So great was the zeal of Extirpation, that when one of thefe home Crufades was going to ftorm the City of Bezieres, a City filled with Catholics, as well as * In the year 1 204. See the fame Fuller, B. III. chap. 17. and Nicetas the Choniate, already quoted at large, from p. 300 to p. 313. f The Crufades againft them began in the year 1206 ; the Maffacres were during the whole courfe of the war; fee Fuller's H. Wane, B. III. from chap. 18 to ch. 22. efpecially chap. 21. and Mofheims Church Hi/lory, under the article Albigenfes. Heretics, 4 io PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Heretics, a fcruple arofe that, by fuch a meafure, the Good might perifh as well as the Bad. Kill them all, faid an able Soph iff. — kill them ally and God will know his own *. To difcover thefe Albigcois, the home Crufades were attended by a Band of Monk?) whofe bufinefs was to inquire after Offenders, called Heretics. When the Crufade was finifhed, the Monks, like the Dregs of an empty VefTel, dill re- mained, and deriving from the Crufade their Authority, from the Canon haw their judicial Forms, became by thefe two (I mean the Crufade and Canon haw) that formidable Court, the Court of Inqui- 6ITION. But in thefe latter events we rather anticipate, for they did not happen, till * Tuez. Its izus : Dim connoit ceur, qui font a lui. llilloii'c de Troubadours, Vol I. p. 193, the I N Q^U I R I E S. 411 the beginning of the thirteenth Century, Ch.IX. whereas the firft Crufade was towards the End of the eleventh *. About the beginning of the eleventh Century, and for a Century or two after, flourifhed the Tribe of Troubadours, or Provencal Poets f, who chiefly lived in the Courts of thofe Princes, that * In the year 1C95 or 1096. — Fuller's H Warre, f. 21. And William of Malmejbury, before quoted, p. 409. 'Tis to be remarked, that thefe two Events, I mean the facking of ConJIantinople, and the MaiTacres of the Albigeoisy happened more than a hundred years after this Holy War had been begun, and after its more fplendid Parts were pajl, that is to fay, the taking oijerufalem^ the eftablifhment of a Kingdom there, (which lafted eighty years) and the gallant Efforts of Coeur de Leon againft Saladin. All againft the Sara- cens, that followed, was languid, and, for the greater part of it, adverfe. t See a Work, 3 Vol. nmo. intitled, Hifloire Litterairede Troubadours, printed at Pans 1774, where there is an ample detail both of them, and their Poems. had 4 i2 P H ILOLO GIC A L P. III. had Sovereignties, in or near Provence, where the Provencal Language was fpoken. 'Twas in this Language they wrote, a Language, which, tho* obfolete now, was then efteemed the beft in Europe, being prior to the Italian of Dante and Petrarch. They were called Troubadours from Trouver, to find or to invent*, like the Greek Appellation, Poet, which means (we know) a Maker. Their Subjects were moftly Galantry and Love, in which their licentious Ideas we are told were exceflive. Princes did not difdainf to be of their number, fuch among others as our Richard Coeur dk Leon, and the celebrated William, Count a/'Poictou, who was a Contem- * See Hijh deTroub.\o\.\. Difcouis prelim, p. 25. a See the fame Work in the fame page 1 . porary I N Q^U I R I E S. 4 r 3 porary with William the Conqueror and his Ch. IX Sons. A Sonnet or two, made by Richard, are preferved, but they are obfcure, and as far as intelligible, of little value*. The Sonnets of William of Poiclou* nowremaining, are (as we are informed) of the moft licentious kind, for a more licen- tious man never exiftedf . Historians tell us, that near one of his Caftles he founded a fort of Abbey * See Hiji. de Traub. Vol. I. p. 54. f See Hiji. de Troub. Vol. I p. 7. As to his famous Abbey or Nunnery, foon after mentioned, fee the fame Work, p. 3, 4. but more particularly and authentically, fee William of Malmef- bury, a writer nearly contemporary, and from whom the Narrative here given is taken. The Paffage in Malmef- bury begins with the words — Erat turn Wtilielmus, Comes Piflavorum, &c, &c p. 96. Edit. Londin. Foi. 1596. for 4 i4 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. for Women of Pleafure, and appointed the moft celebrated among his Ladies to the Offices of Abbefs, Priorefs, &c. that he difmift: his Wife, and, taking the Wife of a certain Vifcount, lived with her publicly,— that being excommunicated for this by Girard BiJJjop of Angoulefme, and commanded to put away his unlawful Companion, he replied, Thou fialt fooner curl Hair upon that bald Pate of thine, than will I fubmit to a divorce from the Vifcountefs — that having received a like rebuke, attended with an Excommunica- tion from his own Bifiop, the Bifiop of Poiclou, he feized him by the Hair, and was about to difpatch him, but fuddenly ftopt by faying, / have that Aver (ion to Thee, Thou /halt never e 'titer Heaven thro' the afijlance of my Hand*. * The Words in Malmejbury are — Nee cerium un- qnam intrabii mete manui mini/ierio, P. 96, If r N Q^U I R I E S. 4I5 If r might be permitted to digrefs, I Ch.IX. would obferve that Hamlet has adopted ' — r ~" - ' precifely the fame fentiment. When he declines the opportunity offered him of lulling the King at his Prayers, he has the following Expreflions among many others A Villain kills my Father, and for that J, his file fin, do this fame Villain send To He av'n- O / this is Hire and Salary % Not Revenge. — Hamlet Act III. Sc. X. 'Tis hard to defend fo ftrange a fenti- iT.ent either in Hamlet, or the Count. We fhall only remark that Hamlet, when he delivered it, was perfectly cool, the Count, agitated by impetuous Rage. This Count, as he grew older, became, as many others have done, from a Profli- gate a Devotee-, engaged in one of the firfi Crufades, led a large body of Troops into the Eaft ; from which however, after his Troops had been routed, and moil of them 4 i6 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. them deftroyed, he himfelf returned wich ignominy home*. The loofe Gallantry of thefe Trouba- dours may remind us of the Poetry during the Reign of our fecond Charles — nor were the Manners of one Court unlike thofe of the other, unlefs that thofe of the Court of Poiclou were more abandoned of the two. Be that as it may, we may fairly I think conclude, if we compare the two Periods, there were Men as wicked during the early period, as during the latter^ and not only fo, but wicked in Vices of exactly the fame Character. If we feek for Vices of another cha- racter, we read at the fame cera concern- ing a neighbouring Kingdom to Poiclou, Sec the fame William of Mabnijbury, p. 75. 84. that I N Q^U I R I E S. 417 that *« All the people of rank were fo Ch.IX. ** blinded with Avarice, that it might be " truly faid of them (according to Jrj- " venal) Net one regards the method^ how he gains, But fix d his Refolutien* gain he must. " The more they difcourfed about •' Right, the greater their Injuries. " Thofe, who were called the Jufticia- " ries, were the Head of all Injuftice. * c The Sheriffs and . Magiftrates, whofe " Duty was Juftice and judgment, were " more atrocious than the very Thieves " and Robbers, and were more cruel ". than others, even the mod cruel. The " King himfelf, when he had leafed his " Domains as dear, as was poffible, trans- " ferred them immediately to another " that offered him more, and then again *< to another, neg!e£ting always his for- E e •* mer 418 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. " mer agreement, and labouring ftill for *• bargains that were greater, and more " profitable *." Such were the good old times of good old England, (for 'tis of Eng- land we have been reading) during the reign of our Conqueror, William. And yet if we meafure Greatness (as is too often the cafe with Heroes) by any other Meafure, than that of Moral Re£litude % we cannot but admit that he muji have been Great, who could con- quer a Country fo much larger than his own, and tranfmit the permanent Pof- ieflion of it to his Family. The numerous * Sec Htnrici Hunt'mdonunjts Hijior. L, I'll. p. * 1\1 t inter Script;: a pojl Bedam — Edit. London, i 504, beginning from the Words, Pri/itipes omr.es y Sec. J lie Verfe from Juvtna . XJnde babtaly qnxn: >:t"::, ftd opoatcl habere. Normt . I N CLU I R I E S. 419 Norman Families, with which he filled Ch-IX. this I Hand, and the very few Saxon ones, which he fuffered to remain, fuffi- ciently fhew us the Extent of this Revo- lution. As to his Taste, (for 'tis Tajie we in- veftigate, as often as we are ahle) there is a curious Fact, related of him by. John of Salisbury, a learned Writer, who lived as early at the times of Stephen and Henryi the Second. This Author informs us, that Wil- liam, after he was once fettled in the peaceable poffeflion of his Kingdom, fent Ambafiadors to Foreign Nations, that they mould collect for him, out of all the ce- lebrated Manfions, whatever mould ap- pear to them magnificent or admirable. Our Author cannot help allowing that this was the laudable project of a great man, defirous of pouring into his E e 2 own 4*a PHILOLOGICAL P. III. own Dominious all, that was excellent in others *. It does not appear what thefe Rarities were, but it fufficiently {hews the Con* queror to have had a Genius fuperior to the Barbarity of his Age. One may imagine he was not ignorant of Ovid, and the antient Mythology, by his anfwer to Philip King of France. William, as he became old, grew to an unweildy Bulk. The king of France^ * Simile aliquid ftcijfe vi/us tji Rex Angler um ViL- HELMUS PRIMUS, ctijui virtuti Normannia et tan- dem major Britannia cejfit. AJJumpto namque rtgni di- a demote, et pace compofita, legatoi mi/it ad exteras natic- nes, ut a praclaris omnium domibus, quicquideit tnagnificum out mirificum videretur, overrent. Defiuxit ergo in injulam opulentam* et qua fere fola bonis fuis ejl in or be contenta, quicquid magnijicentia , imo luxuria potuit inveniri, Lau- dabile qui Jem fuit magni viri propofitk?n, qui virtutes om- nium erbifuo volebat inf under e. Joan Sari(b. de Nugis CuriaJium, p. 480. Edit. Lugd. cvo. J 595. in I N QJJ I R I E 3, 4*1 in a manner not very polite, afked of him, Ch.X** (with reference to this bulk) " When* as iC he had been fo long in breedings he expetled " to be brought to bed V* — " Whenever that " happ&ns," replied William, "it will be, as " Semele was, in Flames and Thunder." France foon after that felt his Devafta- tions *. His Son Rufus feems more nearly to have approached the chara&er of the times. We have a Sample of his Manners in the following Narrative. Being immenfely fond of expence in drefs, when one of his * Quarente, fc. Philippe, num^uidnam tandem fareret Guilielmus, qui tarn diu geffijjet uterum : fe pari- turum,fed /«/?ar Semeles, refpondit ; cum flammis tt ful- tnine. Paticiroll. Nova Reperta, Tit. x. p. 219. Edk. Francofurt. 1631. See this fad fomewhat differently told by Matthew Paris, p. 13. Edit. Fol. London, 1640. The devastations, here mentioned, are related in the fame page. E e 3 atten- 422 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. attendants brought him new Shoes, and was putting them on, he demanded, '•' How " much they coJlV 1 — " Three Shillings, Sir* replied his Attendant — " Son of a Whore? fays Rufus,— "atfo pitiful a price to pro- " vide Shoes for a King ! — Go and pur chafe " me fome for a mark of Silver*? Matthew Paris writes, that he was once told of a formidable dream, relative to his death, which. had been dreamed by a certain Monk. Rufus, on hearing it, buril into laughter, and faid, " %he Maris " a Monk, and Monk- like has dreamed^ to " get a little money — give him a hundred " Shillings, that he may not think lie has " been dreaming for nothing f". * Will, of Mahtiejbury, p. 69. The words of Rufus were — Fih meretricii, ex quo habet Rex cahgai tain exilii preiii ! Vode et offer mibi emptas mared argenti. \ Matthew Paris, p. 53. Rufus's words were — Afon.ichus ejl, & lucri cavfa monachiliter fomniavit : da ei centum folidos, ne v'ideatur inaniter Jomniaffe. His I N Q^U I RLE S.~ 423 His Hiftorian Malmejbury, after having Ch.IX. related other Fads of him, adds, that he had neither Application enough, nor Leifure, ever to attend to Letters *. It was not fo with his Brother, Henry the Firft. He (as this Hiftorian informs us f) fpent his Youth in the fchools of li- beral Science, and To greedily imbibed the fweets of Literature, that in aftertimes, (as the fame Writer rather floridly relates) no Tumults of War ■, no Agitation oj 'Cares y could ever expel them from his illujlrious Mind. Soon after we meet the well known faying of Plato, that 'twas then States would be happy, if Philojophers were to reign, or Kings were to philofophize. Our Hiftorian, having given this Sentiment, * William of Malmefbury, p. 70. f The fame, p. 87. £ e 4 tells 424 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. tells us, (to ufe his own expreflions) that Henry fortified his Youth with Literature in a view to the Kingdom, and ventured even in his Father's hearing, to throw out the Proverb, Rex illiterate, Afinus coronatus, that an illiterate King ivas but an Afs crowned* » That the King his Father, from per- ceiving his Son's Abilities, had fomething like a Prefentiment of his future Dignity, may appear from the following Story. When Henry was young, one of his Brothers having injured him, he com- plained of his ill-treatment to his Father with tears. Don't cry, Child, fays his Father, for Thou too fi alt be Ki?ig\. William of Malmtjbury, p 87, b. * The Words of William were— Ne /leas, Fili; quo. mam tt Tu Rtx tris. See the fame Author in the fame page, that is, p. 87. b. As lN(i.O!k'lS8. 425 As Henry Was a learned Prince, we may Ch.lX. fuppofe he was educated by learned men ; and perhaps, if we attend to the account given by Ingulphns of his own Education * in the time of Edward the Confeflbr, 'tig probable there may have been among the Clergy a fucceffion of learned men from the time of Venerable Bede. 'Tis certain that in England at haft* during thefe middle Ages, Learning never flourifhed more, than from the time of Henry the Firji to the reign of his Grand- fon Henry the fecond, and for fome years after. The learned Hiftorian of the Life of Henry the Second (I mean the Firft Lord Lyttelton) has put this beyond difpute. Perhaps too the Times, which followed* were adverfe to the Caufe of Literature. * P. 402, 405, 6. The 426 PHILOLOGICAL The Crusades had made the Laity greater Barbarians, if poflible, than they were before. Their Cruelty had been fti- mulated by acting againft Greeks, whom they hated for Schifmatics ; and againft Saracens, whom they hated for Infidels -, altho' it was from thefe alone they were likely to learn, had they underftood (which few of them did) a fyllable of Greek or Arabic, < Add to this, the Inquisition being then * eftablifhed in all its terrors, the Clergy (from whom only the Caufe of Letters could hope any thing) found their Genius infenfibly checkt by its gloomy terrors. This depraved Period (which lafted for a Century or two) did not mend, till the Invention of Printing, and the taking of •Sec before, p, 410. Con- IN Q^U IR I E; S. 427, Conjiantinople. Then 'twas that thefe, and Ch.IX, other hidden Caufes, roufed the Genius of Italy, and reftored to Mankind thofe Arts and that Literature, which to Wejiern Europe had been fo long unknown. Before I conclude this Chapter, I can- not but remark, that, during thefe inauf- picious times, fo generally taftelefs, there were even Latins as well as Greeks *, whom the very Ruins of Antique Arts carried to Enthufiajiic Admiration. Hildebert, Arch-Bifhop of Tours, who died in the year 11 39, in a fine Poem, which he wrote upon the City of Rome, among others has the following Verfes, in praife of the then remaining Statues and Antiquities. Non tamen annorum feries, nee flamma, nee enjisy Ad plenum potuit tale abolere deeus. * See before, what has been quoted from Nicetas the Choniate, p, 3or, &c. Hie 4 2« PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Hie Super um form as Superi mirantur et Et cupiunt JicJis vultibus ejfe pares. Nee potuit Natura Deos hoc ore creare, Quo miranda Deumfigna creavit Homo, Vultus* adeji his Numinibus, potiufque co- luntur Artificumjludio, quam Deitatefua -f*. 'Tit worth obferving, that the Lati- nity of thefc Verfes is in general pure, and that they are wholly free from the Le- onine jingle. They are thus attempted in Englijh for the fake of thofe, who do not read the original. But neither pajjing Tears, nor Fire, nor Sword Have yet avail' dfuch Beauty to annul. ——^—— — ~^»«i «— ■ wmmmmmmmmm ■ -—■■■■■ —■■-■■ < ■ ^ • Foifcm Cultui. •f IViUtcm of Malmefbury, p. 76. — Fabririi Bibliethca med. et infim. tctat. in voce Hildebekt. Ev'n I N CLU I R I E S. 429 Ev*n Gods themfelves their mimic Forms Ch.IJfc admire, And wijb their own were equal to the feigrid. Nor eer could Nature Deities create With fuch a Countenance* as Man has giv'n To thefefair Statues, Creatures of his own. IVorfiip they claim, tho r more from Human Art, Than from their own Divinity, «dor'd. CHAP. fto PHILOLOGICAL P. IIL w CHAP. X. Schoolmen — their Rife, and Char after ~their Titles of Honour— Remarks on fuch Titles*— Abelard and Heloisa — John of Salisbury — admirable Quotations from his two celebrated Works GlRALDUS CAMBRIENSIS WAL- TER MaPPS — Richard Coeur de Leon — his Tran/aclions with Sal a din — his Death, and the fngular Interview, which immediately preceded it. WE are now to conlider the ftate of Literature with refpect to other Geniufes, both before the Conquef, and after it, fo low as to the times of our Firfl Richard. 'Twas during this Period began the Race of Schoolmen, a Race much ad- mired, I IN Q^U I r.i-e S. 43I mired, and followed in their day. Their Ch. X. fubtlety was great, and though ; *hat fubtlety might fnmetimes have led them into Refinements rather frivolous.; 7 yet. have they given eminent famples of pene- trating Ingenuity. They began in the eleventh Century, and lafted to the fourteenth, when new Caufes leading to new Events, they gra- dually decreafed, and were no more. ■ That they had fome merit muft be allowed, when we are told that the learned Bifhop Saunderfon ufed eonftantly to read theStcuNDA Secund^e of Thomas AqyiN as *, and that this Treat ife, together with Aristole's Rhetoric, and Cice- ro's Offices were three Books, which he always had with him, and never ceafed to perufe. The Scholajiic Trad muft have This able and acute man died aged 48 years, in the year 1274. been 43 2 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. been no bad one, which was (o well aflb- ciated. Various Epithets at the time were beftowed upon thefe Schoolmen. There was the Irrefragable do&or, the Subtle, the Seraphic, the Angelic, &c. There is certainly fomething exag- gerated in the Pomp of thefe Appellations. And yet, if we reflect on our modern Titles of Honour -, on our common fuper- fcriptions of Epiftles ; on our common modes of concluding them ; and mark how gravely we admit all this : may we not fuppofe thofe other Epithets appear ri- diculous, not fo much from their heing abfurd, as from their being unufual*? Before we quit thefe Schoolmen, we * For a fuller account of thefe SchtoJmen fee Scbohjiicx thfologia Syntngma, by PriJtaux F/ifhnp of Worcefter, Ahibami Hiftory, and Cave's Ihjlsr. Lit.V. 2. p. 275- cannot I N Q^U I R I E S. 433 cannot omit the famous Peter Abe- Ch. X. lard, who, when he taught at Paris, was followed by thoufands, and was con- fidered almoft as an Oracle in difcuffing the abftrufeft of fubjetts. At prefent he is better known for his unfortunate Amour with the celebrated Heloisa, hisDifciple, his Miftrefs, and at length his Wife. Her Ingenuity and Learning were ce- lebrated alfo, and their Epiftolary Cor- refpondence, remarkably curious, is ftill * extant. The Religion of the times drove them at length to finifh their days in two feparate Convents. When Abe lard died (which happened about the year 1 1 34), his Body was carried to Heloisa, who bu- ried it in the Convent of the Paraclete, where fhe prefided. My Countryman, John of Salisbury, * An o&avo Edition of their Letters in Latin was published at London^ in the year 1718. F f comes 43+ PHILOLOGICAL P. III. comes next, who lived in the reign of Stephen, and Henry the Second. He ap- pears to have been converfant in all the Latin ClaJJics, whom he not only quotes, but appears to undeiftand, to relifh, and to admire *. How far they funk into his Mind, and infpired him with fentiments fimilar to rheir own, the following pafiages may fuffice to lhew. Take his Ideas of Liberty and Ser- vitude. " For as the true and only Liberty is •* tofrie Virtue ', and dij charge its various " duties-, Jo the only true and ejjtntial Sl a- " very is to be in fubjeftion to the Vices. " He therefore is evidently vvfiaken^ who (t imagines that either of thefe Conditions * See Pbilojophhal Arrang et vulgaribus inter ejje dignatur. Alioquin nihil aliitd refle procedit, n>ft it ipfa rebus ojftrat, quid verbis dscet. Dc Nugis Cl- rial. p. 483. "no INQUIRIES. 437 « W Off, h HAPPY, /^/ ^ w ^ agi Ch x ' rightly; but he acls rightly, that he " may foe happily *." The following Diftich is of his own Age, but being difficult to tranflate, is only given in its original, as a fample of ele- gant and meritorious Poetry. It cxpreflcB a refined thought ; that as the Soul of Man animates the Body, fi i s the Soul itfelf animated by God. Vita Anm*Y>m eft > h«c % Corporis; hac fugiente* Sohitur hoc; perit hcec, defiituente Deo-f. • Sunt autem h*c omnibus alii, prvftantiar*, quia Vir- T U s omnia agenda FprirrT^ • , 9 Felicity tn T . Q1TA * Mma °P**« merito in in- juriam parentis rtdundat conlemptus earum. Metalog. 757- I MU5T INQUIRIES. 44I I must not omit fome of his Gramma* Ch. X. tical ideas, becaufe they are of a fuperior fort, that is to fay, they are Logical and ThilofophicaL He tells us— -For as [in Nature] Accidents cloath substances, and give them a Form ; fi [in Language] through afimilar correfpondence are Substantives -Defied with a Form by Adjectives. And that this [grammatical] Injiitution of Reason may the more eqfi/y coincide with Nature, in the fame manner as the Substance of every Naturae Being knows nothing of Intension and Remission : fo likewife in Language substantives admit no Degree of Comparison *. * Sicutenim Accidentia substantiam vtfumt, et tnfermant: fie quaddm proportion Rationis ab Ad- JEctivis substantia informantur. Et, ut fami- hartus Rationis lji Uutio NatuRjE cohareat \ flcut substantia cujufque rei Intentionis et Remissi- ons tgnara eft: fie substantia WComparati- Pnis gradum non veniunt. Metalog. 561. After 442 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. After this he proceeds to fhow that this Imitation of Nature not only exifts in Nouns, but in the other Parts of Speech, He tells us, that Verbs, as they denote Time, are neceflarily provided with Tenses; and, as they always ex- prefs fomething elfe in their original mean- ing, he calls the additional denoting of Time by a truly philofophic Word, a Consigni- fication *. The writer of thefe Remarks cannot fay he has transferred any of them into his Hermes, becaufe Hermes was written long before he knew 'John of Salijbury. But, that both Writers drew from the fame fource, he thinks fufficiently clear from the fimilitude of their fentiments f. * Motus nan eji fine Tempore, nee Verbum ejfe potuit fine Temporjs Consignificatione. Me- talog. 561. Ari/iot. de Interpret, c. 3. f Sec Hermes, p. 95, 96, 97. I FEAR, I N Q^U I R i E s . 443 I fear, I have dwelt too long on my Ch X Countryman, perhaps, becaufe a country, man, but more in truth, becaufe his Works are little known, and yet are certainly curious and valuable. I shall only mention, that there were other refpeclable Geniufes of the fame Century, fuch as the Epic Poet, Joseph of Exeter; the plea fant Archdeacon of Oxford, Walter Mapps % Giraldus Cambrensis, &c. But the eloquent Author of the Life of Henry the SeCQnd ^ . fl ^ ^.^ ^^ handled the ftate of our Literature dur- ing this period in fo mafterly a way, that the writer of thefe obfervations would not have faid fo much, had not the Ar- rangement of his Remarks made it in fome degree neceiTary *. See Lord Lyttcltoi* Life of Henry the Second. We PHILOLOGICAL We muft not conclude this Chapter without relating a few Fads, relative to the gallant Richard, called from his Magnanimity Cceur de Leon. Other He- roes y long before him, had been likened to Lions ; and the celebrated Ali, in the lofty- language of Arabia, was called the Lion of God, What Bohadin fays of Richard is re- markable. " He was, as that Hiftorian ** relates, uncommonly active ; of great 41 fpirit and firm Refolution ; one, who " had been fignalized by his Battles, " and who was of intrepid courage " in War. By thofe, whom he led, " he was efteemed Ifs than the King of " France on account of his Kingdom, " and Dignity, but more abundant in " Riches, and far more illujirious for mi- •■ litary Valour*." * Pabadin, vit, Salad, p. j6o. Tan I N Q^U I R I E S. 445 This Teftimony receives no fmall Ch. X. weight, as it comes from a contemporary writer, who was prefent ; and who, being likewife a faft Friend to Saladin, Richard's great Antagonift, can hardly be fuf- pe&ed of flattering an Adverfary. In the following Extracts from the fame Author, which Extracts contain Different Conferences between Richard and Sa/adin, we have a fample of their fentimentsy and of the manner in which they exprejl them. When Richard in Palejiine was ill, he longed for Fruit and Ice, and the fruits he defired were Pears and Peaches. He fent for them to Saladir^ and they were immediately given him. Richard in return was equally bountiful, and enter- tained the Sultan's people magnificently. War between great men feldom extin- guiihes Humanity *. * Bahadin, p. 176. After 446 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. After a long and various War, Ri- chard fent to Saladin the following Message. " When you have greeted the Prince, when it was taken, had been from that time in the hands of S a la din. * Bohadin, p. 208. INQUIRIES. 449 Tho' no Peace was now made, it was Ch. X. made foon after, yet without reiteration either of Jerufaiem, or of the Grofs* 'Twas ufual in thofe days to fwear to Treaties, and fo did the inferior Parties ; but the two Monarchs excufed themfelves, faying^ it was not ufual for Kings to fwear *♦" When Richard was returning home* he was bafely feized by a Duke of Au/lria, and kept prifoner for more than a year, till by a large fum raifed upon his people he was redeemed f. This gallant Prince, after having es- caped for years the moft formidable perils, * Bobadifiy p. 261. f See the Hiflories of Richard's Life, Rapin, Hume, G g fell 450 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. fell at length unfortunately by the Arrow of an obfcure hand, in befieging an ob- fcure Cattle, within his own French Do- mains. He did not immediately die j but, as the wound began to mortify, and his end to approach, he ordered the perfon, who had fhot him (his name was Bertramn de GurdunJ to be brought into his pre- fence. When he arrived, the King thus ad- drefl him. " What harm have I ever done &c. The Statues, and ruined Edifices, with which Italy abounded, and which were all of them by Greek Artifts, or after Gre- * Cimabue died in 1300. C1AN I N Q^U I R I E S. 455 cian Models, taught the Italians the Ch. X. Fine Arts of Sculpture and Architec- ture *. The Greek Fugitives from Conftan- tinople, after it's unhappy Cataftrophe, brought that fuperior. Literature into Italy, which enabled the Italians to read in the original the capital Authors of At- tic Eloquence \. When Literature, Sculpture, Archi- tecture, and Fainting had thus attained a perfection iu Italy, we learn from Hif- tory, they were tranfplanted into//;* North, where they lived, tho' it was rather like Exotics, than Natives. As therefore Northern Europe derived them from Italy, and this laft from * How early thefe fine Remains began to exxite their admiration, we learn from thofe warm Verfes of Ihldebert, quoted before, p. 427. •J- Sup. p. 319* G 4 Greece, 456 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Greece, the conclufion is evident, that Not Italy, but Greece was their common Parent. And thus is the Queftion concerning Preference to be de- cided. CHAP. INQUIRIES, 457 CHAP. XI. Concerning the Poetry of the latter Latins, or Western Europeans — Accentual Quantity — R h i m e — Samples oj "Rhime in Latin-— in Clqjjical Poets, accidental ; in thofe of a later age, de- figned — Rhime among the Arabians — Odilo, Hucealdus, Hildigrim, Hal ab aldus, Poets or Heroes of Wejlern Europe — Rhimes in modern Languages— of Dante, Petrarch, Boccac- cio, Chaucer, &c. — Sannazarius, a pure Writer in Clafic Latin, without Rhime Anagrams, Chronograms, &c. finely and accurately' defcribed by the ingenious Au- thor of the SCRIBLERI AD. A N D here, as we are about to fpeak Ch XI •*A* upon the Poetry of thefe times; we wifh our Readers previoufly to review, what we have already faid upon the two Species 458 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Species of verbal Quantity \ the Syllabic and the Accentual 1 *. It will there appear that till Greek and Latin degenerated, Accentual Quantity was hardly known. But tho' Degene- racy fpred it thro' thefe two Languages, yet, with regard to modern Languages, 'twas the beft that could be attained. Their harfh and rugged DialccJs were in few inftances fuited to the Harmo- nious Simplicity of the Syllabic Mea- Jure. And yet, tho' this more perfect and elegant Profody was rarely attainable, fo ftrong was the Love of Mankind for Rhythm, (o connate (if I may fo fay) with their very Being, that Metre offome * See from p. 74 to p. 92, fort I N CLU I R I E S. 459 fort was every where cultivated, and even Ch.XI. thefe northern Tribes had their Bards, their Minfirels, their troubadours, and the like. Now, tho' in the latter Lati- nity Syllabic Quantity was little regard- ed, and the Accentual more frequently fupplied it's place, they did not efteem even this lajl always fufficient to mark the Meafure. An Expedient was therefore found (nattering to the Ear, becaufe it had fomething of Harmony) and this was, to mark the lafi Syllables of different Verfes with Sounds that were Similar, fo that the Ear might not doubt a moment, where every Verfe ended. And hence in Modern Verfe thefe lafi Syllables, which Poets of a purer Age in a manner neglected, came to claim a pecu- liar and fuperior regard, as helping to mark the Rhythm thro' the medium of the Rhime. Si 460 PHILOLOGICAL [*• Si Sol '/pen defeat Maria pur if c ante, Major erit glacies poft feftum, quam fuit ante *. Nor was this practifed in Heroics only, but in Trochaics alfo. — Sifeitavit igitur\\ Deus Hebra?oRVM Chrijiianos principes^ || et robur eorum Vindicarefcilicet || Sanguinem SancJoRUM, Subvenire flits || MortifcaTQRVM f. Nay fo fond were thofe Poets of their Jingle, that they not only infufed it into different Verfes, but into one and the fame * Rhime is the Similitude ok Sound at the Ends of two Verfes. Rhythm is Measured Motion, and exijis in Verfes of every fort, tube? ther Ciaffical or not Claffical, whether B ank Verfe, or Rhime. In fhort, without Rhythm no Verfe can exifl of any j pedes ; without Rhime they may, and often do. f Roger Hovedcn. Anna! p. 379, b. Verfe ; I N Q^U I R I E S. 461 Verfe ; making the Middle of each Verfe to Ch-XT. rhime with its End, as well as one Verfe to 1 ~~ r " J rhime with another. Thus in St. Edmund* s Epitaph we read — Hie erat Edmundus, animd cum cor pore MUNDUS, Quern non immundus potuit per vert ere MUNDUS *. And again in thofe verfes tranferibed from an old monument Hie funt r,T.-\f2N Vivos 'iv^c^xi rj^aAHN. The difference feems to have been, the Rhimes, falling from thefe fuperior Ge- niufes, fell ('twas probable) accidentally : with the latter race of Poets they were the Work of labour and defign. They may well indeed be called Works of labour and defgn, when we reflect on the immenfe pains, which their makers muft have taken, where their Plan of Rhiming was fo complicated, as they fometimes made it. Take a fingular example of no fewer than three Rhimes to each Verfe. Crimina CKESCEREfete-, tepescere jus, dec us, je quum; Flete, gemiscite ; denique dicite, dicite mecum, 464 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. ^ui regis omnia, f elk tot impi a, /urge, PER1MUS, Nos, Deus, asp ice, nejine simplice la- mine simus. Fabricins, who gives thefe Verfes, re- marks, that they were written in the Dactylic Leonine ; that is, they had every Foot a DacJyl, excepting the laft, and con- tained three Rhimes in each Verfe, two within the Verfe itfelf, and one re- ferring to the Verfe that followed. He adds, that their Author, Bernardus Mor- lanenfis, a Monk of the eleventh Century, compofed no lefs than three Books of this wonderful Verification. What leifure muft he have had, and how was it em- ployed * ? Before we quit the fubjed: of Rhime we may add, that Rhime was ufed not only by the Latin, but by the Arabian * See Fahrie. Biblioth. mtd. et infim. atatis, under the word, Btrnardm Morlanenfit. Poets, I N QJJ" I R I E S. 4 6^ Poets, as we may fee by a tract upon the Q 1# "XI. Arabic Profody, fubjoined by Dr. Pococke v. — r— -» to his Carmen Togrrii. Rhime however was not fo ftri&ly followed, but that fometimes they quitted it. In the following Heroics, the Monk Odihy addrefling himfelf to his Friend Hucbaldusy appears fo warm in his wimes, as not only to forget Rhime, but even ClaJJical Quantity. Hucbaldo Sbpho Sophia sit semper arnica ; Hucbaldus Soph us Sop luce semper amicus : Expofco hoc Odi/o, peccator cermtus ego. This Genius (over whofe Verfes I have occafionally marked the accentual Quantity in contra- diftinclion to the Syllabic) is fuppofed to have written in the tenth Century. Otheks, rejecting Rhime, wrote £//i/ of his Literature, in the FrankeleirisTale. \ In that Poem the fair Dorigen is made to lament the abfence of her much loved Arveragus ; and, as fhe fits upon a Cliff, beholding the. Sea, and the formidable Rocks, (lie breaks forth with terror into the following Exclamation. Eternal 'God / that thro* thy Purvey aunce Xj:adest the World by certain OA vern aunce ; I „ I N Q^U I R I E S. 469 In idle, as men fayn, ye nothing Ch.XI. MAKE. ^ But, Lord, thofe griefy, fendly, Rcckis, Make, That feem rathir a foul Confu'siok Of Work, than any fair Crea'tion Of such a perfect God, wife* and full fable : Why have ye wrought this work unrea- fondble ? Dcrigen, after more expostulation of the fame fort, adds — / wote well Clerkis w oil fayn, as 'hem lefe y By Arguments, that All is for the eeste, Thd I ne cannot well the Caufes know—' But thilke God, that made the Winds to blow, Ay keep my Lord, &c. There is an elegant Pathos in her thus quitting thofe deeper Speculations, to ad- H h 3 drefs 470 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. drefs a Prayer for the fafety of her Ar- veragus. The Verfe, before quoted, To lead the World by certain Gover- naunce, is not only a philofophical Idea, but philofo* fhically expreft. The next Verfe, In Idle, £j Menfayn, ye nothing make, is a fentiment tranflated literally from Aristotle, and which that Philofopher fo much approved, as often to repeat it. Take one Example — > Qod and Nature make nothing in vain. ArijL de Ca/o, Lib. I. Cap, 4. As to what follows, 7 mean that fpecu* lation of learned men, that All is for THE best, this too we meet in the fame Phiia- INQUIRIES, 471 Philofopher, annexed (as it were) to the Ch XL fentiment jujl alleged, H Qvtrtg vQsv SyfimgyB? pctTijv, uctttbd b7^tjtoci Ttrporepovy ccKXoc. iruv\oc wgog to BtXTiov Ik tcov tvlzxoykvuv. Nature, (as has been /aid before) creates nothing in vain, but All THINGS FOR THE best, out of the contingent materials. De Animal, inceffu. C. 12. It may be fairly doubted, whether Chaucer took this from the original Greek — 'tis more probable he took it from the Latin Verfwn of the Spanifi Arabic Verjion-, which Latin was then current, and admitted thro' Wejlem Europe for the Arijlotdic "Text. The fame thought occurs in one of our mod elegant modern Ballads; tho', whence the Poet took it, I pretend not to de- cide. H h 4 How PHILOLOGICAL How can they fay, that Nature Has nothing made in vain ? Why then beneath the Water Do hideous Rocks remain ? Those Rocks no eyes dij cover, Which lurk beneath the deep, tfo wreck, &c. But to return to Chaucer — If in the Tale we have juft quoted ; if in the Tale of the Nun's Prieji, and in many other of his works, there are thefe fprinklings of Philofophy ; if to thefe we add the extenfive Knowlege of Hi/lory, Mythology, and various other fubjecls, which he every where mews : we may fairly, I think, arrange him among our framed Poets, and take from Him an Efli- mate of the Literature of the Times, as far at lcaft as pofTeft by men of Juperior Education. After having mentioned (as we have lately done) Petrarch and fome of the Italians* I N Q^U I R I E S. 473 Italians, I can by no means omit their Ch.XI. countryman Sannazarius, whoflourifh- ed in the Century following, and whofe Eclogues in particular, formed on the Plan of Fi/Jjing Life inftead of Pajloral, cannot be enough admired both for their Latinity and their Sentiment. His fourth Eclogue, called Proteus, written in imi- tation of VirgiPs Eclogue called Silenus, may be juftly valued as a mafter-piece in its kind. The following flight fketch of it is fubmitted to the Reader. " Two Fifhermen, failing during a '* dark night from Caprea into the Bay of " Naples, as they filently approach the * c Promontory of Minerva, hear Proteus " from the Shore, finging a marvelous t: Narrative of the flrange Events, of " which thofe Regions had been the well- " known Scene. He concludes with the " unhappy fate of the Poet's Friend and " Patron, Frederic King of Naples, who, " having 474 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. " having been expelled his Kingdom, " died an Exile in France** If I might be pardoned a digreflion, it fhould be on the Elegance of the Num- bers, by which this unfortunate part of the Tale is introduced. Addit trtfiiafata, et te, quern luget ademf- turn Italia, &c. The Omiflion of the ufual Ccefura, in the firft of thefe verfes, naturally throws it into that Anapcejlic Rhythm, fo finely fuited tofolemn Subjects. Addit — trijlia—fata et — te quern, &c . * It may be obferved alfo, in how/>#- thetic, and yet withal, in how manly a way Sannazarius concludes. Frederic died in a remote region, and was buried, where • So Homer , noma— -S^'a u.? — uot To$i — XjQto* Odyfs. E. 215. he I N CLU I R I E S. 47s he died. " 'Tts pleafing, fays Proteus, Ch-XL " for a mans remains to reft in his own ^" v ~"-' " Country ; and yet for a Tomb every Land " Suffice" Grata quies patrice, fed et omnis terra Se- fulcrum. Those, who know how much fooner Italy emerged from Barbarity, than the reft of Europe, may chufe to place San- nazarius rather at the beginning of a good age, than at the conclufion of a bad one. Their opinion, perhaps, is not without foundation, and may be extended to Fracastorius, Politian, Poggius, and many other eloquent Authors, which that Century then produced, when Elo- quence was little known elfewhere. Before we quit Poetry, we mall fay fomething upon its lowefl Species, upon dcrojiics, Chronograms, Wings, Altars, Eggs, Jxes, &c. These PHILOLOGICAL These were the poor Inventions of men devoid of Tajle, and yet abfurdly aiming at Fame by thefe defpicable whims. Quitting the paths of Simplicity and Truth (of which 'tis probable they were wholly ignorant) they afpired, like Rope- dancers, to Merit, which only lay in the difficulty, The Wings, the Axes, the Altars, &c. were wretched Forms, into which they tortured poor Words, jufb as poor Trees in our Gardens were formerly mangled into Giants, Flower-Pots, Pea- cocks, Obelifcs, &c. Whoever remembers that Acrostics, in Verification, are formed from the Initial Letter of every Verfe, will fee the Force and Ingenuity of the following de- fcription. Virm and compact^ in three fair Colums. ivove, 0*re the finooth plain the hold Acrostic^ move : UK I N CLU I R I E S. 477 High ore the reft the tow'ring Lea- Ch.XL DERS RISE, With Limbs gigantic and Superior size. Chronograms, by a different conceit, were not confined to Initial Letters, but, as they were to defer ibe Dates, the Numeral Letters, in whatever part of the Word they flood, were diftinguifhed from other Letters by being written in Capitals. For example, I would mark by a Chronogram the Date 1506. I take for. the purpofe the following Words, — -feriam fidera vertice ; and by a ftrange Elevation of Capitals I compel even Horace to give me the Date required. —feriaM fiDera Vertice, MDVT. The Ingenious Author, whom I have quoted before, thus admirably defcribes this fecond {pecies of folly. Not 478 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Not thus the loofer Chronograms prepare, Carelefs their Troops, undifciplirid to War\ With rank irregular, confus'd they Jland, The Chieftains mingling with the vulgar band. If I have dwelt too long on thefe trifles, it is not fo much for their merit (of which they have none) as for thofe elegant Lines, in which they are fo well defcribed. On the fame motive I conclude this Chapter with felecting a few more Lines from the fame ingenious Poem. To join thefe fquadrons, o'er the champain came A numerous race, of no ignoble name ; Riddle, and Rebus, Riddle's dearejt Son y And falfe Conundrum, and infidious Pun ; Fustian, INQUIRIES, 479 Fustian, who fcarcely deigns to tread the Ch.XI. ground, And Rondeau, wheeling in repeated round. On their fair Jlandards) by the winds dif- p/a/d, Eggs,Altars,Wings, Pipes, AxEswere pour tray d *. * See the Scribleriad, (Bookll. V. 151, &c.) of my valuable Friend, Mr. Cambridge of Twickenham. CHAP, PHILOLOGICAL CHAP. XII. Paul the Venetian, an J Sir John Man- deville, great Travellers — Sir John Fortescue, a great Lawyer — his valuable Book, addrefi to his Pupil, the Prince of Wales — King's College Chapel in Cambridge , founded by Henry the Sixth. — 'HPWAS during this middle Period A lived thofe celebrated Travellers, Paul the Venetian, and our Country- man, Sir John Mandeville. We have mentioned Chaucer before them, tho' he flourilhed after both ; for Chaucer lived till paft the year 1400, Paul began his Travels in the year 1272, and Maudevilli: began his in the year 1322. The Reafon is, Chaucer has been arranged with the Poets, already fpoken of. Marc I N Q^U I R I E S. 481 Marc Paul, who is the firft Writer C.X1I. of any Note concerning the Eajlern Coun- tries, travelled into thofe remote Regions as far as the Capital and Court of Cublai Chan, the fixth from that tremendous Conqueror Jingiz Chan*, Paul is a curious and minute Relator of what he faw there. He defcribes the Capital, Cambalu, to be a fquare walled in, of Six miles on every fide, having to each fide three Gates, and the fever al ftreets rectilinear, and croffing at right angles. The Imperial Palace, he tells us, was inclofed within a fquare wall of a mile on every fide, and was magnificently adorned with Gilding and Pictures. 'Twas a piece of ftate, that thro' the grand or principal gate no one could enter but the Emperor him/elf. Within the walls of this Square there * See Jbulpbarajius, from p. 281 to p, 306. I i were 4 8 2 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. were extenfive Lawns, adorned with Trees, and ftockt with wild animals, flags, goats, fallow deer, &c.*not to mention a River, which formed a Lake, filled with the fined fifli. Besides this, at a League's diftance from the Palace, he defcribes a fmall Mountain or Hill, planted with Ever- greens, in circumference about a mile. " Here (he tells us) the Emperor had all " the finefl trees that could be procured, " brought to him, employing his Ele- " phants for that purpofe, as the trees - ivnu In beds and curious VI NOT Knots, NICE art but Nature BOON Pours forth projufe on hill, and dale, and plain. P. L. IV. 245. Soon 496 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Soon after this he fubjoins — j — - this was the Place A happy rural Seat) of various view. He explains this Variety, by recount- ing the Lawns, the Flocks, the Hillocks, the Valleys, the Grotts, the Waterfalls, the Lakes, &c. &c. and in another Book, defer ibing the approach of Raphael, he informs us, that this divine Meflenger pad — — Thro* Groves of Myrrh y And flow ring Odors, Cafjia, Nard and Balm, A Wilderness of Sweets; for Nafurt here Wantoned as in her prime, and playd at WILL Her Vir gin-fancy s, pouring forth more fweet, Wild above Rule or Art, enormous Bliss. — P. L. IV. 292. The INQUIRIES, 497 The Painters in the preceding Century C-XIII. feem to have felt the power of thefe Ele- ments, and to have transferred them into their Landfcapes with fuch amazing force, that they appear not fo much to have fol- lowed, as to have emulated Nature. Claude de Lorraine, the PouJJins^ Salvator RoJ'a, and a few more, may be called fuperior Artifts in this exquifite Tafle. ' Our Gardens in the mean time were taftelefs and infipid. Thofe, who made them, thought the farther they wandered from Nature , the nearer they approached the Sublime. Unfortunately, where they travelled, no Sublime was to be found ; and the farther they went, the farther they left it behind. But Perfection, alas ! was not the work of a day. Many Prejudices were to be removed ; many gradual Afcents to be made; Afcents from Bad to Good, and from Good to Better, before the deli- K k doits 498 PHILOLOGICAL P. in. cious Amenities of a Claude or a PouJJin could be rivalled in a Stour-head, a Hagley, or a aS/0?# ; or the tremendous Charms of a Salvator Rofa be equalled in the Scenes of a Peirce/ield, or a Mount Edgecumb, Not however to forget the fubjecl of our Inquiry. — Tho' 'twas not before the prefent Century, that we eftablimed a charter Tafte ; tho' our neighbours at this inftant are but learning it from us ; and tho* to the Vulgar every where it is totally incomprehenfible (be they Vulgar in rank, or Vulgar in capacity) : yet, even in the darkeft periods we have been treating, periods, when Tafle is often thought to have been loft, we {hall flill difcover an enlightened few, who were by no means infenfible to the power of thefe beauties. How warmly does Leland defcribe Guy's Cliff'; Sannazarius, his Villa of Mergilline\ and Petrarch, his favourite Vauclufe ? Take I N Q^U I R I E S. 499 Take Guy's Cliff from Leland in C.XIII, his own old Englijh, mixt with Latin — *' // is a place meet for the Mufes \ there i( is Sylence ; a praty wood; antra in vivo " faxo ; (Grottos in the living Rock) the " River roling over the ft ones with a praty " noyfe." His Latin is more elegant—- Nemufculum ibidem opacum, fontes liquidi et gemmei, prata ftorida, antra mufcofa, rivi levis et per faxa decurfus, nee non foli- tudo et quits Mujis amicijjima*. Mergtlline, the Villa of Sannaza- rius near Naples, is thus fketched in dif- ferent parts of his Poems. Exeifo infeopulo, flufius unde aurea canos Defpiciens, celfo fe cuhnine Mergilline Attollit, nautijque procul venientibus offert. Sannaz. De partu Virgin. 1. 25. * See Leland' 's Itinerary, Vol. IV. p, 66. K k 2 Rupis 5C0 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Rupis Of facrse, pelagique cujios, Villa, Nympharum cujios et propinquce Doridos Tu mihifolos nemorum receffus Das, et hcerentes per opaca laitros Saxa : Tu, fontes, Aganippe dumque Antra recludis. Ejufd. Epigr. I, 2. — — qiueque in primis mthi grata minijlrat Otia, Mufarumque cavas perfaxa latebras, Mergillina; novos fun dun t ubi citria fores, Citria , Medorum facros referent ia lucos. Ejufd. De partu Virgin. III. fubnn. De Fonte Mergillino. Eft mini rivo vitreus perenni Fonsy arenofum prope littus, unde Sape defcendens fibi nauta rores liaurit a?nicos, &c. Fjufd. Epigr. II. 36. 'Tvvould I N Q^U I R I E S. 501 Twould be difficult to tranflate thefe q XIII. elegant Morfels — 'Tis fufficient to exprefs what they mean, colle£lively-~-" that the " Villa of Mergillina had folitary " Woods; had Groves of Laurel and " Citron ; had Grottos in the Rock, " with Rivulets and Springs ; and " that from its lofty Situation it " lookt down upon the Sea, and com- " manded an extenfive prcfpect." 'Tis no wonder tha.tfoc/i a Villa mould enamoury^*:// an Owner. So flrong was his affection for it, that, when during the fubfequent Wars in ltal\\ it was de- molifhed by the Imperial Troops, this unfortunate Event was fuppofed to have haftened his end*. * So we learn from Pauhis Jovius, the writer of his Life, publifhed with his Poems by Gt^vtut, in a fmall Edition of fome of the Italian Poets, at Amjler- dam> in the year 1695. K k 7 Vau- 502 PHILOLOGICAL P. Ill, Vaucluse (Vallis Claufa) the favou- rite retreat of Petrarch, was a romantic Scene, not far from Avignon. " It is a Valley, having on each hand, as you enter, immenfe Cliffs, but clofed up at one of its Ends by a femi-circular Ridge of them ; from which incident it derives its name: One of the moil ftupendous of thefe Cliffs ftands in the front of the femi-circle, and has at its foot an opening into an immenfe Cavern. Within the moft re- tired and gloomy pa?'t of this Cavern is a large oval Bafon^ the production of Nature, filled with pellucid and un- fathomable Water -, and from this re- fcrvoir iffues a River of refpectable magnitude, dividing, as it runs, the Meadows beneath, and winding thro'the Precipices, that impend from above *." * See Memoir es pour la Vie de Francois Petrarque, Quarto, Tom. I. p. 231, 341, 342. See alfo Plin. Nat. Hjfl. L, XXVIII. c. 22. This I N Q^U I R I E S. 503 This is an imperfect fketch of that C.XIIL fpot, where Petrarch fpent his time L "■" -* with fo much delight, as to fay that this alone was Life to him, the reft but a (late of punifhment. In the two preceding Narratives I feem to fee an anticipation of that Tafle for natural Beauty, which now appears to flourilh thro' Great Britain in fuch perfection. It is not to be doubted that the Owner of Mergillina would have been charmed with Mount Rdgecumb ; and the Owner of Vauclufe have been delighted with Piercefeld. When we read in Xenophon*, that the younger Cyrus had with his own hand planted trees for Beauty, we are not furprifed, tho* pleafed with the Story, * See the Oeconomia of Xenophon, where this Fact is related. K k 4 as 5°4 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. as the -Age was po/i/hed, and Cyrus an accompli/hed Prince. But, when we read that in the beginning of the 14th Cen- tury, a King of France (Philip le Bei.l) fhould make it penal to cut down a Tree, qui a ejle garde pour fa bcaulte, which had been preferred for its Beauty; tho' we praife the Law, we cannot help being furprifed, that the Prince fhould at fuch a period have been fo far enlightened *. * See a valuable Work, intitled Obfervations on the Statutes^ chiffiy on iU antient, &x. p. 7, by the Hon ble . Mr. Barrington; a work, concerning which it is dif- ficult to decide, whether it be more entertaining, or more inftiu&ive. CHAP. I N CLU I R I E S. 505 CHAP. XIV. Superior Literature WKnowlege both of the Greek and hat in Clergy, whence — Barbarity and Ignorance of the Laitv, whence — Samples of Lay-manners, in a Story from Anna Comnena'j Hi/lory — Church Au- thority ingenioujly employed to check Barbarity — the fame Authority employed for other good purpofes — tofave the poor 'Jews — to fop Trials by Battle — more fuggefed concerning Lay-manners — Fero- city of the Northern Laymen, whence — different Caufes ajjigned — Inventions during the dark Ages — great, thd the In- ventors often unknown — Inference arif- ing from thefe Inventions, BEFORE I quit the Latins, Ifhall Chap, fubjoin two or three Obfervations on XIV. the Europeans in general. The 5 o6 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. The fuperior Characters for Literature here enumerated, whether in the Weftern or Eajlern Chrijlendom (for 'tis of Chrijlen- dom only we are now fpeaking) were by- far the greater part of them Ecclesi- astics. In Phis number we have fele&ed from among the Greeks the Patriarch ofCon* Jlantinople> Photius; Michael Psel- lus ; Eustathius and Eustratius, both of Epifcopalr Dignity-, Planude-s; Cardinal Bessario — -from among the Latins, Venerable Bede; Gerbertus, afterwards Pope Sylvester the Se- cond; Ingulphus, Abbot of Croy/ajzd; Hildebert, Archbijhop oj { Tours •> Pbter Abelard ; John of Salisbury, Bijhop of Chart res ; Roger Bacon; Francis Petrarch; many Mo nkifi H'forians ; £neas Sylvius, afterwards Pope Pius the Second, &c. Some- INQUIRIES. 507 Something has been already faid con- Chap. cerning each of thefe, and other Eccie- XIV. fia/lics*. At prefent we (hall only remark, that 'twas neceflary, from their very Pro- fejjiori) that they fhould read and writer accomplifhments, at that time ufually con- fined to themfelves. Those of the Wejiern Church were obliged to acquire fome knowlege of La- tin; and for Greek, to thofe of the Eaftern Church it was ftill (with a few Corruptions) their native Language. If we add to thefe Preparations their mode of Life, which, being attended moftly with a decent competence, gave them im- menfe leifure ; 'twas not wonderful that, * Thofe, who wifh to fee more particulars con- cerning thefe learned Men, may recur to their Names in the Index, or, if he pleafe, may confult the Third Part of thefe Inquiries, in Chapters IV. IX. X. XI, XIV. among $o8 PHILOLOGICAL P. Ill* among fuch a multitude, the more merito- rious (hould emerge, and foar by dint of Genius above the common herd. Similar Effecls proceed from fimilar Caufes. The Learning of Egypt was poffeft by their Priejls ; who were likewife left from their inflitution to a life of leifure*. For the Laity on the other fide, who, from their mean Education, wanted all thefe Requifites, they were in fact no better than what Drydtn calls them, a tribe of IJj'achar; a race, from their cradle bred in Barbarity, and Ignorance* ■ A Sample of thefe illuflrious Laymen may be found in Anna Comnena's Hif- tory of her Father Alexius, who was * /ftijlotle, fpenking of Egypt, informs us — ufi" J'jrp r'Z-Arr, ^o.\a^nu to tuv IfPiu* (Gvo? — For tore (meaning in t/-?ypt) the Trick of Priests uere itft to LLAU a Life of Leisure. Ariji. Mctapk. I.. I. c. i. Grecian INQUIRIES. 5 o 9 Grecian E?nperor in the eleventh Century, Chap, when the firft Crusade arrived at Con- XIV. Jlantinople. So promifcuous a Rout of rude Adventurers could not fail of giving um- brage to the Byzantine Court, which was ftately and ceremonious, and confcious withal of its internal debility. After fome altercation, the Court per- mitted them to pafs into AJia thro' the Imperial Territories, upon their Leaders taking an Oath of Fealty to the Emperor. What happened at the performance of this Ceremonial, is thus related by the fair Hiftorian above mentioned. " All the Commanders being af- " fembled, and Godfrey of Bulloign " himfelf among the red, as foon as the cc Oath was finifhed, one of the Counts " had the audacioufnefs to feat himfelf " bejide the Emperor upon his throne. " Ear 5 to PHILOLOGICAL P. III. " Earl Baldwin* one of their own people, approaching, took the Count by the " hand; made him rife from the throne. *' and rebuked him for his infolence. «• The Count rofe, but made no reply, *« except it was in his own unknown •« Jargon to mutter abufe upon the Em- u peror. " When all things were difpatched, " the Emperor fent for this man, and " demanded, who he was* whence he came, *' and of what Lineage? — His anfwer " was as follows — I am & genuine Frank, " and in the number of their Nobility. " One thing I know, which is, that in a " certain part of the Country I came from* " and in a place* where three ways meet* " there Jiands an antient Church* where " every one, who has a defire to engage in " fogh Combat, having put himfelf into " fighting order* comes and there implores ** the I N QJJ I R I E S. 5 u " the affijlance of the Deify, and then Qiap. ** waits in expectation of fome one, that XIV. " will dare attack him. On this f pot I " myself waited a long time, expeBing " and Jeeking fome one, that would arrive, " and fight me. But the maw, that " would dare this, was no where to " be jound*. * Thofe, who attend to this Story, and who have perufed any of the Hiftories of Chivalry, in particular an ingenious French Treatife upon the fubje&, in two fmall Volumes 8vo. publiftied at Parity in the year 1759, intitled, Memoir es fur Vantienne Chevalerie, will perceive that the much admired Don Quixote is not an Imaginary Character, but a Character, drawn after the real Manners of the times. 'Tis true indeed, the Character is fomewhat heightened; but even here the witty Author has contrived to make it probable, by in^enioufly adding a certain mixture of Infanity. Thefe Romantic Heroes were not wholly extincl even in periods far later than the Crufades. The Chevalier Bayard flourifhed under Francis the Firft of France, and LoKD HEREERT OF ChER- bury under James and Charles the Firjl of England. " The PHILOLOGICAL " The Emperor, having heard this " ftrange Narrative, replied pleafantly— • " If at the time, when you fought War, " you could not find it, a Seafon is now €< coming, in which you will find Wars u enough* I therefore give you this ad" " vice : not to place yourflf either in the " Rear of the Army, or in the Front, cc but to keep among thoje, who fupport the " Centre \ for I have long had knowlege 11 of the Turkijh method in their Wars*." This was one of thofe Counts, or Barons, the petty Tyrants of Weflern Europe', men, who, when they were not engaged in general wars, (fuch as the ravaging of a neighbouring Kingdom, the maflacring of Infidels, Heretics, &c.) had no other method of filling up their * See Anna Comnenai Hidory of her Father, Fol. Gr. Lai. p. 30c. • leifure, I N CLU I R I E S. 513 lcifure, than, thro' help of their Vajfals, Chap, by waging war upon one another. • And here the Humanity and Wifdom of the Church cannot enough be admired, when by her authority (which was then mighty) fhe endeavoured to JJjorten that fcene of Bloodfhed, which fhe could not totally prohibit. The Truce of God (a name given it purpofely to render the meafure more folemn) enjoined thefe ferocious Beings, under the terrors of Ex- communication, not to fight fro?n Wednes- day Evening to Monday Morning, out of reverence to the Myjicries, accomplifhed on the other four days -, the Afcenjion on Thurfday ; the Crucifixion on Friday ; the Defcent to Hell on Saturday ; and the Re- furreftion on Sunday*. I hope * See any of the Church Biftories of the time, in particular an ingenious French Bojk, entitled Hi fair e Ecclefiajlique, in two Volumes, i2mo. tligeftcd into L 1 Annals, 5H PHILOLOGICAL P. III. I hope a farther obfervation will be pardoned, when I add that the fame Hu- manity prevailed during the fourteenth Century, and that the terrors of Church Power were then held forth with an in- tent equally laudable. A dreadful plague at that period defolated all Europe. The Germans, with no better reafon than their ovrnfenfelefs Superjlition, imputed this ca- lamity to the Jews, who then lived among them in great opulence and fplendour. Many thoufands of thefe unhappy people were inhumanly mafTacred, till the Pope benevolently interfered, and prohibited by the fevereft Bulls fo rnad and fanguinary a proceeding*. A-.r.CiU, and having the feveral years marked in the courfe of the Narrative. Goto the years 10*7, 1031, 1041, ic68, 1080. * Sec the Church Hijlor'm about the middle of the fourteenth Century, and Petraub'i Life. I could I N Q^U I R I E S. 515 I could not omit two {azh. falutary ' exer- Chap, tions of Church Power, as they both oc- XIV. cur within the period of this Inquiry. I might add a third, I mean the oppofing and endeavouring to cheek that abfurdeft of all Practices, the Trial by Bat- tle, which Spelman exprefsly tells us that the Church in all ages condemned*. It muft be confelled, that the Fa<3: juft related concerning the unmannered Count, at the Court of Conjlantinople, is rather againft the order of Chronology* for it happened during the firft Crufades. It ferves however to fhew the Manners of the Latin or Wejlern Laity, in the begin- ning of that Holy War. They did not, in a fucceffion of years, grow better, but worfe. * Triiculentum mot em in omni avo acrittr injcoiarunt Theologi, &c. See before, p. 243. L 1 2 Tvvas 516 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. 'Twas a Century after* that another Crujade, in their march againft Infidels, facked this very City j depofed the then Emperor; and committed Devaftations % which no one would have committed, but the moft ignorant, as well as cruel Barba- rians, If we defcend not at prefent to particulars, it is, becaufe we have already quoted fo largely from Nicetas, in a former Chapter *. But a Queftion here occurs, cafier to propofe, than to anfvver. — " To what are " we to attribute this character of Fero- " city, which feems to have then pre- " vailed thro' the Laity of Europe? * See Part II I. chap. 5, and Abulpharagiui % p. 1S2, who dcfcribcs their Indiferiminatt L ruelty in a manner much refembling that of their Brother Cru. n at Bezieres, and that nearly about the fame time. Sec before, p. 409. Shall I N CLU I R I E S. 5 i 7 Shall we fay, 'twas Climate, and Chap. the Nature of the Country? — Thefe XIV. we muft confefs have in fome inftances great Influence. The hdians, feen a few years fince by Mr. Byron in the fouthern parts of South America, were brutal and favage to an enormous excefs. One of them, for a trivial offence, murdered his own Child (an infant) by dafhing it againft the Rocks. The Cyclopes, as defer ibed by Homer, were much of the fame fort ; each of 'them gave Law to his own Fa- mily, without regard for one another ; and befides this, they were Atheifts and Man-eaters. May we not fuppofe, that a flormy fea, together with a frozen, barren, and in- hofpitable fhore might work on the Imagi- nation of thefe Indians, fo, as by banifh- ing all pleafing and benign Ideas, to fill L 1 3 them 518 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. them with habitual Gloom, and a Propen* fity to be cruel ? — or might not the tre- mendous Scenes of Etna have had a like Effect upon the Cyclopes, who lived amid Smoke, Thunderings, Eruptions of Fire, and Earthquakes? If we may ♦believe at. Fazelius, who wrote upon Sicily "about two hundred years ago, the Inhabitants near Etna were in his time a fimilar Race *. If therefore thefe limited Regions had fuch an effect upon their Natives, may not a fimilar Effect: be prefumed from the vajl Regions of the North ? May not its cold, barren, uncomfortable Climate have made ■ its numerous Tribes equally rude and fa-cage ? If this be not enough, we may add a::o:Iicr Caufe, I mean their profound Igno- * See Fazcliui de Rebui feculh, L. II. C 4. • ranee. I N Q^U I R I E S. 519 rauce. Nothing mends the Mind more Chap, than Culture, to which thefe Emi- XIV. grants had no defire, either from Ex- ample or Education, to lend a patient Ear. We may add a farther Caufe JIUU which is, that, when they had acquired Coun- tries better than their own, they fettled under the fame Military Form, thro' which they had conquered; and were in face, when fettled, a fort of Army after a Cam- paign, quartered upon the wretched re- mains of the antient Inhabitants^ by whom they were attended under the different names of Serfs* Vaffals^ Vil- lains, &c. 'Twas not likely the Ferocity of thefe Conquerors mould abate with regard to their Vaffals, whom, as ftrangers, they were more likely to fufpect, than to love. L 1 4 'Twas 20 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. 'Twas not likely it mould abate with regard to one another, when the Neigh- bourhood of their Caftles, and the Conti- guity of their Territories, muft have given occafions (as we learrf from Hiftory) for endlefs Altercation. But this we leave to the learned in Feudal Tenures. We fhall add to the preceding Remarks one more {omcv/hditjingular, and yet per- fectly different ; which is, that tho' the Darknefs in Wejiern Europe, during the Period here mentioned, was (in Scripture Language) a Darknefs that might be felt* yet is it furprifing that, during a Period fo obfcure, many admirable Inventions found their way into the world ; I mean fuch as Clocks, Tele/copes, Paper, Gun- powder, the Mariner's Needle, Printing, and a number here omitted *. * See two ingenious Writers on this Subjeft, Polydore Virgil, De Rerum Jnventoribus ; and Pan- (irdiui, Dc Rebus perdttis el inyentu, 'Tis INQUIRIES. 521 'Tis furprifing too, if we confider the Chap. importance of thefe arts, and their exten- XIV. five utility, that it fhould be either un- known, or at leajl doubtful, by whom they were invented. A lively Fancy might almoft imagine, that every Art, as it was wanted, had fuddenly ftarted forth, addrefling thofe that fought it, as Eneas did his compa- nions — —-Coram, quern quceritis, adfum. VlRG. And yet, Fancy apart, of this we may be afTu red, that, tho' the particular Inventors may unfortunately be forgotten, the In- ventions themselves are clearly re- ferable to Man; to that fubtle, and active Principle* Human Wit, or Ingenuity. Let me then fubmit the following Query Ir PHILOLOGICAL If the Human Mind be as truly of divine Origin, as every other part of the Univerfe ; and if every other part of the Univerfe bear teftimony to its Author: do not the Inventions above mentioned give us reafon to afTert, that God, in the Operations of Man, never leaves himself without a wit- NESS? CHAP, I N Q^U I R I E S, 523 CHAP. XV, Opinions on Past Ages, and //z ceived, that Virgil (in conformity to it) when he would exprefs former times, calls 5 24 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. calls them (imply better, as if the Term, better^ implied former of courfe. Hie genus antiquum Teucri, pule her rima proles? Magnanimi Heroes^ nati melioribus annis. iEn. vi. 648. The fame opinion is afcribed by Ho- mer to old Nestor, when that venerable Chief fpeaks of thofe Heroes, whom he had known in his youth. He relates fome of their names ; Perithous, Dryas> Cce- neusy Thtfeus , and fome alfo of their exploits; as how they had extirpated the favage Centaurs — He then fubjoins — — ■— — — K6iV0i(7i 6 OCV <£Tl$, Tuv 01 vvv (3poto; eitrtv E7rt%(iovioi, ^oc^ioCio, IX. A. 271. with thefe no one Of earthly race^ as men are now, could As I N Q^U I R I E S. 525 As thefe Heroes were fuppofed to ex- C. XV* ceed in Jlrength thofe of the Trojan War, fo were the Heroes of that period to ex- ceed thofe, that came after. Hence, from the time of the Trojan War to that of Ho- mer, we learn that Human Strength was decreajed by a complete half. Thus the fame Homer, — - — oe %S()[A,otoiov Aa£e %£;£>/ vdstOYji;, perot epyov, &r ovoy avtipe (psgotev, OiOl VVV [SpOTOi SKT ' <)£ [sUV pax 7TCt?\.\S jc, oioq. IA. E. 302. Then grafp'd Tydides in his hand ajione, A Bulk i?nmenfe t which not Two MEN could bear^ As Men are now, but he alone with eafe HurTd it Virgil goes farther and tells us, that not twelve me iv of his time (and thofe too chofen ones) could even carry the ftone, which Turn us flung. n IX 526 PHILOLOGICAL P.III. Fix Mud lecti bis sex cervice fubirenff Qualia nunc hominum producit corpora tellus : Ille manu raptum trcpidd torquebat in hof* tern. J&n. xii. 899. Thus Human ftrength, which in Homer's time was leffened to halj\ in Virgil's time was leffened to a twelfth. If Strength and Bulk (as commonly happens) be pro- portioned, what Pygmies in Stature mud the Men of Virgil's time have been, when their ftrength, as he informs us, was fo far diminifhed ? A Man only eight times as Jlrong (and not, according to the Poet, twelve times) muft at leaft have been be- tween five and fix feet higher , than they were. But we all know the Privilege, claimed by Poets and Painters. 'Tis in virtue of this Privilege that Ho- race, when he mentions the moral De- generacies of his Contemporaries, afferts that " their Fathers were worfe than their " Grand- INQUIRIES. 5 2 7 " Grandfathers - y that they werewcrfe than C. XV. " their Fathers-, and -that their Children " would be worfe than they were-,*' def- cribing no fewer, after the Grandfather, than three Succefjions of Degeneracy. JEtas parent urn, pejor avis, tulit Nos nequiores, mox daturos Progeniem vitiosiorem. Hor. Od. L. iii. 6. We need only afk, were this >a fad, what would the Romans have been, had they degenerated in this proportion for five or fix Generations more? Yet Juvenal, fubfequent to all this, fuppofes a fimilar Progrefion; a Progref- fion in Vice and Infamy, which was not complete, till his own times. Then truly we learn, it could go no farther. Nil erit ulterius, nojlris quod moribus addat Pofleri- 528 PHILOLOGICAL P. III. Pojleritasy &c Omne in prjecipiti vitiumjletit, &c. Sat. i. 147, &c. But even Juvenal it feems was mif- taken, bad as we rauft allow his times to have been. Several Centuries after, with- out regard to fuvenal^ the fame Doctrine was inculcated with greater zeal than ever. When the Wejiern Empire began to de- cline, and Europe and Africa were ra- vaged by Barbarians^ the Calamities then happening (and formidable they were) na- turally led Men, who felt them, to efteem their own Age the worjl. The Enemies of Chrijiianity (for Pa- ganifm was not then extinct) abfurdly turn- ed thefe Calamities to the difcredit of the Chrijiian Religion, and faid the times were fo unhappy, becaufe the Gods were diflionoured, and the ancient Worfhip neglected. Orosius, a Chriflian y did not deny the melancholy facts, but, to obvi- ate I N Q^U I R I E S, 529 ate an obje&ion fo difhonourable to the C XV. true Religion, he endeavours to prove from Hiftorians, both Jacred and profane, that Calamities of every fort had exifted in every age, as many and as great, as thofe that exifted then. If Orosius has reafoned right (and his Work is an elaborate one) it follows that the Lamentations made then, and made evtrfnce, are no more than natural De~ damnations incidental to Man-, Declama- tions naturally arifmg, let him live at any period, from the fuperior efficacy of pre- fent Events upon prtfent Senfations. There is a Praife belonging to the Past congenial with this Cenfure; a Praife formed from Negatives, and befi illuftrated by Examples. Thus a Declaimer might afTert, (fup- pofing he had a wim, by exalting the eleventh Century, to debafe the prefent) M m that 53 o PHILOLOGICAL P. III. that " in the time of the Norma** " Conqueror we had no Routs, no RidoT- * c tos, no Newmarkets, no Candidates to " bribe, no Voters to be bribed, &c." and firing on Negatives, as long as he thought proper. What then are we to do, when we hear fuch Panegyric? « — Are we to deny the Facts ? — That cannot be — Are we to ad- m it the Conclufion ? — That appears not quite agreeable. — No method is left but to compare Evils with Evils; the Evils of 1066 with thofe of 1780 ; and fee whether the former Age had not Evils of its own % fuch as the prefent never ex- perienced, becaufe they do not now exi/l. We may allow, the Evils of the pre- /bit day to be real — we may even allow, that a much larger number might have been added — but then we may allege evils, by way of return, felt in those days fe- verely, but now not felt at all. « We INQUIRIES. 531 " We may aflert, we have not now, as C. XV. " happened then, feen our Country con- " quered by foreign Invaders ; nor our " Property taken from us, and diftributed " among the Conquerors ; nor ourfelves, " from Freemen, debafed into Slaves ; " nor our Rights fubmitted to unknown " Laws, imported, without our confent, " from foreign Countries." Should the fame Reafonings be urged in favour of Times, nearly as remote, and other Imputations of Evil be brought, which, tho' well known now, did not then exiil ; we may ftill retort that — " we " are no longer now, as they were then, *' fubjecl: to feudal Oppreffion; nor drag- " ged to War, as they were then, by the " petty Tyrant of a neighbouring Cadle; " nor involved in fcenes of blood, as they " were then, and that for many years, " during the uninterefling difputes be- *' tween a Stephen and a Maud." M m 2 Should PHILOLOGICAL Should the fame Declaimer pafs to a later period, and praife after the fame manner the reign of Henry the Se- cond, we have then to retort, " that we " have now no Beckets.'' Should he proceed to Richard the First, " that we have now no Holy Wars" — to John Lackland, and his Son, Henry, " that we have now no Ba- 11 rons Wars" — and with regard to both of them, " that, tho* we enjoy at " this inflant all the benefits of Magna " Chart a, we have not been compelled " to purchafe them at the price of our «• blood." A feries of Convulfions brings us, in a few years more, to the Wars between the Houfes of York and Lancaster—* thence, from the fall of the Lancajler Fa- mity, to the calamities of the York Fa- mily, and its final deftruction in Richard the Third — thence to the oppreflive Period INQUIRIES. 533 Period of his avaricious Successor ; and C.XV. from Him to the formidable reign of his relentless Son, when neither the Co- ronet, nor the Mitre, nor even the Crown could protedt their wearers ; and when (to the amazement of Pofterity) thofe, by whom Church Authority was denied, and thofe, by whom it was maintained* were dragged together to Smithfteld y and burnt at one and the fame Jiake *• The reign of his Successor was Jhort and turbid* and foon followed by the gloomy one of a bigotted Woman. We flop here, thinking we have in- ftances enough. Thofe, who hear any portion of thefe paji times, praifed for the * Some of thefe unfortunate, men denied the King's Supremacy^ and others, the real Prefence* See the His- tories of that Reign. M m 3 invidious 534 PHILOLOGICAL P. II T. invidious purpofi above mentioned, may anfwer by thus retorting the Calamities and Crimes, which exifled at the time praifedy but which now exijl rto more, A true Eftimate can never be formed, but in confequence of fuch a Comparifon j for if we drop the laudable, and allege only the bad, or drop the bad, and allege only the laudable, there is no Age, whatever its real characler, but may be made to pafs at pleafure either for a good one, or a bad one. If I may be permitted in this place to add an obfervation, it fhall be an obferva- tion founded upon many years experience. I have often heard Declamations againft the prefent Race of Men ; Declamations againft them, as if they were the worft of animals ; treacherous, falfe, felfifti, en- vious, oppreflive, tyrannical, &c. &c. This (1 fay) I have often heard from grave Declaimers, and have heard the Sentiment delivered I N Q^U I R I E S. 52 s delivered with a kind of Oracular Pomp. C.XV. —Yet I never heard any fuch Declaimer fay (what would have been Jincere at leafl^ if it had been nothing more) " I prove '* my aiTertion by an example, where I " the Times, / am reading of, are older " than you imagine; the Sentiment was de-~ *y liver ed above four hundred years ago ; " its Author Sir John Mandeville, " who died in 1371 *," * See ihh Writer 1 i own Preface^ p. 10, in the large OSlavo Enghjh Edition of his Travih, publifhed at London, in 1727. Sec alfo of thefe Philokg. Inqui- ries, p. 485. As I N CLU I R I E S. 537 * As Man is by nature a foetal Animal, C. XV. Good Humour feems an ingredient high- ly neceflary to his character. Tis the Salt, which gives a feafoning to the Feaft of Life; and which, if it be wanting, furely renders the Feaft incomplete. Many Caufes contribute to impair this amiable Quality, and nothing perhaps more, than bad Opinions of Mankind. Bad Opinions of Mankind naturally lead us to Misan- thrope. If thefe bad opinions go far* ther, and are applied to the Univerfe, then they lead to fomething worfe, for they lead to Atheism. The melancholy and morofe Character being thus infenfibly formed, Morals and Piety fink of courfe j for what Equals have we to love, or what Superior have we to revere, when we have no other objects left, than thofe of Hatred^ or of Terror*? * Misanthropy is fo dangerous a thing, and goes fo far in Tapping the very foundations of Morali- ty 5^8 PHILOLOGICAL, P. Ill, It (fcould feem then expedient if we value our better Principles, nay, if we value cur own Happinefs^ to withftand fueh dreary Sentiments. 'Twas the ad- vice of * wife }A$ t n--Say not Thou, what u the Caufti thai the pobmer days WERE BETTER TH^N. THESE ? For t/lQU ty and .Religion', that I efteem the laft part of Swift's Gulintr (that I mean relative to his Hoyhnms and Yahoos) ro be a work: Book to perufe, than thofe which we forbid, as the rjicft flagitious and obfcene. One abfurdky m this Author (a wretched Philofo- pher, tho' a great Wit) is well worth remarking— in -order to render the Nature of Man odious, and the Nature «/*Beas1"S amiable, he is compelled to give Human Chambers to his Beasts, and Beastly Char after s to his Men — fo that we arc to admire the Beasts, r:ct for being Beajls, but amiable Men; and to deteji the Men, not for being Men, but detejlable Beasts. "Whoever has been reading this unnatural Filth, let him turn for a moment to a Spectator of Addison, and obferve the Philanthropy of that Claffual Writer \ I may add the fu^erior Puiity of his Duiicn aud his Wit* DOST I N QJJ I R I E S. 539 dost not inqjjire wisely concerning C. XV. this*. Things Prefent make Impreffions amaz- ingly fuperior to things. Remote ; fo that, in objects of every kind, we are eafily miftaken as to their comparative Magni- tude. Upon the Canvafs of the fame Pic- ture a near Sparrow occupies the fpace of a dijlant Eagle ; a near Mole-hill, that of a dijlant Mountain. In the perpetration of Crimes, there are few perfons, I believe, who would not be more fhocked at a5lu- ally feeing a fingle man ajj'ajfinated (even taking away the Idea of perfonal danger) than they would be mocked in reading the MaJJ'acre of Paris, The Wife Man, juft quoted, wifhes to fave us from thefe Errors. He has al- ready informed us — The thing, that hath been, is that, which shall be; and * Ecclefiajles, Chap. vii. v. io. THERE PHILOLOGICAL there is no new thing under the Sun. Is there any thing whereof it may be /aid, See, this is new? It hath been ALREADY of old time, which WAS BE- FORE us. — He then fubjoins the Caufe of this apparent Novelty — -things paji, when they return, appear new, if they are forgotten ; and things prefent will ap- pear fo, fhould they too be forgotten, when they return *. This Forgetfulnefs of what is Jimilar in Events which return (for in every re- turning Event fuch Similarity exifsj is the Forgetfulnefs of a Mind uninftructed and weak; a Mind ignorant of that great, that Providential Circulation, which never ceafes for a moment thro' every part of the Univerfe. • See of the fame EcdefiuJIes, chap, the firjl, v. g, and chap, the fecond y v. 16. It I N Q^U I R I E S. 541 It is not like that Forgetfulnefs 9 which G XV. I once remember in a man of Letters, who, when at the conclufion of a long life, he found his Memory began to fail, faid chearfully — " Now I Jhall have a t( pleafure, I could not have before ; that of " reading my old Books, and finding " them all new." Theke was in this Confolation fome- thing philofophical and pleafing. And yet perhaps 'tis a higher Philofophy (could we attain it) not to forget the Past; but in Contemplation of the Past to view the Future, fo that we may fay on the worfl Profpects, with a becoming Refignation, what Eneas faid of old to the Cumean Prophetess, — — Virgin, no Scenes of III To me or new, or unexpected rife-, Vve feen y em all ; have feen, and long BEFORE Withinmyself revolvd 'em in my mind*. * ./En. VI. 103, 104, 105. In 542 P H I L O L O G I C A L, &c. In fuch a Conduct, if well founded, there is not only Fortitude, but l'iety : Fortitude, which never finks, from a confcious Integrity, and Piety, which never refills, by referring all to the Divine Will, But left fuch Speculation, by carrying me above my fubjecc, mould expofe a Writer upon Critkijm to be himfelf criti- tized, I fhall here conclude thefe Philo- logical Inquiries. the END, APPENDIX O F DIFFERENT PIECES. The First, containing an Account of the Arabic Manuscripts, belonging to the Escurial Li- brary in bpain. The Second, containing an Account of the Ma- nuscripts of Livy in the fame Library. The Third, containing an Account of the Manu- scripts of Cebes, in the Library of the King of France, at Paris. The Fourth, containing fome Account of Lite- rature in Russia, and of its Progrefs towards beinjr civilized. APPENDIX. PART THE FIRST. An Account of the Arabic Manuscripts, be- longing to the Efcurial Library in Spain. THIS Account is extracted from two fair Folio Volumes, to the Firjl of which Volumes the Title is conceived in the following words. BlBLIOTHECiE Ar ABICO- HlSP ANJE EsCURALI- ENsis, five Librorum omnium MSS. quos Arabic} ab aucloribus magyiam pattern Ar abo-Hifpanii compofitos Bi- bliotheca Canobii Ef cur alien fn complefiitur y Recensio et Explanatio: Opera et Studio MiCHAELis CasiRI, Syro-Maronita, Prejbyteri, S. Theologia Doc~icris> Regit a Bibliothecd) Linguarumque Orientalium Inter prelatione', Caroli 111. Regis Opt. Max. aucloritate atqut- aufpiciis ediia. Tomus Prior. Matriti. Antonius Perez de Soto imprimebat Anno MDCCLX. This Catalogue is particularly valuable, becaufe not only each Manufcript is enumerated, but its Age alfo and Author (when known) are given, together with large Extratis upon occafion, both in the original Ara- hie, and in Latin. jSf n From 546 APPENDIX. From the first Volume it appears that the Arabians cultivated every fpecies of Philosophy and Philology, as alfo (according to their Syftems) Jurisprudence and Theology. They were peculiarly fond of Poetry, and paid great honours to thofe, whom they efteemed good Poets. Their earliejl Writers were of this fort, forne of whom (and thofe much admired) flourifhed many centuries before the time of Mahomet. The ftudy of their Poets led them to the Art of Criticism, whence we find in the above Catalogue, not only a multitude of Poems, but many works upon Compaction, Metre, Sec. We find in the fame Catalogue Translations of Aristotle and Plato, together with their Lives; as alfo Tranflations of their best Greek. Commen- tators, fuch as Alexander Aphrodisiensis, Philoponus, and others. We find alfo Comments of their own, and original Pieces, formed on the Prin- ciples of the above Philofophers, There too may be found Translations of Eu- clid, Archimedes, Apollonius Perg-sus, and the other ancient Aluthemcticians, together with their Greek Commentators, and many original Pieces of their own upon the fame Mathematical fubjects. In the Arithmetical Part they are faid to follow Diophantus, from whom they learnt that Al- gebra, APPENDIX. .547 gebra, of which they are erroneaujly thought to have been the Inventors. There we may find alfo the works of Ptolemy tranjlated, and many original Treatifes of their ovon upon the fu.bje& of Astronomy. It appears too, that they Studied with care the important Subject of Agriculture. One large Work in particular is mentioned, compofed by a Spanijh Arabian, where every mode of Culture, and every fpecies of Vegetable is treated ; Paflure, Arable, Trees, Shrubs, Flowers, &c. By this work may be perceived (as the Editor well obferve.-) how much better Spain was cultivated in thofe times; and that fame /pedes of Vegetables were then found there, which are now loft. Here are many Trails on the various Parts of Ju- risprudence; fome ancient Copies of the Alco- ran; innumerable Commentaries on it; together with Books of Prayer, Books of Devotion, Ser- mons, &c. Among their Theological Works, there are fome upon the Principles of the Mystic Divinity -, and among their Philofophical, fome upon the Subject of Talismans, Divination and judicial Astrology. The first Volume, of which we have been ipeaking, is elegantly printed, and has a harmd Pre' N n 2 face 548 APPENDIX. face prefixed by the Editor, wherein he relates what he has done, together with the affiftance he has re- ceived, as well from the Crown of Spain and its Mi- nijltrs, as fiom Lamed A fen. He mentions a fatal Fire, which happened at the Efcurialy in the year 167c, when above three thzufand of thefe valuable Manufcripts were deftroyed. He has in this Volume given an account of about fourteen hundred. The Second Volume of this valuable Work, which bears the fame Title with the Firfl, was publifhed at Madrid^ ten years after it, in the year 177c. It contains chiefly the Arabian Chrono- logers, Travellers, and Historians ; and, tho' national partiality may be fometimes fufpecled, yet, as thefe are accounts given us by the Spanifit Arabians them/elves, there are many Incidents preferved, which other writers could not know; Incidents re- fpecling not only the Succeffions, and the Characters of the Arabic-Spanijh Princes, but the Country and its Prcduclions, together with the Manners y and the Litera- ture of its then Inhabitants. Nor are the Incidents in thefe Volumes confined to Spain only, many of them relate to ether Countries, fuch as the Growth of Sugar in Egypt; the Inven- tion of Paper there (of which material there are Ma- nufcripts in the Efcurial Library of the year 1 180); the wfe of Gunpowder, carried not only to the beginning of the fourteenth Century, but even lb far back (if wc APPENDIX. 549 we can believe it) as to the feventb Century; the De- ception of Mecca; the Antiquity of the Arabic Language, and the practice of their most an- tient Authors, to write in verfe ; their Tear, Months, Weeks, and Method of Computation ; their Love for Poetry, and Rhetoric, &c. Great Heroes are recorded to have flourifhed among them, fuch as Abdelrahmanus, and Abi Amer Almoaphcr'i. Abdelrahmanus lived in the beginning of the tenth Century, and Abi Amer Almoapheri at its latter end. Tbefirjf, having fubdued innumerable Factions and Seditions, reigned at Corduba with reputation for fifty years, famed for his love of Letters, and his upright adminiftration of Juftice. The Jecond, undertaking the tuition of a young Prince (who was a minor, named Hefcham) and having reftored Peace to a turbid King- dom, turned his Arms fo fuccefsfully againfi its nu- merous Invaders, that he acquired the honourable name of Almanzor, that is, the Defender. (See Vol. 2d of this Catalogue, pages 37, 49, 50.) ArabianSpain had too itsMEN ofLetters, and thofe in great numbers; fome, whofe Fame was fo extenfive, that even Chrijhans came to hear them from remote Piegions of Europe. But this has been already men,-, tioned, p. 394, 395, of thefe Inquiries. Public Libraries (not lefs than feventy) were eftablifhed thro' the Country; and noble Benefactions N n 3 thejf 550 APPENDIX. they were to the Caufe of Letters, at a time when Bock;, by being Manuscripts, vtercfo cojlly an Article, that few Scholars were equal to the expencc of a Col- lection. To the Subjects, already treated, were added the Lives of their famous Women; that is, of Women who had been famous for their Literature and Genius. 'Tis fomewhat ftrange, when we read thefe ac- counts, to hear it afferted, that the Religion of thefe people was hoflile to Literature, and this AfTertion founded on no better reafori, than ih^t the Turks, their fucceffors, by being barbarous and ignorant, had little value for accompli/laments, of which they knew nothing. Thefe Spanish Arabians alfo, like their An- ceftors in the Eaj?, were great Horsemen, and parti- cularly fond of Horses. Accounts are preferved both of Horses and Camels; alfo of their Coin; of the two Races of Caliphs, the Ommiada, and the Ab- b.ijjada-, of the firft Arabic Conqueror of Spain, and the Conditions of Toleration granted to the Christians, whom he had conquered. It farther appears from thefc Arabic Works, that not only Sugar, but Silk was known and culti- vated in Spaim. We read a beautiful Dcfcription of Grenada, and its Environs; as alfo Epitaphs of rlitFerent kinds j fomc of them approaching to Attic Elegance. When APPENDIX. 551 When that pleafing Liquor Coffee was fir ft intro- duced among them, a Scruple arofe among the Devout (perhaps from feeling its exhilerating Quality), whether it was not forbidden by the Alcoran, under the article of Wine. A Council of Mahomtian Di- vines was held upon the occafion, and the Council luckily decreed for the Legality of its ufe. (See Vol. 2d of this Catalogue, p. 172, 1 73-) The Concealers made by the Arabian Conqueror of Spain to the Gothic Prince, whom he fubdued, is a ftriking Pi-flure of his Lenity and Toleration. He neither depofed the Gothic Prince, nor plundered his People, but, on payment of a moderate Tribute, fti- pulated not to deprive them either of their Lives or Property, and gave them alfo their Churches, and a Toleration for their Religion. See this curious Treaty, which was made about the year 712 of the Chrijlian /Era, in the fecond Vol. of this Catalogue, p. j 06. When the Poflerity of thefe Conquerors came in their turn to be conquered, (an Event, which hap- pened many Centuries afterward) they did not experi- ence that Indulgence, which had been granted by their Forefathers. The conquered Moors (as they were then called) were expelled by thoufandi ; or, if they ventured to fay, were expofed to the Carnage of a mercilefs Inqui- ft ion — pueri, innuptaque puella, Impositique E.CGIS juvenes ante ora parentum. N n 4 It 552 APPENDIX. It appears that many of thefe Arabic-Spanish Princes were men of amiable Manners, and great Encouragers both of Arts and Letters, while others, on the contrary, were tyrannic, cruel, and fanguinary . There were ufually many Kingdoms exifting at the fame time, and thefe on every occafion embroiled one with another; not to mention much internal Sedition in each partioular flate. Like their Ea/lern Anceftors, they appear not to have Jhared the fmallejl Sentiment of Civil LIBERTY; the difference as to good and bad Government feeming to have been wholly derived, according to them, from the Worth or Pravity of the Prince, who governed. See p. 385 of thefe Inquiries. The Reader will obferve, that the Pages referring to Fads, in the two Hiflorical Volumes of thefe Manu- fcripts, are but feldom given, becaufe whoever poffefles thofe Volumes (and without them any Reference would be ufclcfs) may eafily find every Fact, by refer- ring to the copious and ufeful Index, fubjoined to the fecond Volume, which Index goes to the whole Work. A P APPENDIX. PART THE SECOND. Concerning the Manuscripts of Livy, in the Esc u RIAL Library. FT having been often afTerted, that an intire -*■ and complete Copy of Livy was extant in the Escurial Library, I requefted my Son, in the year 177 1 (he being at that time Minifter Penipo- tentiary to the Court of Madrid)^ to inquire for me, what Manufcripts of that Author were there to be found. He procured me the following accurate Detail from a learned Ecclefiajiic y Don Juan de Pellegeros, Canon of Lerma, employed by Monfr. De Santan- der, his Catholic Majffiys Librarian^ to infpecl for this purpofe the Manufcripts of that valuable Library. The Detail was in SpaniJI), of which the following is a Tranflation. Among the MSS. of the Escurial Library are the following Works of T. Livy. 3 ft. Three large Volumes, which contain y» many Decads, the 1/?, ^d, and ^th (one Decad in each Volume) curioufly written on Parchment, or fine Vel- lum, by Pedro de Middkburgh % or of Zee/and (as he ftiles himfelf). The 554 APPENDIX. The Bioh are truly magnificent, and in the Title and Initials curioufly illuminated. They bear the Arms of the Houfe of Btrgia, with a Cardinal's Cap, whence it appears that they belonged either to Pope Callixtus the third, or to Alexander thefixth, when Car- dinals. 2d. Two other Volumes, written by the fame Hand, one of the fi'Ji Dccad, the ether of the third; of the fame fize, and beauty, as the former. Both have the fame Arms, and in the lafl is a Note, which recites : This Book belongs to D. "Juan de Fonfeca y Bijhop of Burgos. 3d. Another Volume of the same size, and fomething more antient, than the former (being of the beginning of the fifteenth Century) containing the third Decad entire. This is alfo well written 00 Parchment, tho' not fo valuable as the former. 4th. Another of the first Decad, finely tvritten on Vellum. At the end is written as fol- lows — Ex centum voluminibus, qua ego indies vita mea magnis laboribus haclenus fcripftjfe memini, hos duos Titi L:vii libros Anno Dni. 1 44 1. Ego JoaTies Andreas de Colonia feliciter, gratia Dei, abfolvi — and at the end of each book — Emendavi Ntcomachus Fabianus. In thejaft leaf cf this Book is a Fragment either of Livy him/tif, or of fome Pen, capable of imitating him. It fills the whole leaf, and the Writer fays, it was in the Copy, from which he transcribed. It appears to be APPENDIX. 555 be a Fragment of the latter times of the fecond Punic War. 5th. Another large Volume in Parchment, well written, of the fame Century, viz the fifteenth containing three Decads — 1 De Ubis initus. 1. Be Bello Punico. 3. De Bello Macedonia). In this la/I Decad is wanting a part of the Book. This Volume is much ejleemed. being full of Notes and various Readings^ in the hand of Hieronimo Zu7:ita i 4ts former poffeflbr. 6th. Another very valuaele Volume, containing the firjl Decad, equal to the former in the elegance of its Writing and Ornaments. This alfo belonged to Hieronimo Zunila ; the age the fame. 7th. Laftly, there is another of the first Decad alfo, written on Paper, at the beginning of the fifteenth Century. This contains nothing re- markable. In all, there are ten Volumes, and all nearly of the same age. Here ends the Account of the Escurial Manu- scripts, given us by this learned Spaniard, in which Manufcripts we fee there appears no part of Livy, but what wai printed in the early Editions. The other Parts of this Author, which Parts none of the Manufcripts here recited give us, were dijeovered and printed afterwards. As 55 6 APPENDIX. As to the Fragment mentioned in the fourth article, (nil of which Fragment is there tranferibed) it has, tht? genuine^ no peculiar rarity, as it is to be found in all the latter printed Editions. See particularly in Crevier's Edition of Livy, Paris, 1736, Tome 2d, pages 716, 717, 718, beginning with the words Raro ftmulhominibusy and ending with the words increpatit rifum ejje, which is the whole Extent of the Fragment here exhibited. From this Detail it is evident, that no intire Copy of Livy is 'extant in the Escurial Library. A P- APPENDIX. PART THE THIRD. Greek Manuscripts of Cebes, in the Li- brary of the King of Frange. * I "HE Picture of Cebes, one of the mofl ele- A gant Moral Allegories of Grecian Antiquity, is fo far connected with the middle Age, that the ingenious Arabians of that time thought it worth tranflating into Arabic. It was alfo tranflated from Greek into Latin by Lu~ dovicus OdaxiuSy a learned Italian, foon after Greek Literature revived theie, and was publifhed in the year 1497. After this it was often printed, fometimes in Greek alone, fometimes accompanied with more modern Latin Verfions. But the Misfortune was, that the Greek Manufcripts, from which the Editors printed, (that of Odaxius alone excepted) were all of them defective in their End or Conclufton. And hence it followed that this Work for many years was publiflied, Edition after Edition, in this defective manner. Had its End been loft, we might have lamented it, as we lament other loiTes of the fame kind. But in the prefent cafe, to the fhame of Editors, we have the End preserved, and that not only in the Arabic Para- phrafe, and the old Latin TranJIation of Odaxius \ but, »h*t is more, even in the original Text, as it ftands 55S APPENDIX. ftands in tiuo excellent Manufcripts of the King of France's Library. From thefe MSS it was publifhed in a neat i2mo. Edition of Cebes, by fames Gronovius, in the year 1689; and after him by the diligent and accurate Fa- bricius, in his Bibliothcca Graca, Tom. I. p. 834, 835; and, after Fubricius* in a fmall o&avo Edition, by Thomas fohnfon, A. M. printed at London, in the year 1720. Whoever reads the Conclufion of this Treatife will find fufficicnt internal Evidence to convince him of /// Authenticity, both from the purity of the Language, and the Truth, as well as Connexion of the Sentiment. However, the Manufcript authority refting on no- thing better than the perplexed account of that rooft obfeure and afiecled writer, fames Gronovius, I procured a fearch to be made in the Royal Li- brary at Paris, if fuch Manufcripts were there to be found. Upon Infpeclion of no lefs than four Manu- scripts of Cebes, preferved in that valuable Li- brary, No. 858, 2992, 1 001, 1774, it appeared that in the second, und in the third, the End or Ceses was perfect and intire, after the manner in which it Jlands in the printed Editions above mentioned. The. APPENDIX. 559 The End of this fhort Effay is to prove, that the Genuinefs of the Conclufion thus rejlorcd does not reft merely on fuch authority, as that of "James Grcnovius, (for Fabricius and "Johnfon only follow Him) but on the authority of the beji Manufcripts y a finally irfpefiedfor tht purptfe. APPENDIX. PART THE FOURTH. Some Account of Literature in Russia, and cf its Progrtfs towards being Civilized. THE vaft Empire of Russia, extending far into the North, both in Europe and Afia, 'tis no wonder that, in fuch a Country, its Inhabitants fhould have remained fo long uncivilized. For Culture of% the finer Arts it is necefiary there fhould be comfortable Leifure. But how could fuch Leifure be found in a Country, where every one had enough to do, to fup- port his family, and to refift the Rigour of an uncom- fortable Climate ? Befides this, to make the finer Arts four ijh, there mult be Imagination ; and Imagina- tion muft be enlivened by the Contemplation of pleafing Objecls-y and that Contemplation muft be performed in a manner ea/y to the Contemplator. Now, who can con- lemplate with cafe, where the Thermometer is often many degrees below the freezing point? Or what ob- ject can he find worth contemplating for thofe many long months, when all the Water is Ice, and all the Land covered with Snow? If then the Dilficulties were fo great, how great mult have been the Praife of thofe Princes and Le- gifiators, who dared attempt to polfu mankind in fo un- APPENDIX. 561 unpromifing a Region, and who have been able, by their perfeverance, in fome degree to accomplifli it ? Thofe, who on this occafion beftow the higheft praifes upon Peter the Great, praifehim, with- out doubt, as he juftly deferves. But if they would refer the Beginning of this work to Him, and much more its Completion) they are certainly under a mif- take. As long ago as the time of our Edward the 6tb, Ivan Basilowitz adopted Principles of Commerce -, and granted peculiar privileges to the Englijh t on their difcovery of a Navigation to Archangel, A fad fcene of fanguinary Confufion followed from this period to the year 161 2, when a Deliverer arofe. Prince Pajanky. He, by unparalleled fortitude, having routed all the Tyrants and Impoftors of the time, was by the Bojars or Magnates unanimoufly elected Czar. But this Honor He, with a mod dif- interefted magnanimity, declined for himfelf, and pointed out to them Michael F^edorowitz, of the houfe of Romanoffs and by his mother's fide defend- ed from the antient Czars. From this period we may date the firft appear- ances of a real Civilizing, and a Developement of the Wealth and Power of the Rvjpan Empire. Mich a el reigned thirty-three years. By his wifdom, and the mildnefs of his character, he reftored Eafe and Tran- quility to fubjects, who had been long deprived of O o thofa 562 APPENDIX. thofc ineftimable Bleffings — lie encouraged them ta Induflry, and gave them an example of the moil laudable behaviour. His fon Alexius Michaelowitz was fuperior to his Father in the Art of Governing and found Politics. He promoted Agriculture ■, introduced into his Empire Arts and Sciences, of which he was himfelf a lover; publifhed a Code of Laivs, full ufed in the Ad- min iftration of Juftice ; and greatly improved bis Army, by mending its difcipline. This he effected chiefly by the help of Strangers, mod of whom were Scotch. Lejley, Gordon, and Ker, are the Narries of Families ftill exijling in this Country. Theodore or Fjedor fucceeded his Father in 1677. He was of a gentle Difpofition, and weak Conftitution ; fond of Pomp and Magnificence, and in fatisfying this paiiion contributed to polifn his fubjecls by the introduction of foreign Manufactures, and Ar- ticles cf Elegance, which they fcon began to adopt and imitate. His delight was in Horfes, and he did his country a real fervice in the beginning and cftablifhing of thofe fine breeds of them in the Ukraine, and elfe- where. He reigned feven years, and having on his death- bed called his Bojars round him, in the prefence of his Brother and Sifter, Ivan and Sophia, and of his half Brother Peter, faid to them ; " Hear my lafi '« ftntimtnti ; they are di dated by my love for the J1 ate, il and by viy affeclion for my people — the bodily In- «' firmitits of Iw an neceffarily mujl off eel his mental < * Fatuities — ht is incapable of ruling a Dominion "lik* APPENDIX. 563 * c like that flfRussi A — he cannot take it amifs, if 1 rc- Kt commend to you to fet him afule, and to let your appro- " bation fall on Peter, who to A robust Consti- " TUtion joins great strength of Mind, and " marks cf A SUPERIOR UNDERSTANDING." Theodore dying in 1682, Peter became Emperor^ and his brother Ivan remained contented. But So- phia, Iwan's fjier, a Woman of great Ambition, could not bring herfelf to fubmlt. The Troubles, which enfued ; the imminent Dangers, which Peter efcaped; his Abolition of that turbulent and /editions Soldiery, called the Strelitz ; the Confinement of his halt-filter Sophia to a Monaftery ; all thefe were important Events, which left Peter. in the year 1689 with no other competitor, than the mild and eafy I wan ; who, dying not many years after, left him sole Monarch of all the R.us- sias. The Ac"ls at home and abroad, in Peace and in War, of this Jiupendms and elevated Genius, are too well known to be repeated by me. Peter adorned his Country with Arts, and raifed its Glory by Arms ; he created a refpeSiable Marine ; founded 6"/. Peterf- bwgh, a new Capital, and that from the very ground; rendering it withal one of the fi>fl Cities in Europe for Beauty and Elegance. To encourage Letters he formed Academies, and invited foreign Profeflbrs not only to Petersburgh O o 2 (his 564 APPENDIX. (his new City) but to his antient Capital Moscow $. at both which places tbefe Profejfars were maintained with liberal Penfums^ As a few Specimens cf Literature from both thefe Cities have recently come to my hand, I fhall en- deavour to enumerate them, as I think it relative to my fubjeft. i. Plutarch us z«gi Avowrlox, x) -ar^i Tu'j^ne — Gr. Lat. cum animadverfionibus Rei/kii et alior. — fuas odjecit Cbrijlianus Eridericus Mattbai. Typis Uni- vcrfitatis Mofquenfis, an. 1777, $vo- 1. Plutarchi libellus de Super ftitione, efDemoflhe- ths Oratio funebris, Gr. Lat, cum notis integris Reifkii et alior. — fuas adjecit Cbriji. Frider. Mattbai — Typh Cafarea Mofquenfis Univerfitatis t an. 1778, Svo. 3-. Lecttones Mosquenses^ in two Volumes, %ve, bound together, and printed at Leipftc, an. 1779—- they contain various Readings in different Authors, and fome entire pieces, all in Greek, collected from the Libraries of Mo/cow, and published by the fame learned Editor. 4. Isocratis, Dembtrii Cyd. et Michael- Glycje aliquot Epiflola, nee non Dion. Chry- 80s to mi Oratio — Gr.ec. — Typis Univerfitatis Cafarea- Mofquenfn — 8vo. — By the fame learned Editor. 5. Glos- APPENDIX. 565 5. Glossaria Grjeca minora, et alia Anecdota 7s iir) xsrowx Aaj tc en governed by Female Sovereigns only. Allot them have purfued more or lefs the Plan of their great Predecefibr, and none of them more, than the illustrious Princess, who now reigns. And fo much for Literature in Russia, and (or its Progress towards being civilized. A D- ADVERTISEMENT. IT was propofed, as mentioned in p. 41 of this Work, to have joined a few Notes to the Pieces contained in the pre- ceding Appendix; but, the Work growing larger than was expected, the Notes, as not being efj'entially Parts of it, have been omitted* One Omiffion however we beg to fupply, becaufe it has happened thro Inadvertence* Be/ides the Arabic Tranflations from the Greek, mentioned in the Appendix, Part the Firji, there are alfo Tranflations of Hippocrates, Galen, and the old Greek Phyficians, whom the Arabians, as they tranjlated, illujirated with Comments, and upon whofe DoBrines they formed many Compofitions of their own, having been re- markably famous for their S t tidy and Know " lege ^Medicine. N D E X, ffe here repeat, what we have [aid already that TKa two Capital Letters, A and B. which occur in this Index, denote the two Volumes : for ex- ample. A U2, denotes page 112, of the former Volume; B 337, denotes page 337 of the Lat- ter Volume ; andfo, in other injlancts* A. A bassidje, Caliphs, B 325. illuftrious Race, ibid, extinguilhed, when, — 385. 388- Abelard, Peter, and Heloisa, B 435 Abulfeda, Arabian Hiftorian, account of him* B 329. quoted, pafjim. Abulpharagius, Arabian Hiftorian, account of him, B 330. quoted, pajjim. Academy, the Place, where Plato taught, B 264. Academy, New, by Arcessilas and Carneades, B261 Accent, differs from Quantity, how, A 64, accurately diftinguiftied, anciently, A 65. prevailed at length over Quantity, A 74, 75. B 458, 459, Samples of its force, - A 78, 79 Accentual Quantity, ufed even by ClaJJic Writers, and ey whom, and how far, A 82. prevails in English Verse, and in that of all the other modern Languages, — 84 to 88 Accumulation, exemplified, A 53 to 57. Caufe or Rea- fon of its Force, A 57 to 6o Accuracy^ I N D E X. Accuracy, important every where, but where most 90, A 133, 134 Acrojlia, Chronograms, Jl'ings, Altars, Eggs, Sec. finely defcribed, ■ 475 to 479 Acts of the Apojlles, — — B 274 Addison, his elegant Comedy, A 2C9. fuperior to Swift, both in Diclion and JVit, and Philan- thropy, 13 538. fine Comment on Mtlton, A 24 Admiration, upon what founded, A 48. foolijh, how cured, A 234 Adrian, a capital Benefactor to Athens, B 273 /Elian, — B 494 iENEAS Sylvias (afterward Pope Pius the fecond) de- plores the taking of Conjlantinople, and defcribes its ftate, immediately previous to that latal Event, B 315 to 318 iEsCHiNES, the Socratic, • A 230 J ff ability, fee Saladin, — . . o^ 2 Agriculture, in Arabian Spain, how excellent, 547 Alaric, takes Rome, — — B 277 Albigeois, Cruelty of the Crufaders towards them, B 409. See Beziers — lnquifition. Alcidamas, his fine Metaphor in defcribing the Odyssey, — A Jg2 Alcuin, . 13 293 Alexander, the Great, — — B 20 - g Alexandrian Library, burnt, B 252. 322 Alexius, Greek Emperor, B 508 &c Allegro and Penseroso of Milton, A 56. See Accumulation. Alliteration, A 93. Examples of, from Latin, 94, 9-. from Greek, 9 6 to 98. from eld EngliJ}>, 9 8. from Englijh INDEX. Englijh lefs antient, 99, 100. from modtrn Engliftj, 101, 102 Almanum, Caliphy the great Patron of Liter ature y B 326, 327. 361 Almanzor, Caliph, B 326 AloMostassem, Caliph, his mean Behaviour, B 386 ALPHARABr, — ■ — B328 Amalfi, the Citj', where the P 'ij "an s found' c /»/?/- niatis Code, ■ B 407 Ammokius, his Defcripticn of Contraries, A 52. ac- count of Him, and his valuable Comments, B 250 Amrus, ■ — B 252. 350 Avovyvupuris. See Difcovery. Anapajlic Meajure, its Solemnity and Beauty, B 474. Angel of Death, — — B 349 Anger, mould remit, and WHY, ■ — A 179 Anna Comnena, — 650810512 Annominatio, fame with Alliteratio, A 98, 99 Anson, his Adventure with an old Greek, B 320 Anthology Greek. Sec Pl a nudes, B 295. 307 Antipater, — B 269 Antipbona, defcribed, B 566 Arabians, B from 322 to 390. their national Cha- racter, 323. 338. favoured Medieine, and Ajlro- logy, 374. 381 to 384. had no Ideas of Civil Li- berty, 385. 552. their Poetry, 346 to 356. loved Allegory, B 348. their Degeneracy, — B 388 Arabian Poetry. See Poetry. Aratus, — B 274 Arcessilas, — — B 261 Aristophanes, — B 293 Ari- INDEX. Aristotle, Father of Criticifm, A 8. quoted, A 50, 51, 52. 58, 59- <*6, 67. 71. 73, 74. 9°- 98- 103* 139. 141. 143- >4&. HO* '49* I 5 1, 153- J 5 8 « 166. 174, 175- I79> 180, 181, 182. 186, 187. 189, 190, 191, 192. 196. 199. 201. 206, 207, 2(58. 210. 219, 220, 221. 229. 231. B 259. 264. 267. 286. 294. 356. 389. 406. 431. 470, 471. 508. 546 Arrian'sEpi'ctetus, — ■ A 33 Ashley, Honourable Maurice JJh. Cowper, his fine Tranjlation of the Cyropadia, — A 29 AJlrology, B 374. 381 to 384 Atheifm, what leads to it, — — B 537 Athenjeus, — — B 268. 286 Athens, a place of Education, B 273. of Pbilofopbi- cal Retreat, B 274. St. Paul there, ibid, befieged by Alaric, B 277. Howfaved, and by whom, 278. taken^ and by whom, 282. prefent Character of its Inhabitants, from Sport, Wheeler, and Stuart, B 283 Athenians, B 255, 256. their high Tafte, when it began, ibid, furvived their Empire, B 258. 269 Attica, ftill famous for Olives and Honey, B 286 Atticus. See T. Pomponius. Averroes, B 328. his Patience, 369. his Comment upon Arijlotle, — — — 389 AucusTut, — — B 271, 272 AVICENNA, B 328 Aulus Gellius, his Enigma, — A 202 B. Bacon, Roger, thought a Magician, why, 399 Bacon, INDEX. Bacon, Lord Verulam, his Judgment upon Jlrange Stories, B 280 Bagdad, when founded, and by whom, B 386. when taken, — — 386, 387 Banquet, Imperial, at Conjlantinople, part of its Cere- monial, B 298 Barbarians, Wejlern Latins, B 401. See Ba- rons, Counts, &c. Barbarians, Persians fo called, both by the old Greeks, and modern Arabians, B 346, 347 Barons, B 401. 512. See Counts, Barbarians, &c. Barrington, his valuable Book, — B 504 Battle, Trials by, — B 242, 243. 515 Bayle, B 384 Beauty, natural or inanimate, whence derived, B492. 495. See Tempe, 493. Virgil and Horace, 494. Milton, 495. Leland, 498. Sannazarius, 499. Pe- trarch, 501. Cyrus, 503. Philip le Bell, 504. Bede, B 392 Beginners, Advice to, — A 60, 61. 222, 223 Beings, Aerial, fighting for their Friends: Minerva and Achilles ; Cajlor and Pollux ; St. George, St. Deme- trius, and St. Mercury, Peter de Paz, B 278, 279 Be nt ley, his ftrange Idea of Conjecture, A 34. his ftrange treatment of the Paradise Lost, A 37. his fine Tract de Metris Terentianis, A 82 Bessario, — B 320 Bezieres, fackt by the Crufaders in a peculiar way, B 409 Boccaccio, — B 367 Boethius, tranflated into Greek, by whom, B 295 Bohadin, Arabian Hiftorian, account of him, B 330, 331. Extracts from his Hiftory, 331 to 345. and again, —— . 444 to 449 P p Bern- INDEX. Bombajt Style, prior to the Claffcal, why, A 46 Books , corrupted in how many ways, A 30 Bossu, A 166. 183 Brown's Fafthulus rtrum, &c. a curious Book, B396 Brutus and Cassius,. — B 251. 271 Buckingham, Duke of, a Critic — A 18 C. Cjesar, his Clemency to the Athenians, B 271 Caliphate , its Splendor, B 325. 347. 363. its Ex- tinction, 387 Caliphs, Inftances of their Affability , Refenttnent, Mu- nificence, Magnificence, Publick Works, B 357 to 366. Story of the Celiph and his Phyfician, Hona'in, 376. of the fame, and his Phyfician, Baftijh, 378. of another Caliph, and his Phyfician, 379. mean End of the la ft reigning Ccliph, 386 Cambalu, fuppofed the modern Pekin, defcribed, B481 Carrion-Crows, know what they like, A 233 Carter, Mrs. excellent Tranflator, why, A 27 Casaubon, Meric, excellent Tranflator, why, A 27 Catajlrophe. in Dramas, difficult, A 162, 163. how it is effected often in 'Tragedy, 162. how in Comedy, ibid, lame Expedients in both, ibid. Happy Cata- flrophe fuited for Comedy, 149 unhappy for Tra- gedy, — — — 150 Cave, the Author, — B 245. 432 Cause, always exi/ls, but not always apparent, A 48. fhould always be traced, otherwife all is darknefs, A 48 Cebes, perfect MS. of his Work in the King of France's Library, — B 557 to 559 Ctu- INDEX. Ceremonial of the Byzantine Court, B 298, 299. eluded, how, and by whom, - 367, 368 Chance, nothing happens by, A 7. 43. 48 Chappie, of King's College Camb, — B 49 1 Chaucer, Genealogy of Englijh Poets from Him, B 467. His Language objolete; his Wit and Learn- ing excellent, 468. his Literature, and Philojophy, 468 to 472. takes frdm Aristotle and how, 47 l Chivalry, ^— -«— B 51k Christianus Fredericks Matth^i, a learned Profeflbr in the Univerfity of Mofcow, B. 564, 565. 568. Church, B 296. its fuperior Knowlege, both in the Eajl and /Fc\a». See Mercury and Hercules. E f cur ial Library, account of its Arabic MSS. B 545 to 55* Eugeni us, the Greek Tranflator of the Georgics, B567 Euripides, A 37. 181. 224. 231. B 257. 293 Eustathius, Commentator upon Homer, B 294 Eustratius, Commentator u/on Arijhtle, ibid. P P4 F, INDEX. F. Fables Dramatic, their Species, A 145, &c. Tragic Fable, 150 to 159. Comic Fable, 149. 160. good Fables, rare, 160. Fakle of the Fatal Cu- riosity defer ibed, j 55. Superlatively Excellent, ibid. Tragic Fable, the Soul of Tragedy, and WHY, 159, 160. where to be found, 214, 215. 222. Fable, Manners, and Sentiment, eftimated by Horace, — — 212 Fabricius, B 249. 251. 277. 288. 292, 293, 294> *95» 2 9 5 - 3 C2 - 306, 307, 308, 309. 310, 311, 312. 428. 464. 558 Falstaff, — — A 226 Fatal Curiosity of Lillo, its Fable, A 154. its Manners, 169. its Sentiment, 175 to 177 Faust, John, thought a Magician, why, B 400 Fazelius, the Hijlorian, B 518 Feet Syllabic, A 64. the Heroic, 66. the Iambic, 68. the Paan, 701073. the Cretic, 72. Englijh Iambics, 85, 86. Engl ft) Spondees, 85. Englijh Dafiyls, 86 Feudal Tenures, a fuppofed fketch of their Rife, B 519, 520 Fielding, Henry, fketch of his Character, A 163. his fofeph Andrews, and Tom Jones, Mafter-pieccs in the Comic Epopef, — Florus, A 218 Fortescue, Sir John, Chancellor 0/ England, under Henry the fixth, his admirable Book, B 487 to 489. his Literature, 49 O Fortitude, true, by what fupported, B 542 Franks. See Latins. Frientf, INDEX. Friend, another f elf , a Peripatic and Arabic Sentiment, B356 Fuller, — B 278. 310. 345, 408, 409 Future, how feen in the Pajl, — B 541 G. Gardens, of Epicurus,. B 265. Modern, their change from Bad to Good, 497 Garrick, — — A 108 G. Gemistus, ■ B 320 Genius, none but Men of, can metafhorize well, A 186, 187. Genius never crampt by Rules, - — A 222, 223, 224 Gerbertus, a learned Ecclefiaftic, B 395. became Pope, 396. thought from his Knowlegez Magician, 396 to 398 Giraldus Cambrensis, A 98, 99. B 443 Glojfary, a fingular one, A 79 Tv-Ji[A.n. See Sentiment. Gnomologic Sentiment, its Character, A 178. its Species, 179. fhould be ufed fparingly, 182. whom it becomes, — ibid. God, a Caufe intelligent and rational, A 48. never forfahcs Mankind, B 245- nor leaves himfelf with- out a Witnefs, 522. his Providential Circulation, 540. See Piety. G cod-breeding, its moft perfect Model, when and where it exifted, A 11 Good-humour, its importance, ^ 537 Gothic Architecture, fnejl fample of it, where, B 491 Grammar, A 16. B 441, 442 Gram- I N D E X. Grammar, Writers upon, — A 21. 25, 26 Gratian, a Monk, colle&ed and publifhed the Canon Law, — — B 407 Gray, — A 102 Great, who are commonly called fo, B 418 Greece, antient, its Chara£ter, ■ ■ A 6 Greek Language, its Quantity Syllabic degenerates into Accentual, A 77. preferved a competent Purity to the fifteenth Century, B 313 1 Genius, not yet extinft, — B 321 -* Authors, the capital, tranflated irito Ara- bic, B 328, 329 Greeks, Byzantine, account of their Taste and Literature, — B from 247 to 321 Gronovius, (Thefaur. Antiq. Grecar.) B 271, 272, 273. 281. 558 Guido, — — — A 57 Gulliver, B 538 Gurdun, Bertram de, wounds Richard Catur de Leon, mortally, B 450. his intrepid anfwer to Richard, as this laft lay dying, — ibid. Guy's Cliff, B499 Gymnasia, their End, B 268. adorned with Sta- tues of Mercury and Hercules, why, B 268 H. Habits, how eafy, when acquired, A 109. B 335, 336 Hagley, — B 498 Hamlet, Play of, its awful Opening, A 55. (See Accumulation.) Hamlet, IN D E X. Hamlet, his Manners, que/lionable, and why, A 167, 168. B415. quoted, — A 227 Harmodius and Aristogiton, — B 271 Helen, a capital Statue of, defcribed, B 308 Heloisa. See Abelard, — B 433 Henry the First, B 423. a learned Prince, 424. Speech before his Father, * ibid, — — — of Huntingdon, - ■ ■• B418 Herbelot, > B 325. 328. 388 Hercules and Mercury. See Gymnafis. a capital Statue of, by Lyjippus, defcribed B 306, 307 Hermogenes, — - A 97 Her odes, called Atticus, why, — B 276 Heroes major, Attila, Tottila, &c. — A 20 —— — minor, Edmundus, Bernoldus, Dagobertus, Huc- bafdus, Hildigrim, Halabaldus, &c. B 461 10466 Hildebert, Archbijhop, his fine Tajle for the An- tique, and his warm Verfes, — B 427, 428 Hi/loir e Ecclefiajlique, B 5 1 3 Hi/lory , may furnifh Fables Dramatic, A 214, 215. 222. its different Modes, — B 270 to 273 Hody, B 314. 318 Holy War. See War. HomeRj A 58. his Poems debafed from Hexameters into Trocha'ics, A 78, his fine ufe of the Metaphor, 191, 192. his bad Pun, 201. quoted, 224. 231. B 294. 351, 352, 353. 372. 401. 463. 474. 524, 525. Hymn of his to Ceres, and Fragment of an- other to Bacchus, in the Library at Mofcow, 569 Honain, a Chrijiian Phyfuian, fine Story of, B 376 fiORACE, a Critic, A 12. quoted 49. 169. 194, 201. paraphrafed, INDEX. faraphrafed, i\i. quoted, 214. 232. B 257. 267. 274. 289. 312. 354. 372. 463. 477. 494. 526, 527 Ho/pit ality, Arabian, B 323, 338. 351 Humanity and Bounty , — — B 3^7 Hymettus, fiill famous for Honey, — B 286 Hyperides, enjire, when, — B 290 I. Ibrahim, Cantef for bis Body, as for that of Patro- clus, B 350 Jerusalem, called the Holy City, both by Cbrijiiam and Mahometans, B 446, 447. taken by the former, 339. by the latter, 340 Ignorance, leads to Admiration, — A 48 Imitation, more perfect, as are the number of Refemblances, in which it refcmbles the thing imi- tated, A 217, 218. in fiances in Place, 218. in Time, 219. proof from Contraries, 219, 220 Imprejfions, prefent and remote, their Difference, B 539 Indignation, B 358 Ingulphus, B 401. his converfation with Queen Egitha, 402. account of EngUJh Manners, 403. of his own Education, 405. his Fortune, how made, and by whom, — 405, 406 Innocent the third, Pope, modeji account of himfelf, B 244. fond of Crufades, and Regal Excommunica- tions, ibid. Inquiries, Philological, — A 4. B 542 Inquisition, its Rise, B410. whence it took its Forms, ibid, its Ejfetl, A 26. B 426. its Con- duct, 55I In- INDEX. Inventions, capital ones of the middle Age, B ^20. Inventors, unknoxvn, 52 r. yet all the Inventions re- ferable to Man and Human Wit, ibid. Inference, 522 Joannes Ericena, a Scholar, B 393. his quick Reply to a dull Pun, 304 John the Grammarian (Philopcnus) his account of the Burning of the Library at Alexandria, by Omar, B 252, 253, 254 John of Salisbury, B 419, 420. his Age, 433, 434. his ClaJJical Tajle, 434. his Ideas of Liberty and Servitude, 434, 435. of Pbilofopby, 435,436. of Virtue and Felicity, 436. of the Soul, 437. of Art, and its three Requif.tes, Genius, Memory, and the Reajoning Faculty, 438, 439. of Nature, 440. of Grammar, with refpecl to Subjlantives, Adjectives, Comparifon, Verbs, Time, Tenfes, and Conpgnifica- tion, 441, 442. his two Works, and their Names, 438. coincides in Sentiment with the Author of Hermes, and WHY, 442 Johnson, his valuable Diclionary, — A 2 5 Isocrates, A 184. B 564 Jujlice. See Saladin, — — B 335 Justin, B 278 Justinian, B 297. his Code found when, and where, — — — 407 Juvenal, — — B 418. 527 K. Kuster, B 288 L. N D E X. L. Laity, of the Middle Age, their Ignorance, B 401. their Ignorance and Barbarity, 508 to 512. 515, 516 to 520. their Ferocity, whence, 51610520 Language, Englijh. See English. Latin Language, loft its Syllabic Quantity in the fifth Century, A 75. ceafed to be the common Lan- guage of Rome in the feventh Century, 77. B 238. 297. Latin Classics, fee Planudes. Latin Tongue, Conjectures concerning its Duration at Conjlantinople, 29710300. Latin Ceremonial there, ibid. Latin Laity. See Laity. Latins or Franks, B 246. 392. Ignorance 0/ their Laity, 401 Law, Canon and Civil, when they began to flourifh in Wejlern Europe, and by what Causes, B 407. their Effect, 408 Lear, — — A 151 Learned Men, their Oriental Character, B 327 Learning, when it mojl flourifhed in the Middle Age, and why, B 425, 426. 443. in its worjl ftate, when, 426. when it mended, and whence, 426, 427. 468. 471, 472 Leland (Guy's Cliff defcribed by him) B 498 Lenity, • • B 381 Letters, their great Patron, Alma mum, B 326 a Turkijh Envoy in a late period (hews his Love for them, — - — — B 389 Lexicons, — — • — — A 15 Liberality. INDEX. Liberality. See Saladin, B 342. See Almamom, 361 Liberty, Civil, unknown to the Orientals, B 385. 552 Libraries, at Alexandria, B 252. ac Conjlantinople, 300. in Spain nnder the Arabians, 365, 366. 549. that of the King of France, 390. MSS. there, 558. Efcurial Library, its Arabic Manufcripts, 545. the fame at Mount Athos, — 569 Life, Age, defcribed by Metaphors, A 190. how to make the bejl Life agreeable, — 236 Liking, Importance of Liking well; Peril of Liking foolifily, A 233. good Liking to be learnt, and how, 23 3> 234. SeeTaJe. Lillo, A 154 Literature, B 326, 327. 389. 430. 443. came to Rome from Conjlaniinople, WHEN, and by what In- cidents, 319. 455. of Chaucer, 468 to 471, 472. ofFoRTESCUE, 490. of Russia, — 561 LlVY, B 300. Many Manufcripts of his History in the Efcurial Library, but no intire Copy, B 553 to 556 Logic, differently treated by the Peripatetics and Stoics, how, B 260. Zeno elegantly diftinguifhed it from Rhetoric by a Simile, ibid. Longinus, a Critic, A 10. his Characler as fuch, ibid, fine Edition of him by Taupe, 33. his Ac- count of Metre and Rhythm, 68. quoted, 113 Lowthe, Bijhop, his incomparable Gram?nar of the Englijh Tongue, A 25, 26 Lucian, — — B 293 Lucretius, A 94. his Gods, ibid, fame with thofe of Epicurus, — — * B 262 Ly- INDEX. Lyceum, the Place where Arijlotle taught, B 264 Lyttleton, Firfl Lord, his fine Hiftory of the State of Literature during Henry the fecend, B 443 M. Maceeth, his Manners, morally bad, but poetically good, A 167. See Richard the third. Magicians, Men thought fuch by the Ignorant, for being wife, — B 348. 396 to 400 Magnanimty, — — B 35 9, 360 Mahomet the Great, Conqueror of Conjlantinople, B 239. 281, 282, 315, 316 founder of the Mahometan Seel, and Em- pire, B 337. 448. his Religion not averfe to Let- ters, ■ ■ ■ 550 Malmsbury, William of, B 408. 414. 416. 422 to 424. 428 Mamlucs, B 307 Mandevjlle, Sir John, the Traveller, B 485. his Account of AriJlotWs Tomb, 486. of his own Times, — 536 Manners, Dramatic, conftituted, how, A 165, 166, 167. excellent in the Fatal Curicfty, and why, 169, 170, 171. 226 Manufcripts, — — A 23. B 545 •■■ Greek, in the Library at Mount Athos, B569 — — Arabic, In the Ejlurial Library, B 545. of Poets, Philofophers, Mathematicians, 546. of Aftronomers, 547. of Agriculture, Jurisprudence, and Theology, ibid, of Chronology, Trarels and Hiftory, INDEX. Hiftory, 548. of famous Women, Horfes, Camels, Sugar and Silk, 550. of the Greek Phyficians tranf- lated, B 572 Manufcripts, Greek, at Moscow, brought thither by whom, and whence, — B 569 Marcus Antoninus, — B 273 — Paulus, the Venetian Traveller, B 480 to 484. his account of Cambalu, Sec. — 481 Mafquerade, the Word, how put into Greek, B 567 Matthew Paris, B 278. 310. 421, 422 Mazarine, Cardinal, his manly and pleafant Anfvver, B384 Medea, A 37 Menander, fuppofed to be extant in the eleventh Century, > — B 292, 293 Mergellina, the beautiful Villa of Sannazarius, B 499, 500, 501 Metaphor, its amazing Force, A 86. peculiar to Genius, and cannot be taught, 186, 187. its Rife, 1 86. arofe from NeceJ/ity, but became an Ornament, 188. its Character and Defcription, 189, 190. its great Effect:, when exact:, 192. mould not be Turgid, nor Enigmatic, nor Contemptible, nor Improper, 193 to 196. fine Metaphors of Shakspeare, 196, 197. Metaphors obvious, and therefore naturalized, J 98. fome exalt, others depretiate, 198, 199^ ought never to be msxt, — 200. B 355, 356 Metre, differs from Rhythm, how, A 67, all Men love it, — — * B 458 Michael Casiri, his fine Catalogue of theEscu- rial Arabic Manuscripts, A 23. B 545 Middle Char oilers, in no extreme of Good ox Bad, A 171 Qj\ Mid- INDEX. Middle Age, A 4. its Extent, B 240 to 246. 290. 294. 427. 452. 433 to 442. 469. during it, great Inventions by unknown Inventors , 520. compared with the Present, — 523, &c. Milton, A 20. 56. 85, 86. 88. 100. 151. 209. 222. 233. B 495, 496 Miraculous Reformations, A 162, 163 Mifanthropy, derived from what, A 170. B 537. leads to what, 537. may mix with Friendjhip 9 A 176 Monofyllables, Englijh Language overftockt with them, A 105. Lord Shaftesbury's Rule for retrench- ing them, ibid, too many even in Latin, cautioned againftby Quincttlian, ibid, wretched EfFecl, when a Sentence clofes with many of the lower forty 115, 116 Monks, Greek, their Tajie, ■ B 292, 293 Monkijh Hijiorians, their Praife, — B 375. Montague, Mrs. a fine Critic, — — A 25 Mosheim, — — B 245. 409. 432 Mulv Ismael, — B 388 Muftc, ufed to explain Accent and Quantity, A 64. its great Effects thro' Contrariety or Contra/1, 49, 50 Myro, Painter, B 257. 265 N. Naude, Gabriel, a fine Book of his, B400 Nerva and Trajan, «■ B 272 Nicephorus, Grecian Emperor, — B 358 Nicetas, the Choniate, B 301, 302. his account of the Mifchicfs done at Conjiantinople by the Cru- sade INDEX. sade under Baldwyn, 302. the fine Statues they* there deftroyed, the funo, the Venus and Paris, the Wind-obelijk, the Man and the Afs, the Wolf with Romulus and Remus, the istf£/* and Serpent, the penfive Hercules, the celebrated Helen, 302 to 310. Nicetas particularly defcribesthe Hercules* 306, 307. and the Helen, 308 to 310. fine and. perfect MS. of his Hiftory in the Bodleian Library, 312. quoted, ■■ — 427 North, not the natural Soil for the fine Arts, B 455, WHY, ' 566 Numerous Compofition, A 7. 44.-63. 65 to 72 O. Oedipus Tyrannus of Sophocles, A 156, 151, 152^ *57 Omar, a Barbarian, and early Caliph, B 253. 322* Ommiadje, Caliphs, B 324. tyrannic Race, ibid. Ordeal, Trials by, - — B 241 Othello, A 151. his Manners, poetically good, why, — 166, 167 Otho and Benno, two Ecclefiaftics, and Hiftorians, ^ B 397> 39 8 Ovid, his fine Defcription of the God Terminus* A 203, 204. tranflated into Greek, B 293. de- scribes the Tempe, 494, 495 Ox and Afs, their Tafte, B 493. See Count, Baron, Vulgar. Oxen, to embrace, Metaph. — A 196 Oxford, Place formed for Contemplative Meditation, Qjl 2 B 267, INDEX. B 267. of high antiquity , as a Place of Education, 406. what Books they ftudied there, before the Conquefl, ■ ' ■ ibid. P. Pjean, what, A 70. its two Species, 71. its Pro- portion the Sefquialter, ibid, illuftrated by Ex- amples, J2. the Foot for Profe, 89. English PiEANS, 90, 9I Pjesiello, fcts a Greek Ode to Muftc, and how, B566 Painting, A 2C8. 213. 218. B 257. 264, 265. how- it differs from Poetry , A 59. its Migration , B 454, 455. Landfcape, — — 497 P.ANCIROLLUS, B42I. 52O Paradise Lost, inj uric ufy treated, A 37. quoted, B 495, 496 Xla^yr^^^ ITafo/iAoiWi?, explained, — A 97 Paffions, Tragic, what, — A 153 Past Tunes, preferred to Present by Virgil, B 523. 526. by Homer, 524, 525. by Horace, 526, 527. by Juvenal, 527, 528. fact denied by Orosius, 528, 529. and in appearance, with jnfl foundation , ibid. Patience, generous, B 369. Sec Averroes. Paul, St. at Athens. B 274 Paulus Jovius, — B 501 Pausanjas, ■ ■ ... B 267 Peircefield, ■ . . B 498. 503 Per icles, adorns Athens, — - B 257 Period, its Cbarafler and Utility, A 102, 1 03 liifiTTiTaz. See Revolution, Pr.R- INDEX. Persians, called Barbarians, both by Greeks and Arabians, B 346, 347 Peter the Great, of Ruffia, his amazing Efforts to civilize his Empire, B 563. founds learned Aca- demies both at St. Peter/burgh and Mofcow, 563, 5 6 4 Petrarch, — B 399. 467, 468. 502 Pharesdacus, Sword of, — B 351 Phidias, Architect and Sculptor to Pericles, B 257 Philanthropy. See Add f on. Philelphus, his account of the Greek Language of Conjlantinople in its lajl times, B 313. of the pure Greek, then fpoken at the Court, and by the Women of Quality in particular, — B 313, 314, Philology, its Rife, — — A 3 Philoponus. See John the Grammarian. Philofopher, f elf -taught, £ 349 Philofophy, Firfl, — A 19 —— and Letters, cultivated molt, when, B 256, 257. 324 its Rife, A 2. its Fall, — B 247 Photius, Character of his Work, and Himfelf, B 290 Phyficians, Greek, tranflated into Arabic, B 572 Piety, deftroyed, how, B 537. in what it confifts, 542 Pinelli, a Printer at Venice, — -A- 79 Places where the Philofophers taught, B 264 to 267. See Academy, Lye a urn, Portico. Planudes, a Greek Monk, flu died the Latin Clajfus, B 295. publifhcd an Anthology, — ibid. Plato, a Critic, as well as Philofopher, A 8. men- tioned, B 258. taught in the Academy, 264. 423. tranflated into Arabic, — — , 546 Pleafure, its Eftimate by Epicurus, B 262 Q.q3 Pliny, INDEX. Flint, A 62. B 265. 502 Plutarch, Arabian HiJIorians like him, how, B 331. quoted, A 236. B 257. 270. 286. 372. 564 Pococke, the great Orientalijl, B 346. 349. 351. 388 Poetry, of the Arabians, B 346 to 355. of the latter Latins, — 457 to 479 Poets minor, Leo, B 462. Bernardus Morlanenfts, 464. Odilo, 1— 465 Poictou, Connt of, fee William. Political Verfes, what, — — A 77. 80 Polydore Virgil, B 520 Polygnotus, Painter, — A 208. B 257 Pompey, Cesar, B 271 Pontanus, his account of Alliteration, A 95 Pope, Poet, A 101. and a Critic alfo, — 18 Portico, the Place where Zeno taught, B 264. painted by Myro and Polygnotus, 265. the Subjects of their Pictures, ibid, how long the Pictures lafted, — — . 266 Potter's Arch. Grac. B 264 Praije of Times, a Species of it ill-founded, B 529. refuted, how, 530 to 533. a jujl Comparifon of Times to be formed, how, 534 Precedence, or Order of the Conjlitutive Parts of the Drama — the Fable firjl t A 206 to 211. next, the Manners, 211. then the Sentiment, ibid, lajlly, the Diction, — ibid. Prefaces, two excellent ones of Ammonius, B 250 Present Times, compared with the Past, B 523, &c Pri* INDEX. Pride a ux, Bijhop, B 432 Priejls of Egypt, the confequence of their Lei/ure, B508 Printing, A 219. B 400. 520 Priscian, — B 297 Pronuntiation, A 64. 74. its importance, 114, 115 Profs, how decorated, A 65. 72. 93. Its peculiar Feet, what, 70. 72. 891092. bad Writers of It, both in Latin and in Greek, ■ 80 Proteus, his fine Song, — — B 473 Pfalm 2d, A 88 Psellus, Michael, an able Scholar, B 291. faid to have commented Menander, 292, 293 Pun, defcribed, A 200. Pun from Horace, ibid. from Homer, 201. from the Emperor Charlbs the Bald, — B 394 Q: Quantity Verbal, A 63. differs from Accent, HOW, 64. Quantity Accentual ufurped the place of Syl- labic, when and why, — 74 to 79 Quinctilian, a Critic, A 12. his Character as fuch, ibid, quoted, 58. 68. 73. 105. 108, 109. 113 Quixote, Don, a Character not merely imaginary^ B 511. made probable, HOW, ibid, refembled by whom, ibid. R, Raphael, — * — A 233 Readings, various. See Various, Refinement, no good from too much, — A 61 Q.q 4 Re- INDEX. Rsgtjlus, • — — A 49 Rembrant, — A 213 Revolution, Dramatic, Xlt^-nhiix, ckfcribed, A 148. 156, 157. 209, 210 Reynolds, Sir, Josh. A 18 Rhetoric, cultivated by the Greek Philofophcrs, WHY, B 260. 263. that, and Logic elegantly illujlrated, 260 Rhime, differs from Rhythm, HOW, B 459. its Ori- gin, Defcription, and Ufe, 459, 460. Samples of it, 460 to 462, 463. not unknown to the capital ClaJJics, tho' perhaps cafual, — 462 Rhythm, A 65. differs from Metre, HOW, 67, con- stitutes Muftcal Time, both the common and triple, 68, 69. differs from Rhime, how, B 459, 460 Richard, Caeur dt Lion, a Troubadour Poet, B 412. his Name of Lion given to other Heroes, 444. pre- ferred by Bohadin to his Collegue, the King of France, ibid, intercourfe between Him and Sala- din, 445. his Letter to Saladin, 446. Saladin's Anfwer, 447. Richard bafely feized by a Duke of Aujlria, and redeemed, 449. his Death, and gene- rous behaviour to the perfon, who had mortally wounded him, 450, 451 1 the Third, of Shakfpeare, A jc8. his Manners, both morally and poetically, bad, why, 168. Sec Macbeth. Riddles, _ A 201, 202 Robert of Reading, and Adelard, two learned Monks, B3g4 Roger de Hoveden, .— . b 45r Roman INDEX. Roman Empire, WtfUrn and Eaflem, B 238, 239. different Duration of the one and the other, ibid. Rome, B 2 3 8 - 2 77- 297- 4 2 7 Roscommon, Lord, — — A 10 Rufus, William* B 421. Sample of his Manners, ibid, laughs at a Monk, — 422, Rules, defended, A 216 to 232. Rules or Ge- nius, which of the two prior, . 224 Russia, fhort Account of its Princes, and their Ef- forts to civilize, till the Time of Peter the Great, B 560 to 563. the Academies founded there by that great Prince, 563, 564. Various Publi- cations from the Prefs there in Greek and Latin % 564 to 569. Virgil's Georgics published there in Greek Hexameters, and a Sample given, 568 S. Saculum Ohfcurum, Ferreum, &c. — B 244 Saladin, his extraordinary Character and Beha- viour under a variety of Incidents, 331 to 345. his Affability, 332. his Convention, 334. his Juftice, 335. his Severity, 336 to 339. 341. his Liberality, 342 to 344. his Contempt of Money, ibid, his Inter courfe and Correfpondence with Rich- ard Coeur de Leon, 444 to 449 Salisbury Cathedral, its Elegance, B 452 . ■ John of, fee John. SalvatorRosa, — A 57. 6497,498 Sampson, Agonifles, — A 151. 209 Sanctius, a capital Grammarian, account of him, A 21 Sannazarius, his fine Eclogues, B473. lived at the INDEX. the beginning of a better and improving Age, 475. defcribes his beautiful Villa, — 499 to 501 Saunderson, Bifhop, three Books he always ftudied, and had with him, what, — B 431 Scholia/Is, — A 1 5. B 293 Schoolmen, their Age, B 430, 431. their Char after > 431. their Titles, •■ 432 Schultens, — — B 323. 346 Scrislertad, fine Quotations from, B 476 to 479 SCRIPTOR AD HEREN. A 98. 102. II5. I79, 180. 182 Self, no Man quotes himself for a Villain, B 335 Selim, Emperor, — — B 387 Sentences, A 102, 103, 104. Rule for compound Sen- tences, 104 Sentiment, in a general Senfe, Lioivoix, A 173 to 177. in a more limited Senfe, rW^jj, 178 to 182. Sen- timent in a general Senfe, illuftrated by Examples, 175 to 177. in a more limited Senfe, illuftrated by Examples, 178 to 183. without a Reafon, and with one, 179, 180. fome, of evil tendence, 181 Severity. See Saladin, — B 336. 341 Shaftesbury, Lord, a Critic, A 18. 47. his Rule about Monosyllables, — — 105 Shakspeare, quoted, A 55. 99, 100. 151. 180. 185. 196, 197. bis Merit and Demerit, whence, 225 to 230. reafons Somatically, tho' probably igno- rant of Socratic Reafoning, 227. quoted, 226. B415. his Patronefs, who, — A 25 SlMONIDES, " ' ■ A I99 Simplicius, B 248, 249 Socrates, -*~ B 257, 258 So- INDEX. Socratic Reasoning, in Shakspeare, in Xe.- nophon, in Aristotle, A 227, 228, 229. its Mode, ■ 229 Solomon, B 348. thought a Magician for his Wif- dom, ibid. Sophijiy able decifion of, — B 400 Sophocles, A 47. 150, 151, 152. 224. 231. B 241. 257. 293 Speech, perfect Co-incidence of all its Parts, A 112 Spenser, — ■ A 99, 100 Spelman, » ■ — B 243. 515 Spon, B 283 Statues, fine Grecian ones, deftroyed by the Barba- rian Crufade, when they fackt Conjlantinople, B 302. the Statues enumerated and defcribed. See Nicet as. Stile, its importance, A 1 06. defended againft vulgar Objections, 10710113. B263 27TOA. See Portico. Stobjeus, Character of his Work, B 289, 290 Stoic Phihfophy, B 259. 347. 355 Stories, ftrange, fee Tales, B 278. 396 to 400 Strabo, fine MS. of, at Mo/cow, — B 569 Strageris, the antient Stageira ; the City where Aristotle was born and buried, B 485, 486 Stuart, (Antiq. of Athens) B 257. 282, 283. 285, 286 Suidas, emended ably by Toupe, A 33. B 277. Character of his Work, 287, 288, 289, 290 Sultan of Egypt, fine Story of Him, and his Vizir, B381 Sydenham, excellent Tranflator, why, A 27 Syl, INDEX. Sylla, his Cruelty and Devaftation at Athens, B270 Synesius, — — B 266. 280, 281 T\ Tacitus, — B 251. 300 Tales, Arabian and Turkifi, — . B 347 . abfurd and flrange, B 278, 279. 396 to 400. their EJlimate, fee Bacon, Lord Verulam. Tap, to be acquired, how, A 48. 233 to 236. rofc in the Weji of Europe, thro' what Causes, B 319. See below, Vulgar. Taylor, — — — A 33 Tempe, TheJTalian, — B 493 Terence, — — A 81. 149 Terminus, the God, Enigma concerning him, A 202 Theophrastus, — A 8 Theopompus, entire, when, — - B 290 Thomas Aquinas, B431 Time, MuficaJ, A 69, 70 Times, their Character in different Ages, B 416, 417. good old Times, 418. 523, &c. Story about them, • — 33^ Titus Pomponius, called Atticus, why, B 275 Toleration t — B 551 Totality, — A 132. 158, 159 Toute, A 32, 23- B 288 Tewn, taken by Storm, defcribed, A 58, 59 Tragic INDEX. Tragic and Epic Poetry, prior to Comic, why, A 46, 47 — — — Drama, differs from Epic, how, 140, 141. its proper Character, 150. Tragic Paflions, what, 153 Tranflation, and Tran/Iators, A 27 to 29. three ca- pital ones, (Casaueon, Carter, Sydenham) and why, A 27, 28. others, refpectable, 28 Triclinius, Scholiaft, B 293 Troubadours, Character of thofe Poets, and the Sub- jecls of their Poetry, B411, 412. Princes weTe of the Number. See Richard Gceur de Leen, and William of PoiBou, 412. Etymology of the »«, 412. mentioned, 467 Troy, its taking, -— A 53. B 310. 321 Truce of God, WHAT, — — B 513 Truth, immutable, A 225. 231. in Truth Rules and Genius coincide, ■« 231 Turgid, r* A 193 Turks, B 317. 550. Turkijh Envoy, Story of, 389 Tyranny, its Effett, -— — A 14 Tyrwhitt, an able Critic, — « A 24 V. Valerius Maximus, — — A 62 Various Readings in the. days of Antiquity, both in Greek Authors and in Latin, A 31, 32. more neceflary and more cultivated now than formerly, why, A 31 32 Vaucluse, the delight of Petrarch, — B 502 Verfes Leonine, — B 240. 428. 462, 463, 464 Verfus Politici, — — > A 77. 80 YlR- INDEX. Virgil, A 28. 33. 4Q. 53. 55. 68, 69. 94, 95. 171. 230. B 239. 305. 399, 400. 462. 473. 494' 521- 523, 524* 5 2 5- 54i. 55*- curious Ac- count of a various Reading in him, from A. Gel- litis, A 31. quoted, 551. Sample of his Georgia, in Greek Hexameters, 568 Virtue, how eftimated by Zeno, B259. H0W b T Epicuru}, 262 Ulysses, A 191 Upton, A 24. 33 Vulgar, their Admiration, whence, A 48. their Tajle, for what, B 492, 493. (See Ox and jffs.) true Taste, to them incomprehenfible, 498 W. Wallis, ■ B 395 Walsingham, Hijiorian, B 243 War, Holy, B 339. 408. 515. See Crufades, Cru- faders. War ton, Dr. War ton, and Brother, both EngUJh Critics, — — A 24, 25 WAVERLY, Hijiorian, B 461 Westminster, that and Oxford, Places of Educa- tion from high antiquity, — B 406 Wheeler, the Traveller, B 284 Whole and Parts, A 8. 44. i i i, i 12. a Whole defcribed, 1 1 7. Beginning, Middle, and End, de- fined, ibid. Whole illuftrated from Euclid, 118. from Virgil's Georgics, 119 to 128. from the Menexenus of Plato, 129 to 131. from a modern Sonnet, 134, 135. ought to pafs thrt INDEX. thro* all Written Compofitions, as it pafles thro' all Nature, — 132 William, Duke of Normandy, the Conqueror, B 401. vifits the Confeffor, Edward, 404. prefers Ingulphus in the Church, 401. 406. his Cha- rafler, 418. his Tajle, 419, 420. his fpirited Re- ply, 421. Speech to his Son, Henry, 424 ■ Count of Poiflou, a Troubadour, B 412. his licentious Manners, 413, 414. his treatment of two Bijhops, ibid, at laft turns Bigot, 415 Wojnen of Quality, purity of their Greek at Conflanti- nople, during a late Age; and of their Latin at Rome, during the Republic, B 314, 315. many- Women famous for Literature among the Arabians, Wyvil, Bifhop of Salifbury, — B 243 X. Xenophon, his inftancc of Socratic Reafoning, A 228. mentioned, — 28. B 258. 503 Xerxes and Darius, — B 256 y. Touth, its Chara&er; Jge, its Character, A 177 Z. Zeno, Stoic, fhort Sketch of his Doclrhe, B 259, 260 Zeuxis, Painter, — — — A 208 Zozimus, Hiftorian, B 278 FINIS, if \' 3 41 / ~t & UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY Los Angeles This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. *£W ID-URL Sep 1 9 an 315 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY A A 000 136 533 7 L005 114 761 9